###1481234527### ||start|| id{varchar(100)*}|code{varchar(50)+}|type{varchar(50)+}|name{+}|product-url|price{double}|sale-price{double}|orderable{bit}|manufacturer{varchar(50)+}|brand{varchar(50)+}|options{mediumtext}|options-html{mediumtext}|caption{mediumtext}|headline{text+}|page-title{text+}|label{varchar(255)}|abstract{mediumtext}|info{mediumtext}|greeting{mediumtext}|message{mediumtext}|contents{mediumtext}|cross-sell{mediumtext}|pd-rating{double}|pd-rating-count{int(5)}|pd-product-review-family{+} 6-hour-sleep|6-hour-sleep|SECTIONS|"6 Hour Sleep"|""|(0)||T|""|""|""|""|"6 Hour Sleep is a drug-free, pure sleep supplement that contains a blend of 12 essential sleep promoting ingredients, nutrients and minerals. Their Sleep Synergy Blend works with your natural rhythms to help you ease into a steady sleep cycle. The difference between 6 Hour Sleep and other products that claim to do the same, is that you won’t wake up groggy with 6 Hour Sleep. They want to assist you in getting that rest you so desperately deserve. We are happy to bring you this product at a price everyone can afford!"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:|6HOUR-SLEEP|)"|""||| 6hour-sleep|6hour-sleep|PRODUCTS|"6 Hour Sleep Supplement"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/6hour-sleep.html"|(2.99)||T|"6 Hour Sleep"|""|""|""|"
6 Hour Sleep Pure Sleep Supplement - Rest Assured

6 Hour Sleep is a sleep supplement that contains a combination of 12 natural ingredients, nutrients and minerals. This powerful blend aids the body into a natural sleep pattern. This sleep supplement is drug and sugar free with a great taste. This unique formula includes mangosteen and acai for a pure healthy dose of sleep aid. Experience falling asleep in minutes and getting a full 6 hours of relaxing sleep with this amazing sleep supplement. Available in either single 6 Hour Sleep bottles or in cases of 12 6 Hour Sleep bottles.

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-855-855-2055 or Visit: www.6hoursleep.com

Features:

  • Fall Asleep and Stay Asleep
  • No Morning Grogginess
  • Non-habit forming
  • Contains Antioxidants
  • Drug Free
  • Sugar Free
  • Gluten Free
  • Zero Calories

Directions:

  • Drink 6 Hour Sleep 20 minutes before you want to start your night of rest.
  • Suggested dose is one 1.93 oz bottle in a 24 hour period for Adults

Package Includes:

  • Choose from:
    • Single - 1 of 6 Hour Sleep 1.93 fl. oz. (57 ml) Bottle
    • Case of 12 - 12 6 Hour Sleep 1.93 fl. oz. (57 ml) Bottles

Ingredients:

  • Active Ingredients: Melatonin, 5-HTP, GABA, Valerian Root, Passion Flower, Ashwagandha, Vitamin E, Chamomile, Magnesium, Lemon Balm, Mangosteen and Acai Extract.
  • Other Ingredients: Water, Phosphoric Acid, Citric Acid, Natural Flavor, Potassium Sorbate (Preservative), Sodium Benzoate (Preservative), Sucralose, Acesulfame Potassium, FD&C Yellow #6

Warnings:

  • Not intended for children under the age of 18
  • Do not take while pregnant or breastfeeding
  • Consult your doctor if you are taking any medications
  • Do not drive or operate heavy machinery while taking this sleep aid
  • It is not recommended to consume more than 1 serving in a 24 hour period.

Seeks Physis LLC
28001 Dorothy Drive
Agoura, CA 91301
www.6hoursleep.com

"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:|6HOUR-SLEEP-CASE| :|6HOUR-SLEEP-SINGLE|)"|""||| 6hour-sleep-single|6hour-sleep-single|PRODUCTS|"6 Hour Sleep Supplement - 1.93 fl oz"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/6hour-sleep-single.html"|(2.99)||T|"6 Hour Sleep"|""|""|""|"
6 Hour Sleep Pure Sleep Supplement - Rest Assured

6 Hour Sleep is a sleep supplement that contains a combination of 12 natural ingredients, nutrients and minerals. This powerful blend aids the body into a natural sleep pattern. This sleep supplement is drug and sugar free with a great taste. This unique formula includes mangosteen and acai for a pure healthy dose of sleep aid. Experience falling asleep in minutes and getting a full 6 hours of relaxing sleep with this amazing sleep supplement. Available in either single 6 Hour Sleep bottles or in cases of 12 6 Hour Sleep bottles.

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-855-855-2055 or Visit: www.6hoursleep.com

Features:

  • Fall Asleep and Stay Asleep
  • No Morning Grogginess
  • Non-habit forming
  • Contains Antioxidants
  • Drug Free
  • Sugar Free
  • Gluten Free
  • Zero Calories

Directions:

  • Drink 6 Hour Sleep 20 minutes before you want to start your night of rest.
  • Suggested dose is one 1.93 oz bottle in a 24 hour period for Adults

Package Includes:

  • Choose from:
    • Single - 1 of 6 Hour Sleep 1.93 fl. oz. (57 ml) Bottle
    • Case of 12 - 12 6 Hour Sleep 1.93 fl. oz. (57 ml) Bottles

Ingredients:

  • Active Ingredients: Melatonin, 5-HTP, GABA, Valerian Root, Passion Flower, Ashwagandha, Vitamin E, Chamomile, Magnesium, Lemon Balm, Mangosteen and Acai Extract.
  • Other Ingredients: Water, Phosphoric Acid, Citric Acid, Natural Flavor, Potassium Sorbate (Preservative), Sodium Benzoate (Preservative), Sucralose, Acesulfame Potassium, FD&C Yellow #6

Warnings:

  • Not intended for children under the age of 18
  • Do not take while pregnant or breastfeeding
  • Consult your doctor if you are taking any medications
  • Do not drive or operate heavy machinery while taking this sleep aid
  • It is not recommended to consume more than 1 serving in a 24 hour period.

Seeks Physis LLC
28001 Dorothy Drive
Agoura, CA 91301
www.6hoursleep.com

"|"6 Hour Sleep Supplement - 1.93 fl oz - 1 each"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| 6hour-sleep-case|6hour-sleep-case|PRODUCTS|"6 Hour Sleep Supplement - 1.93 fl oz case of 12"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/6hour-sleep-case.html"|(28.99)||T|"6 Hour Sleep"|""|""|""|"
6 Hour Sleep Pure Sleep Supplement - Rest Assured

6 Hour Sleep is a sleep supplement that contains a combination of 12 natural ingredients, nutrients and minerals. This powerful blend aids the body into a natural sleep pattern. This sleep supplement is drug and sugar free with a great taste. This unique formula includes mangosteen and acai for a pure healthy dose of sleep aid. Experience falling asleep in minutes and getting a full 6 hours of relaxing sleep with this amazing sleep supplement. Available in either single 6 Hour Sleep bottles or in cases of 12 6 Hour Sleep bottles.

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-855-855-2055 or Visit: www.6hoursleep.com

Features:

  • Fall Asleep and Stay Asleep
  • No Morning Grogginess
  • Non-habit forming
  • Contains Antioxidants
  • Drug Free
  • Sugar Free
  • Gluten Free
  • Zero Calories

Directions:

  • Drink 6 Hour Sleep 20 minutes before you want to start your night of rest.
  • Suggested dose is one 1.93 oz bottle in a 24 hour period for Adults

Package Includes:

  • Choose from:
    • Single - 1 of 6 Hour Sleep 1.93 fl. oz. (57 ml) Bottle
    • Case of 12 - 12 6 Hour Sleep 1.93 fl. oz. (57 ml) Bottles

Ingredients:

  • Active Ingredients: Melatonin, 5-HTP, GABA, Valerian Root, Passion Flower, Ashwagandha, Vitamin E, Chamomile, Magnesium, Lemon Balm, Mangosteen and Acai Extract.
  • Other Ingredients: Water, Phosphoric Acid, Citric Acid, Natural Flavor, Potassium Sorbate (Preservative), Sodium Benzoate (Preservative), Sucralose, Acesulfame Potassium, FD&C Yellow #6

Warnings:

  • Not intended for children under the age of 18
  • Do not take while pregnant or breastfeeding
  • Consult your doctor if you are taking any medications
  • Do not drive or operate heavy machinery while taking this sleep aid
  • It is not recommended to consume more than 1 serving in a 24 hour period.

Seeks Physis LLC
28001 Dorothy Drive
Agoura, CA 91301
www.6hoursleep.com

"|"6 Hour Sleep Supplement - 1.93 fl oz - Case of 12 Bottles"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| koalaty-9vkit|koalaty-9vkit|PRODUCTS|"9V Battery Charger, 2 Bay + 2x NIMH 200mAh 9 volt Rechargeable Batteries"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/koalaty-9vkit.html"|(16.95 3 45.6 6 80.7 12 143.4)||T|"Current Solutions"|""|""|""|"

9V Battery Charger, 2 Bay, plus Two Rechargeable 9 Volt Batteries 200mAh
Great for use with high yield rechargeables used in demanding electronics

Dual bay trickle charger for 9V rechargeable batteries.

  • Includes two high quality, high performance, rechargeable batteries
  • Effectively charges any rechargeable 9V batteries
  • Designed to extend the life of your rechargeable 9V batteries
  • Our most popular rechargeable battery for TENS Units and Muscle Stimulators.
  • This Ni-MH is a high quality, high performance, high yield (200mAh) rechargeable battery great for demanding electronics.

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-871-7858 or www.roscoemedical.com

Features:

  1. Specifications:
    • Charging 1 or 2 9V rechargeable batteries only.
    • Two-way parallel constant current charging mode.
    • Continuous charging.
      • Input: AC110V 50HZ SW
      • Output: 9V 200mA
    • Using temperature: 10 - 40°C
  2. Charging Method:
    • Insert batteries correctly. Make sure that the "+" and "-" terminals are aligned properly. Put the charger into the correct household AC electronic outlet, the red led will light up for proper charging.
  3. Charging Status:
    • The red led will light up when the batteries are charging, and it will continuously charge.
    • This is a trickle charger, it takes an estimated 12 hours to charge a standard 200mA battery.
    • The charger does not indicate a fully charged battery.
  4. Charging time:
    • 9V 100-120mA - 8-10 hours
    • 9V 150-180mA - 12-14 hours
    • 9V 200-230mA - 18-20 hours
  5. Note:
    • Don't move the batteries or cut off the power. If you do, it will affect the result.
    • Do not insert the batteries if they are not charging.
    • For indoor use only.
    • Keep out of reach of children.
    • Do not use another type of batteries.
    • Keep away from fire or direct sunlight.
    • This information may not be the most up-to-date please refer to manufacturer's directions included. We cannot be held liable for changes due to manufacturer revisions.

Warnings:

  • For 9V rechargeable batteries only.
  • For indoor use only. Do not expose charger to moisture or high temperature
  • Always unplug the charger from outlet before attempting maintenance or cleaning
  • Charger operation temperature 10 - 40°C

Roscoe Medical, Inc.
21973 Commerce Parkway
Strongsville, OH 44149
©Roscoe Medical, Inc. www.RoscoeMedical.com

"|"9V Battery Charger, 2 Bay + 2x NIMH 200mAh 9 volt Rechargeable Batteries"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| koalaty-9vcharg|koalaty-9vcharg|PRODUCTS|"9V Battery Charger, 2 Bay, 9 volt"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/koalaty-9vcharg.html"|(5.95 3 15.75 6 27.3 12 47.4)||T|"Current Solutions"|""|""|""|"

9V Battery Charger, 2 Bay Dual 9 Volt Charging
Great for use with high yield rechargeables used in demanding electronics

Dual bay trickle charger for 9V batteries

  • Charge 2 9V batteries at the same time
  • Low profile design of this 9V charger makes it a perfect fit to be stored inside your TENS carrying case
  • Effectively charges any rechargeable 9V batteries
  • Designed to extend the life of your rechargeable 9V batteries

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-871-7858 or www.roscoemedical.com

 

Features:

  1. Specifications:
    • Charging 1 or 2 9V batteries only.
    • Two-way parallel constant current charging mode.
    • Continuous charging.
      • Input: AC110V 50HZ SW
      • Output: 9V 20mA
    • Using temperature: 10 - 40°C
  2. Charging Method:
    • Insert batteries correctly. Make sure that the "+" and "-" terminals are aligned properly.
    • Put the charger into the correct household AC electronic outlet, the red led will light up for proper charging.
  3. Charging Status:
    • The red led will light up when the batteries charging, and it will continuously charge.
    • This is a trickle charger, it takes about 12 hours to charge a standard 200mA battery.
    • The charger does not indicate a fully charged battery.
  4. Charging time:
    • 9V 100-120mA - 8-10 hours
    • 9V 150-180mA - 12-14 hours
    • 9V 200-230mA - 18-20 hours
  5. Note:
    • Don't move the batteries or cut off the power
    • If you do, it will affect the result
    • Do not insert the batteries if it is not charging
    • For indoor use only
    • Far away from children
    • 10 - 40°C is the best charging temperature environment
    • Do not use another type of battery or bad batteries
    • Far away from fire or strongly sunlight

Warnings:

  • This and all battery chargers must be used with a rechargeable battery only.
  • For 9V (6F22) batteries only
  • For indoor use only. Do not expose charger to moisture or high temperature
  • Always unplug the charger from outlet before attempting maintenance or cleaning
  • Charger operation temperature 10 - 40°C

Roscoe Medical, Inc.
21973 Commerce Parkway
Strongsville, OH 44149
©Roscoe Medical, Inc. www.RoscoeMedical.com

"|"9V Battery Charger, 2 Bay, 9 volt"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| koalaty-9vnimh|koalaty-9vnimh|PRODUCTS|"9V Rechargeable Battery NI-MH 200mAh 9 volt"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/koalaty-9vnimh.html"|(6.95 3 18.75 6 33.3 12 59.4)||T|"Current Solutions"|""|""|""|"

9V Rechargeable NI-MH Battery, 9 Volts, 200mAh
Great for use with Transcutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulators and Electric Muscle Stimulators

  • Our most popular rechargeable battery for TENS Units and Muscle Stimulators.
  • This Ni-MH is a high quality, high performance, high yield (200mAh) rechargeable battery great for demanding electronics.

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-871-7858 or www.roscoemedical.com

Roscoe Medical, Inc.
21973 Commerce Parkway
Strongsville, OH 44149
©Roscoe Medical, Inc. www.RoscoeMedical.com

"|"9V Rechargeable Battery NI-MH 200mAh 9 volt"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| koalaty-9vbatt|koalaty-9vbatt|PRODUCTS|"9V Super Heavy Duty Alkaline Battery"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/koalaty-9vbatt.html"|(1.49 3 3.96 6 6.84 12 11.88)||T|"Current Solutions"|""|""|""|"

Super Heavy Duty Alkaline 9V Battery
For use with Transcutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulators and Electric Muscle Stimulators

Our best seller. This is our standard TENS battery. Individually wrapped.

Questions:Call Manufacturer at 1-800-871-7858 or www.roscoemedical.com

Roscoe Medical, Inc.
21973 Commerce Parkway
Strongsville, OH 44149
©Roscoe Medical, Inc. www.RoscoeMedical.com

"|"9V Super Heavy Duty Alkaline Battery"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| koalaty-aabatt|koalaty-aabatt|PRODUCTS|"AA Super Heavy Duty Alkaline Battery - 4 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/koalaty-aabatt.html"|(2.99)||T|"Current Solutions"|""|""|""|"
Super Heavy Duty Alkaline AA Battery
Long Lasting Power

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-871-7858 or www.roscoemedical.com

 

Warnings:

Do not recharge, disassemble, dispose of in fire, put in backwards, mix with used or other battery types. May explode or leak and cause personal injury.

Current Solutions, Inc.
21973 Commerce Parkway
Strongsville, OH 44149
©Current Solutions www.roscoemedical.com

"|"AA Super Heavy Duty Alkaline Battery - 4 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| koalaty-aabatthd|koalaty-aabatthd|PRODUCTS|"AA Super Heavy Duty Battery - 4 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/koalaty-aabatthd.html"|(1.99)||T|"Current Solutions"|""|""|""|"
Super Heavy Duty AA Battery
Long Lasting Power

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-871-7858 or www.roscoemedical.com

 

Warnings:

Do not recharge, disassemble, dispose of in fire, put in backwards, mix with used or other battery types. May explode or leak and cause personal injury.

Current Solutions, Inc.
21973 Commerce Parkway
Strongsville, OH 44149
©Current Solutions www.roscoemedical.com

"|"AA Super Heavy Duty Battery - 4 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| info||INFO.|"About Us"|""||||""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|" Information Welcome to OTCWholesale.com

OTC Wholesale is a small business dedicated to providing over-the-counter products to you for low prices. Started by Federico Arguelles in 2004 as a subsidiary of a pharmaceutical supplier, OTC Wholesale branched out to become its own company in 2006. OTC Wholesale has now grown to be a competitive distributor throughout the USA. With a strong emphasis on helping the community, OTC Wholesale believes in supporting the youth by hiring local students to allow them to gain work experience and understanding entrepreneurship.



Owner

Federico Arguelles is an alum of Mercer University. After growing his career at other companies, he decided to work on his goal of entrepreneurship by starting OTC Wholesale. Federico was able to achieve his objective and became the sole owner of OTC Wholesale. He enjoys working with kids in the local Scout programs, volunteering with the Knights of Columbus, and rock climbing at nearby gyms.
*On a side note, if you hear a dog bark on the phone, it’s just Maya. She is the company dog.


Contact Us

Phone or Fax:
   (800) 467-8109

Address:
  OTCWholesale.com
  815 Shotgun Rd
  Sunrise, FL 33326

Hours:
  Mon-Fri, 9 AM to 5 PM EST
  Subject to the whims of the owner

E-Mail:
  Customerservice@otcwholesale.com


Find us on Social Media at:

OTCWholesale's Blog
www.TENSUnitReview.com
Facebook
/OTCWholesale
Twitter
@OTCWholesale
Youtube
/OTCWholesale
LinkedIn
/OTC-Wholesale
"|""|""|""||| medical-incontinence-underpads|medical-incontinence-underpads|SECTIONS|"Absorbant Underpads"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"We offer a wide selection of Incontinence products at exceptionally low prices. We are able to sell with prices so low because of the high purchase volume. We hope that you find something here that will be useful and economical. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here.
"|"Incontinence Center
Prevail Adult Extra Absorbency Underwear
Cuties Children Underwear"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:KENDALL-7105-CS :KENDALL-7134-CS :KENDALL-7174-CS :PREVAIL-BC011-CS :PREVAIL-BC012-CS :PREVAIL-BC013-CS :PREVAIL-PV811-CS :PREVAIL-PV915-CS :PREVAIL-PV916-CS :PREVAIL-PV924-CS :PREVAIL-PV926-CS :PREVAIL-UP120-CS :TENA-350-CS :TENA-351-CS :TENA-352-CS :TENA-353-CS :TENA-354-CS :TENA-355-CS :TENA-357-CS :TENA-361-CS :TENA-365-CS :TENA-366-CS :TENA-367-CS :TENA-61310-CS :TENA-61312-CS)"|""||| promed-prom094|promed-prom094|PRODUCTS|"AC Adapter for ProMed 660"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/promed-prom094.html"|(14.99)||T|"ProMed Specialties"|""|""|""|"

AC Adapter for ProM-660 Portable Ultrasound Unit - 1 ea.
Replacement AC Adapter for the ProMed-660 Portable Ultrasound Unit

  • This A/C adapter is compatible with the ProM-660
  • The adapter is lightweight and compact
  • The ProM-660 is a Portable Ultrasound Unit

The ProM-660 Portable Ultrasound Unit:
The ProM-660 generates deep heat within body tissues for the treatment of selected medical conditions such as relief of pain, muscle spasms, and joint contractrues, but not for the treatment of malignancies. Great for a second office unit, mobile therapy, sporting events, start up clinics, prescription to patients. Ultrasound is a form of deep heating in which sound waves penetrate into the soft tissues. It is especially useful in relieving acute pain and aids in tissue healing. This portable ultrasound unit is great for patients who need therapy away from a office or hospital setting. This unit is an FDA approved portable therapeutic ultrasound unit, now with 3 power output settings.

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-215-938-0200 or Visit: www.promedspecialties.com

Features:

For use with the ProMed 660 Portable Ultrasound Unit.

ProMed Specialties
1800 Byberry Rd. Unit 905
Huntington Velley, PA 19006
©ProMed www.promedspecialties.com

"|"AC Adapter for ProMed 660"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| promed-prom720acadp|promed-prom720acadp|PRODUCTS|"AC Adapter for ProMed 720, ProMed 555 and ProMed 360"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/promed-prom720acadp.html"|(12.95 3 34.65 6 60.9 12 107.4)||T|"ProMed Specialties"|""|""|""|"

AC Adapter for ProM 720, ProM 555 and ProM 360
Add-on AC Adapter for the ProMed-720 Combination Unit, ProMed-555 Muscle Stimulator or ProMed-360 TENS Unit

  • This A/C adapter is compatible with the ProM-720, ProM-360 & ProM-555
  • The adapter is lightweight and compact
  • Eliminates the need for batteries and chargers
  • The ProM-720 is a Combination Unit featuring 3 EMS Modes and 6 TENS Unit Modes
  • The ProM-555 is a muscle stimulator unit with 3 modes
  • The ProM-360 is a Digital TENS unit with 5 Modes

Understanding Pain
Pain is the body's warning system. It alerts us to injury or illness. and it is absolutely necessary for life and health. Unfortunately however, this vital warning system is not equipped with an "off" switch. So sometimes, long after we have gotten the "message" and responded to the problem pain signals keep on being sent to the brain. Pain signals, in the form of electrical impulses, travel to the brain through the body's nervous system from the site of the injury or ailment. In the brain, the impulses are interpreted as pain.

What is TENS?

What is EMS?

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-215-938-0200 or Visit: www.promedspecialties.com

 

Features:

For use with the ProMed 720, ProMed 555 and ProMed 360 TENS/Muscle Stimulation Unit. To eliminate the use of batteries.

ProMed Specialties
1800 Byberry Rd. Unit 905
Huntington Velley, PA 19006
©ProMed www.promedspecialties.com

"|"AC Adapter for ProMed 720, ProMed 555 and ProMed 360"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| currentsolutions-8216x|currentsolutions-8216x|PRODUCTS|"AC Adapter for Quattro EMS, Quattro IF, and Quattro Combo Clinical Devices"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/currentsolutions-8216x.html"|(16.95)||T|"Current Solutions"|""|""|""|"

AC Adapter for Quattro 2.5, Quattro EMS, Quattro IF, and Quattro Combo Professional Units - 1 ea.
Replacement AC Adapter for the Quattro 2.5, Quattro EMS, Quattro IF, and Quattro Combo Devices

  • This A/C adapter is compatible with the Quattro 2.5, Quattro EMS, Quattro IF, and Quattro Combo
  • The medical grade adapter is lightweight and compact.
  • The Quattro EMS is a Electronic Muscle Stimulation (EMS) Unit.
  • The Quattro IF is a Interferential Current Stimulation (IF) Unit.
  • The Quattro Combo is a EMS and IF Unit.
  • The Quattro 2.5 is a TENS, EMS, IF and Russian Unit.

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-871-7858 or www.roscoemedical.com

Features:

For use with the Quattro 2.5, Quattro EMS, Quattro IF, and Quattro Combo Units.

Roscoe Medical, Inc.
21973 Commerce Parkway
Strongville, OH 44159
© Roscoe Medical, Inc. www.RoscoeMedical.com

"|"AC Adapter for Quattro EMS, Quattro IF, and Quattro Combo Clinical Devices"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| koalaty-du2035x|koalaty-du2035x|PRODUCTS|"AC Adapter for US-Pro 2000 Portable Ultrasound Device DU2035X"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/koalaty-du2035x.html"|(19.9)|||"Current Solutions"|""|""|""|"
AC Adapter for the US Pro-2000 Portable Ultrasound Unit - 1 ea.
For use with the US Pro-2000 Portable Ultrasound Unit.

Warning! This product requires the US Pro-2000 Portable Ultrasound Unit in order to work!

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-871-7858 or Visit: www.roscoemedical.com

Features:

For use with the Pro-2000 Portable Ultrasound Unit

Roscoe Medical
21973 Commerce Parkway
Strongsville, OH 44149
©www.roscoemedical.com

"|"AC Adapter for US-Pro 2000 Portable Ultrasound Device DU2035X"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accu-chek|accu-chek|SECTIONS|"Accu-Chek"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"

Keeping your diabetes regulated is easy with these wonderful Accu-Chek supplies. At OTC Wholesale, Accu-Chek products are more affordable than ever before. Now is the time to stock up on all the diabetic supplies you need. Whether you use Accu-Chek strips, meters, lancets or other products, you'll find a great selection here. We even carry Accu-Chek Aviva products for your convenience. Every item is priced well below retail, so you'll save money with every purchase.

Accu-Chek has been helping people with diabetes live healthy, happy lives for years. Their brand is trusted by patients and medical professionals alike. Stop settling for inferior products just to save money. Now you can get these wholesale Accu-Chek products and still get the accurate results you need without having to spend too much at the drugstore. Your healthcare needs no longer have to be a burden to your budget. At OTC Wholesale, we'll make sure you have access to the diabetic supplies you need at an affordable price. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us byclicking here.

"|"Accu-Check"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ACCU-CHEK-10310 :ACCU-CHEK-43610 :ACCU-CHEK-49510 :ACCU-CHEK-59884 :ACCU-CHEK-47419 :ACCU-CHEK-59884 :ACCU-CHEK-47419 :ACCU-CHEK-45097 :ACCU-CHEK-00971 :ACCU-CHEK-66152 :ACCU-CHEK-29110 :ACCU-CHEK-19210 :ACCU-CHEK-19310 :ACCU-CHEK-19310PLUS :ACCU-CHEK-48210 :ACCU-CHEK-10210 :ACCU-CHEK-48610)"|""||| accu-chek-19310|accu-chek-19310|PRODUCTS|"Accu-Chek Aviva Glucose Monitoring System"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accu-chek-19310.html"|(19.95)|||"Roche Diagnostic"|""|""|""|"
Accu-Chek® Aviva Glucose Monitoring System
Test Right the First Time

Designed to:

  • Fill on very first time
  • Detect and prevent unreliable results
  • Give 5-second results
  • Test from finger, palm, and more (1)

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com

 

Features:

Easy to use, more confidence in the results:

  • Large, touchable, easy-fill strip means less re-sticking and less waste.
  • Small 0.6 microliter sample size means less blood, which helps protect sensitive fingers.
  • Comfortable, sure-grip meter is easy to hold and use.
  • Detecting unreliable results means greater peace of mind.

Choose from five other areas of your body to give sensitive fingers a break. Test from your palm, forearm, upper arm, calf, thigh, or finger - whichever works best for you.

Package Includes:

  • Accu-Chek Aviva Blood Glucose Meter (battery included with preset time and date)
  • Adjustable Accu-Chek Multiclix Lancet Device with 12 lancets (2 drums) and clear cap for testing on different areas of the body
  • Accu-chek Aviva Control Solution
  • Easy-to-Use Instructions (English and Spanish)
  • Carrying Case
  • Self-Test Diary
  • Warranty Card
  • Rebate Form

Warnings:

A restricted license limits the use of the Accu-Chek® Aviva system (meter, including the code key, and test strips, lancet devices and lancets) in the United States.
Theft tag may be included inside package.

Roche Diagnostics
Indianapolis, IN 46256
©2014 Roche Diagnostics www.accu-chek.com

"|"Accu-Chek Aviva Glucose Monitoring System"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accu-chek-10310|accu-chek-10310|PRODUCTS|"Accu-Chek Aviva Glucose Test Strips - 50 Strips"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accu-chek-10310.html"|(35.95)|||"Roche Diagnostic"|""|""|""|"
Accu-Chek®Aviva Plus Blood Glucose Test Strips
For use with Accu-Chek® Aviva, Accu-Chek® Aviva Combo and Accu-Chek® Aviva Expert Meters.
  • Test Right the First Time
  • Fast 5-second Test
  • Fingertip, palm, and forearm testing*
  • For testing glucose in whole blood.

* Check with your healthcare provider before testing with blood from sites other than your finger.

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com

Uses:

For use with Accu-Chek® Aviva, Accu-Chek® Aviva Combo and Accu-Chek® Aviva Expert Meters.

Package Includes:

  • 50 Test Strips

Directions:

Store between +36°F (+2°C) and +90°F (+32°C). Do not freeze.

Warnings:

For in vitro diagnostic use.

Roche Diagnostics
Indianapolis, IN 46256
©2014 Roche Diagnostics www.accu-chek.com

"|"Accu-Chek Aviva Glucose Test Strips - 50 Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accu-chek-10210|accu-chek-10210|PRODUCTS|"Accu-Chek Aviva Plus Glucose Monitor"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accu-chek-10210.html"|(49.95)|||"Roche Diagnostic"|""|""|""|"
Accu-Chek® Aviva (Plus) Glucose Monitoring Meter
Test Right the First Time.

The Accu-Chek® Aviva (Plus) Glucose Monitoring Meter is designed and intended to help detect unreliable test results and prevent those results from occurring. It has an easy to read display and is small in size to comfortably fit in your hand. The downloadable 500-value memory includes 7-day, 14-day and 30-day averaging. With the Aviva (Plus) Meter the user can test quickly and accurately with 5-second test results and from multiple areas of the body. The user can test from 5 different areas: palm, forearm, upper arm, thigh, or finger. This helps to give the user's sensitive fingers a break but still provide fast and accurate results. The Accu-Chek® Aviva (Plus) Glucose Monitoring System is built to test right - the first time.

View the Manual: Accu-Chek Aviva (Plus) Meter Manual

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com

Features:

  • Small 0.6 microliter sample size means less blood, which helps protect sensitive fingers.
  • Comfortable, sure-grip meter is easy to hold and use.
  • Detect and Prevent Unreliable Results means greater peace of mind.
  • Test from: palm, forearm, upper arm, calf, thigh, or finger - whichever works best for you.

Package Includes:

  • Accu-Chek Aviva (Plus) Blood Glucose Meter
  • Easy-to-Use Instructions (English and Spanish)
  • Carrying Case
  • Warranty Card

Warnings:

A restricted license limits the use of the Accu-Chek® Aviva (Plus) system (meter, including the code key, and test strips, lancet devices and lancets) in the United States.
Theft tag may be included inside package.

Roche Diagnostics
9115 Hague Road
Indianapolis, IN 46256
©2014 Roche Diagnostics www.accu-chek.com

"|"Accu-Chek Aviva Plus Glucose Monitor"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accu-chek-43610|accu-chek-43610|PRODUCTS|"Accu-Chek Aviva Plus Glucose Test Strips - 50 Strips"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accu-chek-43610.html"|(104.95)||T|"Roche Diagnostic"|""|""|""|"
Accu-Chek®Aviva Plus Blood Glucose Test Strips
For use with Accu-Chek® Aviva Meter
  • Test Right the First Time
  • Fast 5-second Test
  • Fingertip, palm and forearm testing*
  • Fills quickly at any point along the tip with only a tiny, 0.6 microliter drop, so it's easy to handle and easy to use for people of all ages
  • Easy-to-handle, quick-fill glucose test strips make sampling easier
  • Made in USA.

* Check with your healthcare provider before testing with blood from sites other than your finger.

For testing glucose in whole blood

Made in the USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com

Uses:

For use with Acc-Chek® Aviva Meter

Package Includes:

  • 50 Test Strips
  • 1 Code key

Directions:

Store between 36°F and 86°F. Do not freeze.

Warnings:

For in vitro diagnostic use.

Roche Diagnostics
9115 Hague Rd
Indianapolis, IN 46256
©2014 Roche Diagnostics www.accu-chek.com

"|"Accu-Chek Aviva Plus Glucose Test Strips - 50 Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accu-chek-19310plus|accu-chek-19310plus|PRODUCTS|"Accu-Chek Aviva Starter Kit - Test Strips, Lancets and Aviva Monitor"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accu-chek-19310plus.html"|(84.95)|||"Roche Diagnostic"|""|""|""|"
Accu-Chek® Aviva Starter Kit - 100 Test Strips, 100 Lancets and Aviva Monitor
Test Right the First Time

Designed to:

  • Fill on very first time
  • Detect and prevent unreliable results
  • Give 5-second results
  • Test from finger, palm, and more (1)

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com

 

Features:

Easy to use, more confidence in the results:

  • Large, touchable, easy-fill strip means less re-sticking and less waste.
  • Small 0.6 microliters sample size means less blood, which helps protect sensitive fingers.
  • Comfortable, sure-grip meter is easy to hold and use.
  • Detecting unreliable results means greater peace of mind.

Choose from five other areas of your body to give sensitive fingers a break. Test from your palm, forearm, upper arm, calf, thigh, or finger - whichever works best for you.

Package Includes:

  • Accu-Chek Aviva Blood Glucose Meter (battery included with preset time and date)
  • Adjustable Accu-Chek Multiclix Lancet Device with 12 lancets (2 drums) and clear cap for testing on different areas of the body
  • Accu-chek Aviva Control Solution
  • 100 Accu-Chek Aviva Glucose Test Strips
  • 100 Universal Lancets (Packaging for lancets may differ from the picture shown)
  • Easy-to-Use Instructions (English and Spanish)
  • Carrying Case
  • Self-Test Diary
  • Warranty Card
  • Rebate Form

Warnings:

A restricted license limits the use of the Accu-Chek® Aviva system (meter, including the code key, and test strips, lancet devices, and lancets) in the United States.
Theft tag may be included inside package.

Roche Diagnostics
Indianapolis, IN 46256
©2014 Roche Diagnostics www.accu-chek.com

"|"Accu-Chek Aviva Starter Kit - 100 Test Strips, 100 Lancets and Aviva Monitor"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accu-chek-19210|accu-chek-19210|PRODUCTS|"Accu-Chek Compact Plus Glucose Monitoring System"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accu-chek-19210.html"|(19.95)|||"Roche Diagnostic"|""|""|""|"
Accu-Chek® Compact Plus Glucose Monitoring System
All-In-One Convenience
  • Bright, Easy-To-Read Display
  • No Coding
  • Detachable, Least painful Lancing Device
  • 17 Test Strip Drum Fits Inside (Not Included)

Accu-chek® software and the online, secure Diabetes Assistant® program provide easy-to-read graphs and charts to help you use your results to manage your diabetes.

View the full operations manual: Compact Plus Manual

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com

Features:

Unique Design - Proven Least Painful

  • Allows one hand meter operation
  • Use attached or detached
  • One button action
  • No side-to-side lancet motion reduces skin tearing
  • Choice of 11 customizable depth settings for different skin types

Choose from five other areas of your body to give sensitive fingers a break. Test from your palm, forearm, upper arm, calf, thigh, or finger - whichever works best for you.

Package Includes:

  • Accu-Chek Compact™ Blood Glucose Meter (batteries included with preset time and date)
  • Detachable Accu-chek Softclix Plus Lancing Device (with lancets and clear cap for testing on different areas of the body)
  • Accu-chek Compact Blue Control Solution
  • Easy-to-use Instructions (English and Spanish)
  • Carrying Case
  • Self-Test Diary
  • Warranty Card

Warnings:

  • A restricted license limits use of the Accu-Chek® Compact Plus System (meter, drum and test strips contained therein) and the Accu-chek® Softclix Plus lancet device system (lancet device and lancets) in the United States.

Roche Diagnostics
Indianapolis, IN 46256
©2014 Roche Diagnostics www.accu-chek.com

"|"Accu-Chek Compact Plus Glucose Monitoring System"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accu-chek-59884|accu-chek-59884|PRODUCTS|"Accu-Chek Compact Plus Test Strip Drums - 102 tests, 6 drums"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accu-chek-59884.html"|(199.95)||T|"Roche Diagnostic"|""|""|""|"
Accu-Chek® Compact Plus Blood Glucose Test Strips
For use with Accu-Chek® Compact Plus Meters
  • No Strip Handling
  • Auto Calibration
  • Six sites to test, including fingertip, palm and forearm

For testing glucose in whole blood

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com

Uses:

For use with Accu-Chek® Compact Plus Meters

Package Includes:

  • 6 Test Strip Drums ~ 102 test strips total.

Directions:

Store between +36°F (+2°C) and +86°F (+30°C). Do not freeze.

Warnings:

For in vitro diagnostic use.

Roche Diagnostics
D-68298 Mannheim, Germany
©2014 Roche Diagnostics www.accu-chek.com

"|"Accu-Chek Compact Plus Test Strip Drums - 102 tests, 6 drums"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accu-chek-47419|accu-chek-47419|PRODUCTS|"Accu-Chek Compact Plus Test Strip Drums - 51 tests, 3 drums"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accu-chek-47419.html"|(119.95)||T|"Roche Diagnostic"|""|""|""|"
Accu-Chek® Compact Plus Blood Glucose Test Strips
For use with Accu-Chek® Compact Plus Meters
  • No Strip Handling
  • Auto Calibration
  • Six sites to test, including fingertip, palm and forearm

For testing blood sugar.

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com

Uses:

For use with Accu-chek® Compact Plus Meters

Package Includes:

  • 3 Test Strip Drums ~ 51 test strips total

Directions:

Store between +36°F (+2°C) and +86°F (+30°C). Do not freeze.

Warnings:

For in vitro diagnostic use.

Roche Diagnostics
D-68298 Mannheim, Germany
©2014 Roche Diagnostics www.accu-chek.com

"|"Accu-Chek Compact Plus Test Strip Drums - 51 tests, 3 drums"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accu-chek-29110|accu-chek-29110|PRODUCTS|"Accu-Chek Fastclix Lancets - 102 Strips"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accu-chek-29110.html"|(15.95 3 43.68 6 79.08 12 143.88)||T|"Roche Diagnostic"|""|""|""|"
Accu-Chek® FastClix Lancets - 102 ea
For use with all models of Accu-Chek® FastClix.
  • The 1-click lancing system with a drum!
  • Use only with Accu-chek® FastClix Lancing Device Models
  • Proven Performance

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com

Uses:

For use with Accu-Chek® FastClix lancing device.

Package Includes:

  • 102 Lancets

Warnings:

  • Do not use if protective guard has been previously removed from lancet. Do not re-use lancets or store lancets in device.
  • A restricted license limits use of the Accu-Chek® FastClix® Lancet Device. Carefully read the package insert before use.

Roche Diagnostics
Indianapolis, IN 46256
©2014 Roche Diagnostics www.accu-chek.com

"|"Accu-Chek Fastclix Lancets - 102 Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accu-chek-45097|accu-chek-45097|PRODUCTS|"Accu-Chek Multiclix Lancets - 102 Strips"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accu-chek-45097.html"|(12.99 3 36.87 6 69.54 12 131.88)||T|"Roche Diagnostic"|""|""|""|"
Accu-Chek ® Multiclix Lancets
New Exclusive Drum Design
  • Faster, safer, and less painful
  • No lancets to see or touch
  • Just load and go with new lancet drum

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com

Directions:

Please read the Accu-Chek Multiclix Lancet Device package insert before use.

Warnings:

Keep out of reach of children.

Roche Diagnostics
Indianapolis, IN 46256
©2014 Roche Diagnostics www.accu-chek.com

 

"|"Accu-Chek Multiclix Lancets - 102 Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accu-chek-66152|accu-chek-66152|PRODUCTS|"Accu-Chek Multiclix Lancets Device Kit with 12 Lancets"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accu-chek-66152.html"|(22.99)|||"Roche Diagnostic"|""|""|""|"
Accu-Chek ® Multiclix Lancets Device Kit with 12 Lancets
New Exclusive Drum Design

Accu-Chek Multiclix Lancing device is the only lancing device that works with lancets drum. Just load the six-lancets drum and go. Accu-Chek Multiclix Lancing device has 11 depth settings for comfort, and less skin tearing.

  • Faster, Safer, and Less Painful
  • No Lancets To See Or Touch
  • Just Load And Go With New Lancet Drum

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com

Directions:

Please read the Accu-Chek Multiclix Lancet Device package insert before use.

Warnings:

Keep out of reach of children.

Roche Diagnostics
Indianapolis, IN 46256
©2014 Roche Diagnostics www.accu-chek.com

 

"|"Accu-Chek Multiclix Lancets Device Kit with 12 Lancets"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accu-chek-48610|accu-chek-48610|PRODUCTS|"Accu-Chek Nano (Smartview) Glucose Monitor"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accu-chek-48610.html"|(39.95)|||"Roche Diagnostic"|""|""|""|"
Accu-Chek® Nano Blood Glucose Meter
Accu-Chek® Nano - Small in size. Big in performance.
Important: These products are genuine Accu-Chek products, suitable for consumer use. However, they may ship in International or Mail-Order packaging, making them inappropriate for some wholesale/retail buyers.

The Accu-Chek® Nano Blood Glucose Meter is small in size but big in performance. The Nano Meter is an easy-to-use no-coding blood glucose meter which allows for fewer steps in testing. The meter is designed with the user in mind with the pre- and post-meal markers to help the user see how what they eat affects their blood glucose levels. It's advanced accuracy in testing performance delivers accurate test results in 5 seconds. The Nano Meter technology uses multiple types of insulin-management tools like testing reminders, automatic power-off settings, and it is also compatible with the Accu-Chek® Data Management Systems. The meter has a 500-value memory system which also has 7-, 14-, 30- and 90-day averaging capabilities for user convenience. With the Accu-Chek® Nano Meter users can test with their fingers or on their palm with Alternate-Site Testing (AST). Accu-Chek® Nano's small and streamlined design fits in the palm of the hand while the bright backlit LCD display makes testing and seeing the results easy - anytime, anywhere.

  • Accu-Chek® Nano - Small in size. Big in performance.
  • Small, streamlined design with backlit LCD display.
  • Less blood is needed for the 0.6-µL sample size.
  • No-Coding design delivers fast and accurate results in 5 seconds.
  • With Insulin Management tools like testing reminders and meal markers.
  • Use with the fingertip or on the palm with Alternate-Site Testing.
  • Downloadable 500-Value memory with 7-, 14-, 30-, and 90-day averaging.

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com

Features:

  • Advanced Accuracy delivers fast and accurate results in 5 Seconds.
  • Small, streamlined design fits easily into the palm of the hand.
  • Brilliant backlit LCD display makes seeing results easy - anywhere, anytime.
  • No-Coding Design allows for fewer steps in testing.
  • Includes insulin-management tools like testing reminders and meal markers.
  • Compatible with Accu-Chek® Data Management Systems.
  • Use with the fingertip or on the palm with Alternate-Site Testing (AST).
  • Less blood is needed for the 0.6-µL sample size.
  • Downloadable 500-Value memory with 7-, 14-, 30-, and 90-day averaging.
  • Use only Accu-Chek® SmartView Blood Glucose Test Strips.

Uses:

  • For testing glucose in fresh capillary whole blood.
  • For self-testing only.
  • For in-vitro diagnostic use.

Technical Information:

  • Meter Storage Conditions: -13°F - 158°F
  • Memory Capacity: 500 blood glucose results and 20 control results with time and date
  • Automatic Power Off: 2 minutes
  • Power Supply: Two 3-volt lithium batteries (coin cell type CR2032)
  • Display: LCD
  • Dimensions: 2.72" (L) x 1.69" (W) x 0.79" (H) [69 x 43 x 20 mm]
  • Weight: Approx. 1.41 oz (with batteries) (40 g)
  • Construction: Hand-held
  • Memory: Downloadable 500-value memory with 7-, 14-, 30- and 90-day averaging

Package Includes:

  • Accu-Chek® Nano Meter
  • Instruction Manual
  • Carrying Case
  • Batteries
  • Self-Test Diary

Warnings:

  • The meter is only for use outside the body (in vitro).

Works With:

Other Information:

  • Roche Diagnostics warrants to the original purchaser of the meter that the Accu-Chek® Nano meter will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase and carries a limited three-year warranty.

Roche Diagnostics
9115 Hague Road
Indianapolis, IN 46256
©2014 www.accu-chek.com

"|"Accu-Chek Nano (Smartview) Glucose Monitor"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accu-chek-48210|accu-chek-48210|PRODUCTS|"Accu-Chek Nano Glucose Monitoring System"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accu-chek-48210.html"|(14.99)|||"Roche Diagnostic"|""|""|""|"
Accu-Chek® Nano SmartView Blood Glucose Meter System™
Small in size. Big in performance.
Important: These products are genuine Accu-Chek products, suitable for consumer use. However, they may ship in International or Mail-Order packaging, making them inappropriate for some wholesale/retail buyers.
  • Accu-Chek Nano - Small in size. Big in performance.
  • Compatible with Accu-Chek Data Management Systems
  • Advanced Accuracy to deliver fast and accurate results in 5 Seconds
  • Small sleek design that fits easily into the palm of your hand
  • Stunning backlit display making reading your numbers easy anywhere and anytime
  • No-Coding Design for fewer steps in testing
  • Uses insulin-management tools like testing reminders
  • Before- and after-meal markers to help see how food affects glucose levels
  • Use with fingertip or palm (AST) testing
  • Less blood is needed for the 0.6-µL sample size
  • Downloadable 500-value memory for your convenience
  • 7, 14, 30, and 90 day averaging capabilities
  • Use only ACCU-CHEK SmartView test strips.
  • For use with Accu-Chek® SmartView Test Strips, Accu-Chek® Fastclix Lancets, and Accu-Chek® Fastclix Lancing Device.
  • Quick Start Guide: In English and In Spanish

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com

Features:

  • Compatible with Accu-Chek Data Management Systems
  • Advanced Accuracy to deliver fast and accurate results
  • Small sleek design that fits easily into the palm of your hand
  • Stunning backlit display making reading your numbers easy anywhere and anytime
  • No-Coding Design for fewer steps in testing
  • Uses insulin-management tools like before- and after-meal markers and test reminders
  • Use with fingertip or palm (AST) testing
  • Less blood is needed for the 0.6-µL sample size
  • Downloadable 500-value memory for your convenience
  • 7, 14, 30, and 90 day averaging capabilities
  • Use only ACCU-CHEK SmartView test strips.

Uses:

  • For testing glucose in fresh capillary whole blood
  • For self-testing only
  • For in-vitro diagnostic use

Technical Information:

  • Meter Storage Conditions: -13°F - 158°F
  • Memory Capacity: 500 blood glucose results and 20 control results with time and date
  • Automatic Power Off: 2 minutes
  • Power Supply: two 3-volt lithium batteries (coin cell type CR2032)
  • Display: LCD
  • Dimensions: 2.72" (L) x 1.69" (W) x 0.79" (H) [69 x 43 x 20 mm]
  • Weight: Approx. 1.41 oz (with batteries) (40 g)
  • Construction: Hand-held
  • Memory: Downloadable 500-value memory with 7-, 14-, 30- and 90-day averaging

Package Includes:

  • Accu-Chek® Nano Meter
  • Accu-Chek® FastClix Lancing Device
  • Warranty Registration Card
  • Quick Start Guide
  • Instruction Manual
  • Carrying Case
  • Batteries

Warnings:

  • Carefully read and follow the instructions in the Owner’s Booklet and package inserts for the test strips and control solution. It is very important to follow the instructions in order to avoid an incorrect test result that leads to improper therapy.
  • Inspect the test strip container before using the test strips for the first time. If you see any damage to the container cap or if anything prevents the cap from closing properly, do not use the test strips. Contact the ACCU-CHEK Customer Care Service Center. Damaged test strips can cause inaccurate results, which could lead to improper therapy.
  • The meter, test strips, and control solution are only for use outside the body (in vitro). Do not eat the test strips. Do not swallow or inject the control solution or use the control solution for any purpose other than testing the ACCU?CHEK Nano SmartView system.

Works With:

Other Information:

  • Roche Diagnostics warrants to the original purchaser of the meter that the ACCU?CHEK Nano meter will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase and carries a limited three-year warranty.

Roche Diagnostics
9115 Hague Road
Indianapolis, IN 46256
©2014 www.accu-chek.com

"|"Accu-Chek Nano Glucose Monitoring System"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accu-chek-49510|accu-chek-49510|PRODUCTS|"Accu-Chek SmartView Test Strips - 50 Strips"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accu-chek-49510.html"|(104.95)||T|"Roche Diagnostic"|""|""|""|"
Accu-Chek®SmartView Blood Glucose Test Strips - 50 ea
For use with Accu-Chek® Nano.
  • Test Right the First Time
  • Fast 5-second Test
  • Fingertip, palm, and forearm testing*

* Check with your healthcare provider before testing with blood from sites other than your finger.

A glucose test for whole blood.

Made in the USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com

Uses:

For use with Acc-Chek® Nano.

Package Includes:

  • 50 Test Strips

Directions:

Store between +36°F (+2°C) and +90°F (+32°C). Do not freeze.

Warnings:

For in vitro diagnostic use.

Roche Diagnostics
9115 Hague Road
Indianapolis, IN 46256
©2014 Roche Diagnostics www.accu-chek.com

"|"Accu-Chek SmartView Test Strips - 50 Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accu-chek-00971|accu-chek-00971|PRODUCTS|"Accu-Chek Softclix Lancets - 100 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accu-chek-00971.html"|(12.95 3 35.7 6 65.1 12 119.4)||T|"Roche Diagnostic"|""|""|""|"
Accu-Chek®Softclix Lancets
For use with Accu-Chek® Advantage and Accu-Chek® Complete Meters.
  • Uniquely designed for greater comfort
  • Use only with Accu-chek® Softclix Lancet device
  • Proven Performance

Made in Japan

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com

Uses:

For use with Accu-Chek® Softclix lancing device.

Package Includes:

  • 100 Lancets

Directions:

  1. Remove the cap from the lancet device.
  2. Insert a new lancet in the lancet holder. It is properly positioned when it snaps into place. To remove the protective cap, twist and pull it away from the lancet.
  3. Replace the cap onto the lancet device. Twist the cap of the lancet device to set the lancet depth. Start at 2 or 3. For tougher skin, dial to a higher number.
  4. Press the plunger on the end of the device all the way down until it clicks. A yellow dot will appear and remain in the center of the clear release button.
  5. Wash your hands in warm, soapy water. Dry well.
  6. Hold the lancet device against the side of your fingertip.
  7. Press the release button. Gently squeeze the area until you get a small sample of blood.
  8. Apply the drop of blood to the target area of your test strip.
  9. Immediately remove used lancet. To avoid accidental injury, do not store lancet in device.

Warnings:

  • Do not use if protective guard has been previously removed from lancet. Do not re-use lancets or store lancets in device.
  • A restricted license limits use of the Accu-Chek® Softclix® Lancet Device. Carefully read the package insert before use.

Roche Diagnostics
Indianapolis, IN 46256
©2014 Roche Diagnostics www.accu-chek.com

"|"Accu-Chek Softclix Lancets - 100 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accurelief|accurelief|SECTIONS|"AccuRelief"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"Want a natural and drug-free pain reliever? The brand AccuRelief offers just that. Their products help to block pain signals with electrical pulses that help to give you immediate pain relief. They are the only wireless tens on the market! AccuRelief even designs their own supply kit so you don’t have to worry about what will work with your unit. Get back to your normal everyday activity with these products!"|"AccuRelief OTC FDA Approved TENS Units"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ACCURELIEF-ACRL-9000 :ACCURELIEF-ACRL-3000 :ACCURELIEF-ACRL-0003 :ACCURELIEF-ACRL-2000 :ACCURELIEF-ACRL-1000 :ACCURELIEF-ACRL-0002 :ACCURELIEF-ACRL-0001)"|""||| accurelief-acrl-3000|accurelief-acrl-3000|PRODUCTS|"AccuRelief Electrotherapy TENS Pain Relief System Dual Channel"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accurelief-acrl-3000.html"|(39.95)|||"Carex Health Brands"|""|""|""|"
AccuRelief™ Dual Channel TENS Pain Relief System - Model ACRL-3000

AccuRelief™ Dual Channel TENS Unit is an easy-to-use therapeutic TENS device that helps to relieve chronic aches and pains in multiple areas on the body. These areas include the neck, back, shoulders, and arms. This tens unit allows the user to choose from six different pre-set body programs as well as six customizable programs for maximum versatility. Finding a comfortable level of intensity is easy with the 25 levels of intensity settings. With an automatic shut-off after 30 minutes of treatment this device is a safe, natural, drug-free way to reduce pain.  It also has a safety lock feature and low battery indicator.

View the User Manual: ACRL-3000 User Manual
View the Quick Start Guide: ACRL-3000 Quick Start Guide
View the Electrode Placement Guide: ACRL-3000 Electrode Placement Guide

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 800-328-2935 or Visit www.accurelief.com

 

Features:

Technical Specifications:

  • Model: ACRL-3000
  • Channels: Dual Channel
  • Power Sources: 4.5V DC, 3xAAA batteries
  • Frequency: 2Hz ~ 150 Hz
  • Pulse Width: 50µS ~ 300 µS
  • Output Voltage: 0 - 90 mA
  • Output Intensity Levels: 0 ~ 25 levels
  • Treatment Time: 30 minutes
  • Operating Conditions: 41°F ~ 104°F (5°C ~ 40°C); 30%RH ~ 75%RH
  • Storage Conditions and Transportation: 14°F ~ 131°F (-10°C ~ 55°C); 10%RH ~ 90%RH
  • Size (LxWxH): 4.6" x 2.36" x 1.34" in (117 x 60 x 34 mm)
  • Weight: 0.17 lbs (75.5g) (without battery)
  • Warranty: 1 Year

Package Includes:

  • AccuRelief™ ACRL-3000 Unit
  • Instruction Manual
  • Electrode Placement Guide
  • Quick Start Guide
  • 3 AAA Batteries
  • 2 Lead Wires
  • 4 - 2" x 2" Electrodes


Carex Health Brands
921 E. Amidon Street
Sioux Falls, SD 57104
www.carex.com
www.accurelief.com

"|"AccuRelief Electrotherapy TENS Pain Relief System Dual Channel"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accurelief-acrl-1000|accurelief-acrl-1000|PRODUCTS|"AccuRelief Mini TENS Electrotherapy System"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accurelief-acrl-1000.html"|(25.95 3 71.55 6 130.5 12 239.4)||T|"Carex Health Brands"|""|""|""|"
AccuRelief™ Mini TENS Unit - Model ACRL-1000

The AccuRelief™ Mini TENS Unit Pain Relief System helps to provide direct pain relief that is safe and effective. With a preset combination program, the tens unit uses alternating therapy to deliver electrical pulses in two phases. This non-prescription unit has 15 levels of intensity to help offer multiple comfort options to find pain relief from arthritis and muscular, joint and bone aches and pains. The AccuRelief™ Mini TENS Pain Relief System includes 2 latex-free gel pads designed to surround your pain and an easy-to-use electrode placement guide.

View the User Manual: ACRL-1000 User Manual
View the Quick Start Guide: ACRL-1000 Quick Start Guide
View the Electrode Placement Guide: ACRL-1000 Electrode Placement Guide

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 800-328-2935 or Visit www.accurelief.com

 

Features:

Uses:

  • The AccuRelief™ Mini TENS Unit is designed to for temporary pain relief of muscle, joint and bone pain in the:
    • Neck
    • Shoulder
    • Back
    • Waist
    • Arms
    • Legs

Technical Specifications:

  • Model: ACRL-1000
  • Channels: Single
  • Programs: 2 Programs
  • Power Supply: DC3.0V, 1xCR2032
  • Waveform: Bi-phase square pulse wave
  • Frequency: 2 ~ 125 Hz
  • Pulse Width: 100 ~ 200 µS
  • Output Voltage: 0 - 70 mA
  • Output Intensity Levels: 0 ~ 15 levels
  • Treatment Time: 20 minutes
  • Size: 6.65" x 1.34" x 0.39" in (169x34x10 mm) (LxWxH)
  • Weight: 0.02 lbs (10.39 g) (without battery)
  • Warranty: 1 Year Manufacturer Warranty

Package Includes:

  • AccuRelief™ ACRL-1000 Unit
  • Electrode Placement Guide
  • Quick Start Guide
  • User Manual
  • 1 3V CR2032 Battery
  • 2 Electrode Pads


Carex Health Brands
921 E. Amidon Street
Sioux Falls, SD 57104
www.carex.com
www.accurelief.com

"|"AccuRelief Mini TENS Electrotherapy System"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accurelief-acrl-0002|accurelief-acrl-0002|PRODUCTS|"AccuRelief Mini TENS Supply Kit"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accurelief-acrl-0002.html"|(17.95 3 49.65 6 90.9 12 167.4)||T|"Carex Health Brands"|""|""|""|"
AccuRelief™ Mini TENS Supply Kit - Model ACRL-0002

AccuRelief™ Mini TENS Supply Kit includes 8 reusable, latex-free electrode pads. The electrode design is lightweight and flexible to conform to various part of the body. This kit also includes an electrode placement guide for optimal use. The electrodes and placement guide in the AccuRelief™ Mini TENS Supply Kit are for use with the AccuRelief™ Mini TENS Pain Relief System Only.

For use with the: AccuRelief™ Mini TENS Pain Relief System (ACRL-1000).

View the Electrode Placement Guide: ACRL-0002 Electrode Placement Guide

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 800-328-2935 or Visit www.accurelief.com

 

Package Includes:

  • Electrode Placement Guide
  • 4 sets of 2 Reusable Electrodes


Carex Health Brands
921 E. Amidon Street
Sioux Falls, SD 57104
www.carex.com
www.accurelief.com

"|"AccuRelief Mini TENS Supply Kit"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accurelief-acrl-2000|accurelief-acrl-2000|PRODUCTS|"AccuRelief TENS Electrotherapy System with 25 intensity setting"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accurelief-acrl-2000.html"|(32.95)|||"Carex Health Brands"|""|""|""|"
AccuRelief™ Single Channel TENS Pain Relief System - Model ACRL-2000

AccuRelief™ Single Channel TENS unit is a simple to use therapy device that can be used for pain relief at home or on-the-go. With 25 intensity settings and 6 adjustable programs, this TENS Unit provides maximum versatility. The six preset programs are for different areas of the body such as back, neck, shoulders, arms and legs. The AccuRelief™ Single Channel TENS Unit can help pain relief and has features like auto shut-off, safety lock and low battery indicator. The AccuRelief™ Single Channel TENS Unit is a safe, natural and drug-free way to help with pain relief.

View the User Manual: ACRL-2000 User Manual
View the Quick Start Guide: ACRL-2000 Quick Start Guide
View the Electrode Placement Guide: ACRL-2000 Electrode Placement Guide

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 800-328-2935 or Visit www.accurelief.com

 

Features:

Technical Specifications:

  • Model: ACRL-2000
  • Channels: Single Channel
  • Power Sources: 3.0V DC, 2xAAA batteries
  • Frequency: 2Hz ~ 150 Hz
  • Pulse Width: 50µS ~ 300 µS
  • Output Voltage: 0 - 90 mA
  • Output Intensity Levels: 0 ~ 25 levels
  • Treatment Time: 30 minutes
  • Operating Conditions: 41°F ~ 104°F (5°C ~ 40°C); 30%RH ~ 75%RH
  • Storage Conditions & Transportation: 14°F ~ 131°F (-10°C ~ 55°C); 10%RH ~ 90%RH
  • Size (LxWxH): 4.53" x 1.89" x 0.87" in (115 x 48 x 22 mm)
  • Weight: 0.17 lbs (75.5g) (without battery)
  • Warranty: 1 Year

Package Includes:

  • AccuRelief™ ACRL-2000 Unit
  • Electrode Placement Guide
  • Instruction Manual
  • Quick Start Guide
  • 1 - Lead Wire
  • 4 - 2" x 2" Electrodes
  • 2 - AAA Batteries


Carex Health Brands
921 E. Amidon Street
Sioux Falls, SD 57104
www.carex.com
www.accurelief.com

"|"AccuRelief Single Channel TENS Electrotherapy System with 25 intensity setting"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accurelief-acrl-0001|accurelief-acrl-0001|PRODUCTS|"AccuRelief Universal Supply Kit 2 Lead Wires and 4 packs of Electrodes"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accurelief-acrl-0001.html"|(14.95)|||"Carex Health Brands"|""|""|""|"
AccuRelief™ Universal TENS Supply Kit - Model ACRL-0001

The AccuRelief™ Universal TENS Supply Kit is designed for use with the AccuRelief™ TENS and EMS Pain Relief Units. The supply kit includes 4 sets of 4 self-adhesive, reusable electrodes, 2 lead wires and an electrode placement guide. The latex-free electrodes are designed to be lightweight and flexible for usage on various body parts. The Electrodes and Lead Wires can be used with the AccuRelief™ Single Channel TENS Unit (ACRL-2000) and AccuRelief™ Dual Channel TENS Unit (ACRL-3000).

For use with AccuRelief TENS and EMS Pain Relief Units.

View the Electrode Placement Guide: ACRL-0001 Electrode Placement Guide

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 800-328-2935 or Visit www.accurelief.com

 

Package Includes:

  • Electrode Placement Guide
  • 4 sets of 4 - 2" x 2" Electrodes
  • 2 Lead Wires


Carex Health Brands
921 E. Amidon Street
Sioux Falls, SD 57104
www.carex.com
www.accurelief.com

"|"AccuRelief Universal Supply Kit 2 Lead Wires and 4 packs of Electrodes"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accurelief-acrl-9000|accurelief-acrl-9000|PRODUCTS|"AccuRelief Wireless Electrotherapy TENS System OTC Approved"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accurelief-acrl-9000.html"|(59.95)|||"Carex Health Brands"|""|""|""|"
AccuRelief™ Wireless TENS Pain Relief System with Remote Control - Model ACRL-9000

AccuRelief™ Wireless TENS Pain Relief System with Remote Control is a wireless, dual channel, compact electrotherapy stimulation unit that helps to relieve pain in hard-to-reach areas using a remote control. This unit features 20 levels of adjustable intensity settings, a 30-minute treatment timer with auto shut-off. The two latex-free gel pads are lightweight and flexible to conform to various body parts. The AccuRelief™ Wireless TENS Pain Relief System includes two electrode controllers, reusable electrode pads with snap connectors, a remote control, six AAA batteries, instruction manual, quick start guide and an electrode placement guide. The AccuRelief™ Wireless Pain Relief System is a simple, drug-free solution for aiding in relieving arthritic, muscular and joint aches and pains.

View the User Manual: ACRL-9000 User Manual
View the Quick Start Guide: ACRL-9000 Quick Start Guide
View the Electrode Placement Guide: ACRL-9000 Electrode Placement Guide

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 800-328-2935 or Visit www.accurelief.com

 

Features:

Technical Specifications:

  • Model: ACRL-9000
  • Channels: Dual Channel
  • Power Supply: 6 x AAA
  • Waveform: Bi-phase square pulse wave
  • Frequency: 5 ~ 125Hz
  • Pulse Width: 130/250 µS
  • Output Voltage: 0 - 70 mA
  • Output Intensity Levels: 0 ~ 20 levels
  • Treatment Time: 30 minutes
  • Operating Conditions: 50°F ~ 104°F (10°C~40°C); 30%RH ~ 85%RH
  • Storage Conditions and Transportation: 14°F ~ 131°F(-10°C ~ 55°C);10%RH ~ 90%RH
  • Size (L x W x H):
    • Remote Control: 4.06" x 2.2" x 0.99" in (103.0 x 55.8 x 25.2 mm)
    • Unit A and B: 2.36" x 2.09" x 0.69" (60.0 x 53.0 x 17.7 mm)
  • Weight:
    • Remote Control: 0.1 lbs (42.5g) without battery
    • Unit A and B: 0.1 lbs (44.4g) without battery
  • Warranty: 1 Year

Package Includes:

  • AccuRelief™ ACRL-9000 Unit
    • 1 - Remote Control
    • 2 - Gel Pad Units (A & B)
  • 6 - AAA Batteries
  • 2 - Gel Pad Snap Electrodes
  • Instruction Manual
  • Electrode Placement Guide
  • Quick Start Guide


Carex Health Brands
921 E. Amidon Street
Sioux Falls, SD 57104
www.carex.com
www.accurelief.com

"|"AccuRelief Wireless Electrotherapy TENS Pain Relief System OTC Approved"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| accurelief-acrl-0003|accurelief-acrl-0003|PRODUCTS|"AccuRelief Wireless TENS with Remote Supply Kit"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/accurelief-acrl-0003.html"|(27.95)|||"Carex Health Brands"|""|""|""|"
AccuRelief™ Wireless TENS with Remote Supply Kit - Model ACRL-0003

The AccuRelief™ Wireless TENS Supply Kit contains 8 self-adhesive, reusable electrodes and an electrode placement guide. The lightweight and flexible electrodes are designed to be used on various parts of the body. The AccuRelief™ Wireless TENS Supply Kit is for use with the AccuRelief™ Wireless TENS Pain Relief System with Remote.

For use with the: AccuRelief™ Wireless TENS Pain Relief System with Remote (ACRL-9000).

View the Electrode Placement Guide: ACRL-0003 Electrode Placement Guide

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 800-328-2935 or Visit www.accurelief.com

 

Package Includes:

  • Electrode Placement Guide
  • 4 sets of 2 Self-Adhesive Electrodes


Carex Health Brands
921 E. Amidon Street
Sioux Falls, SD 57104
www.carex.com
www.accurelief.com

"|"AccuRelief Wireless TENS with Remote Supply Kit"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| medical-incontinence-briefs|medical-incontinence-briefs|SECTIONS|"Adult Incontinence Briefs"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|""|"Incontinence Briefs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:PREVAIL-B0131-CS :PREVAIL-B0132-CS :PREVAIL-B014-CS :PREVAIL-B016-CS :PREVAIL-PF012-CS :PREVAIL-PF013-CS :PREVAIL-PF014-CS :PREVAIL-PF016-CS :PREVAIL-PV011-CS :PREVAIL-PV012-CS :PREVAIL-PV013-CS :PREVAIL-PV015-CS :PREVAIL-PV017-CS :PREVAIL-PVB0122-CS :PREVAIL-PVB0132-CS :PREVAIL-PVB014-CS :PREVAIL-PVB016-CS)"|""||| medical-incontinence-underwear|medical-incontinence-underwear|SECTIONS|"Adult Incontinence Underwear"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|""|"Incontinence Underwear"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:PREVAIL-PF512-CS :PREVAIL-PF513-CS :PREVAIL-PF514-CS :PREVAIL-PUM512-CS :PREVAIL-PV511-CS :PREVAIL-PV512-CS :PREVAIL-PV513-CS :PREVAIL-PV514-CS :PREVAIL-PV517-CS :PREVAIL-PV612-CS :PREVAIL-PV613-CS :PREVAIL-VS514-CS :PREVAIL-PVS512-CS :PREVAIL-PVS513-CS :PREVAIL-PV324-CS)"|""||| advocate|advocate|SECTIONS|"Advocate"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"Advocate is a brand of Pharma Supply, which is a family owned and operated corporation. They strive to supply advanced and innovative technology to the medical supply community. For over 15 years, the Advocate brand has successfully continued to grow into a medical supply and product industry. They have manufactured and distributed their own line of revolutionary medical equipment. Advocate carries a variety of medical products for diabetes, hypertension, arthritis, dental and pain management tools that are necessary to live a normal life. They also have a line that is specifically geared towards pet health. From lancing devices to pet test meters, Advocate has it covered. Advocate is dedicated at striving to bring you high quality products at affordable prices!"|"Advocate"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ADVOCATE-DIABETIC-PET-TEST-METER :ADVOCATE-DIABETIC-PET-TEST-STRIPS)"|""||| advocate-diabetic-pet-test-meter|advocate-diabetic-pet-test-meter|PRODUCTS|"Advocate Diabetic Pet Test Meter"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/advocate-diabetic-pet-test-meter.html"|(45.95)|(33.95)||"Advocate"|""|""|""|"
Advocate® PetTest Diabetic Blood Glucose Meter

Advocate’s® PetTest Blood Glucose Meter is an easy-to-use blood glucose testing meter for dogs and cats. With rapid test time and small sample sizes users can test blood glucose levels of their canine and feline friends. The PetTest Meter can store up to 400 test results, and give 7, 14 and 28-day cycle averages. Additionally, it also features 4 alarms settings, a low battery indicator and an auto-shut off function.

Warning! PetTest Meter is for use ONLY with the PetTest Test Strips. Other test strips may produce inaccurate results.

View the Full Manual: PetTest Monitor Owner's Manual

View the Quick Reference: PetTest Monitor Quick Reference Guide

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-866-373-2824 or Visit: www.dsosi.com

Features:

  • NOT intended for human use.
  • Quick and Accurate Test Results
  • Rapid Test Time
  • 0.3 uL Sample Size
  • Auto-Shut Off

Package Includes:

  • PetTest Blood Glucose Meter
  • PetTest Quick Reference Guide
  • PetTest User Manual
  • Control Solution
  • Carrying Case
  • Lancing Device
  • Lancets
  • AAA Batteries

Specifications:

  • Model: BMB-EV099X
  • Dimensions: 2.36" x 3.35" x 0.87" in
  • Weight: 0.13 lbs (60g) without batteries
  • Power Source: 2 1.5V AAA Alkaline Batteries
  • Auto Turn-Off: 2 minutes after idle
  • Test Sample: Capillary whole blood
  • Test Time: 5 seconds
  • Measurement Range: 20 to 600 mg/dL (1.1 to 33.3 mmol/L)
  • Memory: 400 blood glucose tests with date and time

Diabetic Supply of Suncoast, Inc.
HC-3 Box 7017
Dorado, Puerto Rico
www.dsosi.com

"|"Advocate Diabetic Pet Test Meter"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| advocate-diabetic-pet-test-strips|advocate-diabetic-pet-test-strips|PRODUCTS|"Advocate Diabetic Pet Test Strips - 50 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/advocate-diabetic-pet-test-strips.html"|(42.95)|(33.95)||"Advocate"|""|""|""|"
Advocate® PetTest Blood Glucose Test Strips - Box of 50 Strips

Advocate’s® PetTest Blood Glucose Test Strips are for use with the Pet Test Meter. The PetTest Test Strips are not intended for use on humans – only cats and dogs.

Warning! PetTest Test Strips are for use ONLY with the PetTest Meter.

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-866-373-2824 or Visit: www.dsosi.com

Features:

  • Quick and Accurate Results
  • 0.3 uL Sample Size
  • Rapid Test Time

Package Includes:

  • Advocate® PetTest Blood Glucose Test Strips - 50 ct

For Use With:

  • Advocate® PetTest Diabetic Meter

Diabetic Supply of Suncoast, Inc.
HC-3 Box 7017
Dorado, Puerto Rico
www.dsosi.com

"|"Advocate Diabetic Pet Test Strips - 50 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bath-beauty-fragrances-after-shave|bath-beauty-fragrances-after-shave|SECTIONS|"After Shave"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|""|"We offer a wide selection of name brand Bath and Beauty products at very low prices because of the purchase volume we buy them at. And we try to pass the savings off to our retail customers. We hope that you find something here that will be useful and economical"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ENGLISH-07586 :BRITISH-13741 :BRS-HIM-PRIVATE-3-PC-SHAVE-SYSTEM-74157 :BRS-HIM-RESERVE-3-PC-SHAVE-SYSTEM-74107 :ENGLISH-00913 :CANOE-55588 :BRUT-07012 :DANA-08043 :CANOE-55714 :BRITISH-74001 :BRITISH-08006 :BRUT-07014)"|""||| diabetic-alcohol-swabs|diabetic-alcohol-swabs|SECTIONS|"Alcohol Swabs"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"

As any medical professional or caregiver knows, maintaining a sterile environment is incredibly important. No matter what medical conditions a patient is facing, you certainly don't want to spread infection or make them any sicker during treatment. And that's where our wholesale alcohol swabs come in. Always ensure you have enough on hand by shopping OTC Wholesale for a variety of alcohol swabs in bulk from brands like BD, Easy Touch and ReliaMed. We're proud to offer the best prices available because we buy in bulk. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here.

"|"Alcohol Swabs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BD-26895 :RELIAMED-00630 :HOMEAIDE-00128 :EASYTOUCH-27102 :EASYTOUCH-27101 :KENDALL-5150)"|""||| alfa-aztec-backpack-yb008-2|alfa-aztec-backpack-yb008-2|PRODUCTS|"Alfa Aztec Print Backpack - YB008-2"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/alfa-aztec-backpack-yb008-2.html"|(11.95)||T|"Alfa TravelGear Inc"|""|""|""|""|"Alfa Aztec Print Backpack"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| alfa-rolling-bag-aztec-t-ffn2016a-black|alfa-rolling-bag-aztec-t-ffn2016a-black|PRODUCTS|"Alfa Aztec Printed Foldable Rolling Luggage Bag"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/alfa-rolling-bag-aztec-t-ffn2016a-black.html"|(49.95)||T|"Alfa TravelGear Inc"|""|""|""|""|"Alfa Aztec Printed Foldable Rolling Luggage Bag"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| alfa-bags|alfa-bags|SECTIONS|"Alfa Bags"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ALFA-ROLLING-BAG-AZTEC-T-FFN2016A-BLACK :ALFA-AZTEC-BACKPACK-YB008-2)"|""||| aqua-relief-system|aqua-relief-system|SECTIONS|"Aqua Relief System"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"Hot water therapy aqua-relief system is an automatic aqua relief system that delivers instant heat through patented wraps that go around your feet and hands to provide greater circulation and to reduce pain. Hot water therapy is generally used for chronic injuries or injuries that have no inflammation. Sore, stiff, nagging muscle or joint pain is ideal for the use of heat therapy. Athletes with chronic pain or injuries may use heat therapy before exercise to increase the elasticity of joint connective tissues and to stimulate blood flow. Heat can also help relax tight or spasmed mucsles.

We buy Aqua Relief Therapy products and other medical supplies in quantity and pass the savings along to our on-line retail customers. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here.
"|"Aqua Relief System
Aqua Relief Hot & Cold Water Therapy Pump
Aqua Relief Universal Pad"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ARC-2000C :ARC-TPU :ARC-2000 :ARC-BACKPAD :ARC-VJW :ARC-TPMITT :ARC-TPSNG-SM :ARC-CTU2)"|""||| aquasonic|aquasonic|SECTIONS|"Aquasonic"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"Parker Laboratories Aquasonic 100 Ultrasound Transmission Gel 8.5 oz. 1/4 Liter Dispenser : Gentle gel moistening of skin assures clear, excellent transmission of ultrasound waves. Accoustically accurate for a broad range of frequencies, Aquasonic 100 will not damage equipment, stain clothing or irritate skin. Hypoallergenic."|"Aquasonic Transmission Gel Center
Aquasonic Ultrasound Transmission Gel"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:AQUASONIC-00108 :AQUASONIC-00150 :AQUASONIC-00350)"|""||| arctic-ease|arctic-ease|PRODUCTS|"Arctic Ease"|""|(0)||T|""|""|""|""|"Artic Ease wraps is an easy and effective treatment to give you hours of cool relief from pain and swelling without having to use ice or frozen packs. Also Artic Ease wraps do not give off an odor. Artic Ease wraps provide cryotherapy and compression help by reducing pain and swelling from arthritis, muscle pain, strains, repetitive motion injuries and bruises. It can be safely worn for hours and they will stay put, so you don’t have to use any annoying clips or tape. Another great advantage about these wraps is that they are reusable and come in different colors. You can use them before, after and even during exercise!"|"Arxtic Ease Reuseable Cooling Wraps"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ARTIC-EASE-WRAP-LARGE-BLACK-4-60 :ARTIC-EASE-WRAP-LARGE-BLUE-4-60 :ARTIC-EASE-WRAP-LARGE-PINK-4-60 :ARTIC-EASE-WRAP-SMALL-BLACK-2-75-36 :ARTIC-EASE-WRAP-SMALL-BLUE-2-75-36 :ARTIC-EASE-WRAP-SMALL-PINK-2-75-36)"|""||| artic-ease-wrap-large-black-4-60|artic-ease-wrap-large-black-4-60|PRODUCTS|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Large Black 4 x 60 in"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/artic-ease-wrap-large-black-4-60.html"|(12.99)|||"Arctic Ease"|""|""|""|"

Arctic Ease® Instant Cold Wrap - Large - Black
  • Size: Large (4 x 60 in)
  • Color: Black

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 844-458-5010 or Visit: www.arcticeasewrap.com

Features:

  • Antimicrobial and Odorless
  • Adhesive and Latex Free
  • No Clips or Tape Needed
  • Stays On While Active
  • Cryotherapy + Compression

Uses:

  • Provides temporary relief of swelling, minor muscular and joint pains associated with stains, sprains and arthritis.

Package Includes:

  • Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap - Large (4 x 60 in) - Black - 1 ea.

Directions:

  • To Use:
    • Remove the wrap from container, unroll and, if needed, cut to desired length.
    • Position directly on affected area; apply pressure for 2-3 seconds to affix the end.
    • Can be used up to 2-3 hours per use.
  • To Reuse:
    • Reroll the wrap and place in container.
    • Add 1-2 teaspoons of water; place the cap back on to reseal.
    • Allow 2-3 hours for the wrap to rehydrate before reuse.
    • May be reused between 4 and 8 times.

Warnings:

  • For external use only.
  • Do not use with open wounds/cuts or damaged skin.
  • Avoid direct contact with eye/mucous membrane, if contact occurs; rinse with cold water.
  • Stop use if rash or irritation occurs; consult a doctor if needed.
  • Do not use on children under 3 years of age.
  • DO NOT EAT. If swallowed, seek medical assistance immediately.
  • DO NOT FREEZE
  • DO NOT LAUNDER
 

Gawi Healthcare, LLC
dba Arctic Ease©
200 Schell Lane, Ste 204
Phoenixville, PA 19460
www.arcticeasewrap.com

"|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Large Black 4 x 60 in"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| artic-ease-wrap-large-blue-4-60|artic-ease-wrap-large-blue-4-60|PRODUCTS|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Large Blue 4 x 60 in"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/artic-ease-wrap-large-blue-4-60.html"|(12.99)|||"Arctic Ease"|""|""|""|"
Arctic Ease® Instant Cold Wrap - Large - Blue
  • Size: Large (4 x 60 in)
  • Color: Blue

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 844-458-5010 or Visit: www.arcticeasewrap.com

Features:

  • Antimicrobial and Odorless
  • Adhesive and Latex Free
  • No Clips or Tape Needed
  • Stays On While Active
  • Cryotherapy + Compression

Uses:

  • Provides temporary relief of swelling, minor muscular and joint pains associated with stains, sprains and arthritis.

Package Includes:

  • Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap - Large (4 x 60 in) - Blue - 1 ea.

Directions:

  • To Use:
    • Remove the wrap from container, unroll and, if needed, cut to desired length.
    • Position directly on affected area; apply pressure for 2-3 seconds to affix the end.
    • Can be used up to 2-3 hours per use.
  • To Reuse:
    • Reroll the wrap and place in container.
    • Add 1-2 teaspoons of water; place the cap back on to reseal.
    • Allow 2-3 hours for the wrap to rehydrate before reuse.
    • May be reused between 4 and 8 times.

Warnings:

  • For external use only.
  • Do not use with open wounds/cuts or damaged skin.
  • Avoid direct contact with eye/mucous membrane, if contact occurs; rinse with cold water.
  • Stop use if rash or irritation occurs; consult a doctor if needed.
  • Do not use on children under 3 years of age.
  • DO NOT EAT. If swallowed, seek medical assistance immediately.
  • DO NOT FREEZE
  • DO NOT LAUNDER
 

Gawi Healthcare, LLC
dba Arctic Ease©
200 Schell Lane, Ste 204
Phoenixville, PA 19460
www.arcticeasewrap.com

"|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Large Blue 4 x 60 in"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| artic-ease-wrap-large-pink-4-60|artic-ease-wrap-large-pink-4-60|PRODUCTS|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Large Pink 4 x 60 in"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/artic-ease-wrap-large-pink-4-60.html"|(12.99)||T|"Arctic Ease"|""|""|""|"
Arctic Ease® Instant Cold Wrap - Large - Pink
  • Size: Large (4 x 60 in)
  • Color: Pink

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 844-458-5010 or Visit: www.arcticeasewrap.com

Features:

  • Antimicrobial and Odorless
  • Adhesive and Latex Free
  • No Clips or Tape Needed
  • Stays On While Active
  • Cryotherapy + Compression

Uses:

  • Provides temporary relief of swelling, minor muscular and joint pains associated with stains, sprains and arthritis.

Package Includes:

  • Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap - Large (4 x 60 in) - Pink - 1 ea.

Directions:

  • To Use:
    • Remove the wrap from container, unroll and, if needed, cut to desired length.
    • Position directly on affected area; apply pressure for 2-3 seconds to affix the end.
    • Can be used up to 2-3 hours per use.
  • To Reuse:
    • Reroll the wrap and place in container.
    • Add 1-2 teaspoons of water; place the cap back on to reseal.
    • Allow 2-3 hours for the wrap to rehydrate before reuse.
    • May be reused between 4 and 8 times.

Warnings:

  • For external use only.
  • Do not use with open wounds/cuts or damaged skin.
  • Avoid direct contact with eye/mucous membrane, if contact occurs; rinse with cold water.
  • Stop use if rash or irritation occurs; consult a doctor if needed.
  • Do not use on children under 3 years of age.
  • DO NOT EAT. If swallowed, seek medical assistance immediately.
  • DO NOT FREEZE
  • DO NOT LAUNDER
 

Gawi Healthcare, LLC
dba Arctic Ease©
200 Schell Lane, Ste 204
Phoenixville, PA 19460
www.arcticeasewrap.com

"|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Large Pink 4 x 60 in"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| artic-ease-wrap-small-black-2-75-36|artic-ease-wrap-small-black-2-75-36|PRODUCTS|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Small Black 2.75 x 36 in"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/artic-ease-wrap-small-black-2-75-36.html"|(8.45)|||"Arctic Ease"|""|""|""|"
Arctic Ease® Instant Cold Wrap - Small - Black
  • Size: Small (2.75 x 36 in)
  • Color: Black

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 844-458-5010 or Visit: www.arcticeasewrap.com

Features:

  • Antimicrobial and Odorless
  • Adhesive and Latex Free
  • No Clips or Tape Needed
  • Stays On While Active
  • Cryotherapy + Compression

Uses:

  • Provides temporary relief of swelling, minor muscular and joint pains associated with stains, sprains and arthritis.

Package Includes:

  • Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap - Small (2.75 x 36 in) - Black - 1 ea.

Directions:

  • To Use:
    • Remove the wrap from container, unroll and, if needed, cut to desired length.
    • Position directly on affected area; apply pressure for 2-3 seconds to affix the end.
    • Can be used up to 2-3 hours per use.
  • To Reuse:
    • Reroll the wrap and place in container.
    • Add 1-2 teaspoons of water; place the cap back on to reseal.
    • Allow 2-3 hours for the wrap to rehydrate before reuse.
    • May be reused between 4 and 8 times.

Warnings:

  • For external use only.
  • Do not use with open wounds/cuts or damaged skin.
  • Avoid direct contact with eye/mucous membrane, if contact occurs; rinse with cold water.
  • Stop use if rash or irritation occurs; consult a doctor if needed.
  • Do not use on children under 3 years of age.
  • DO NOT EAT. If swallowed, seek medical assistance immediately.
  • DO NOT FREEZE
  • DO NOT LAUNDER
 

Gawi Healthcare, LLC
dba Arctic Ease©
200 Schell Lane, Ste 204
Phoenixville, PA 19460
www.arcticeasewrap.com

"|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Small Black 2.75 x 36 in"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| artic-ease-wrap-small-blue-2-75-36|artic-ease-wrap-small-blue-2-75-36|PRODUCTS|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Small Blue 2.75 x 36 in"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/artic-ease-wrap-small-blue-2-75-36.html"|(8.45)|||"Arctic Ease"|""|""|""|"
Arctic Ease® Instant Cold Wrap - Small - Blue
  • Size: Small (2.75 x 36 in)
  • Color: Blue

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 844-458-5010 or Visit: www.arcticeasewrap.com

Features:

  • Antimicrobial and Odorless
  • Adhesive and Latex Free
  • No Clips or Tape Needed
  • Stays On While Active
  • Cryotherapy + Compression

Uses:

  • Provides temporary relief of swelling, minor muscular and joint pains associated with stains, sprains and arthritis.

Package Includes:

  • Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap - Small (2.75 x 36 in) - Blue - 1 ea.

Directions:

  • To Use:
    • Remove the wrap from container, unroll and, if needed, cut to desired length.
    • Position directly on affected area; apply pressure for 2-3 seconds to affix the end.
    • Can be used up to 2-3 hours per use.
  • To Reuse:
    • Reroll the wrap and place in container.
    • Add 1-2 teaspoons of water; place the cap back on to reseal.
    • Allow 2-3 hours for the wrap to rehydrate before reuse.
    • May be reused between 4 and 8 times.

Warnings:

  • For external use only.
  • Do not use with open wounds/cuts or damaged skin.
  • Avoid direct contact with eye/mucous membrane, if contact occurs; rinse with cold water.
  • Stop use if rash or irritation occurs; consult a doctor if needed.
  • Do not use on children under 3 years of age.
  • DO NOT EAT. If swallowed, seek medical assistance immediately.
  • DO NOT FREEZE
  • DO NOT LAUNDER
 

Gawi Healthcare, LLC
dba Arctic Ease©
200 Schell Lane, Ste 204
Phoenixville, PA 19460
www.arcticeasewrap.com

"|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Small Blue 2.75 x 36 in"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| artic-ease-wrap-small-pink-2-75-36|artic-ease-wrap-small-pink-2-75-36|PRODUCTS|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Small Pink 2.75 x 36 in"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/artic-ease-wrap-small-pink-2-75-36.html"|(8.45)||T|"Arctic Ease"|""|""|""|"
Arctic Ease® Instant Cold Wrap - Small - Pink
  • Size: Small (2.75 x 36 in)
  • Color: Pink

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 844-458-5010 or Visit: www.arcticeasewrap.com

Features:

  • Antimicrobial and Odorless
  • Adhesive and Latex Free
  • No Clips or Tape Needed
  • Stays On While Active
  • Cryotherapy + Compression

Uses:

  • Provides temporary relief of swelling, minor muscular and joint pains associated with stains, sprains and arthritis.

Package Includes:

  • Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap - Small (2.75 x 36 in) - Pink - 1 ea.

Directions:

  • To Use:
    • Remove the wrap from container, unroll and, if needed, cut to desired length.
    • Position directly on affected area; apply pressure for 2-3 seconds to affix the end.
    • Can be used up to 2-3 hours per use.
  • To Reuse:
    • Reroll the wrap and place in container.
    • Add 1-2 teaspoons of water; place the cap back on to reseal.
    • Allow 2-3 hours for the wrap to rehydrate before reuse.
    • May be reused between 4 and 8 times.

Warnings:

  • For external use only.
  • Do not use with open wounds/cuts or damaged skin.
  • Avoid direct contact with eye/mucous membrane, if contact occurs; rinse with cold water.
  • Stop use if rash or irritation occurs; consult a doctor if needed.
  • Do not use on children under 3 years of age.
  • DO NOT EAT. If swallowed, seek medical assistance immediately.
  • DO NOT FREEZE.
  • DO NOT LAUNDER.
 

Gawi Healthcare, LLC
dba Arctic Ease©
200 Schell Lane, Ste 204
Phoenixville, PA 19460
www.arcticeasewrap.com

"|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Small Pink 2.75 x 36 in"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| arc-ctu2|arc-ctu2|PRODUCTS|"ARS Aqua Relief System Arctic Ice System Cold Water Therapy Device"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/arc-ctu2.html"|(104.95 3 309.6 6 608.7 12 1199.4)||T|"Aqua Relief System"|""|""|""|"
Arctic Ice Cold Water Therapy System

The Arctic Ice System is an effective way of using cold water therapy to help reduce pain, swelling and speed up recovery from injuries. In addition, it also reduces the chances of skin damage by using ongoing circulating fluid combined with compression.  The Arctic Ice System can provide up to 4 hours of cryotherapy on a single fill of ice and water. The set up is quick and easy, and to refill - just add ice and water. The Arctic Ice System can be used in the comfort of your home, after post-operative treatments, and in rehabilitation.

View the Instruction Manual: Arctic Ice Pump Instruction Manual

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-888-267-5422 or Visit: www.paintechnology.com

Features:

  • Up to 4 Hours of Cold Water Therapy
  • Quick and Easy Setup
  • Easy-To-Use and Refill
  • Model: AIS-2000

Package Includes:

  • Arctic Ice Cold Water Therapy System (Model AIS-2000)

Warnings:

  • Read all instructions before using.

Pain Management Technologies
1760 Wadsworth Rd
Akron, OH 44320
©www.paintechnology.com

"|"ARS Aqua Relief System Arctic Ice System Cold Water Therapy Device"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| arc-backpad|arc-backpad|PRODUCTS|"ARS Aqua Relief System Back Therapy Pad, 13x24 in"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/arc-backpad.html"|(33.95)||T|"Aqua Relief System"|""|""|""|"

ARS® Aqua Relief System Back Therapy Pad
Hot water therapy aqua-relief system introduces a new break through in diabetic care and pain relief.

Warning! This product requires the Aqua Relief System Hot/Cold Water Therapy Device in order to work!

Poor Circulation

Diabetes often leads to peripheral vascular disease that inhibits a person's blood circulation. With this condition, there is a narrowing of the arteries that frequently leads to significantly decreased circulation in the lower part of the legs and the feet. Poor circulation contributes to diabetic foot problems by reducing the amount of oxygen and nutrition supplied to the skin and other tissue, causing injuries to heal poorly. Poor circulation can also lead to swelling and dryness of the foot. Preventing foot complications is more critical for the diabetic patient because poor circulation impairs the healing process and can lead to ulcers, infection, and other serious foot conditions.

What causes ulceration?

The most common cause of chronic leg ulcers is poor blood circulation in the legs. These are known as arterial and venous leg ulcers.

Aqua-Relief about the device:

  • Cold or Hot water is circulated all around the joint providing optimal 360° treatments.
  • Hot water therapy system can provide cool water for 6-8 hours or Hot with no-limits.
  • Provides added compression to further reduce pain and inflammation.
  • Aqua-relief hot cold therapy device reduces chances of skin damage by continuously circulating the fluid.
  • Allows movement of the joint without loosing the ice.
  • The machine is re-usable.
  • Can be set from 32° F to 120° F

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-888-267-5422 or Visit: www.paintechnology.com

 

Features:

  • Hot water therapy has adjustable temperature with a safety setting (timer)
  • Hot cold therapy improves blood circulation and reduces edema/swelling
  • Hot therapy reduces pain and discomfort of neuropathy
  • Effective for pain relief in joints and sore muscles
  • Can be used on the hands and feet (and all other body parts)
  • Covered by Medicare and Medicare Approved

Alternative health therapy aqua relief system is a clinical therapeutic pain management and circulatory improvement system that can be used in the home to help with your diabetes. It's an all-in-one system that combines heat therapy and cold therapy , allowing you to reduce edema/swelling, improve blood circulation and reduce the discomforts associated with Diabetes.

Aqua Relief System has patented designed wraps that are fitted around the feet and hands. A diabetic sock/glove is worn first, and then a water bladder fits snuggly around your hands or feet to provide a custom like fit.

The hot water therapy unit also has therapy pads, that fit around any part of the body through the use of a compression wrap. Knee, shoulders, ankles, and backs, all can be treated by either hot (dry or moist) or cold water therapy.

Uses:

Aqua-Relief - Hot What exactly does Heat do?

  • Heat improves circulation.
  • Heat improves cell function (metabolism).
  • Heat decreases stiffness in tendons and ligaments.
  • Heat relaxes the muscles and decreases muscle spasm.
  • Heat lessens pain.

Aqua-Relief - Cold What exactly does Cold do?

  • Cold therapy with ice is the best immediate treatment for acute injuries because it can reduce swelling and pain. Ice is a vasoconstrictor (causes the blood vessels to narrow) and it limits bleeding at the injury site. Apply ice to the affected area several times a day.
  • Cold water therapy is also helpful in treating chronic pain.

The Pain Management Benefits:

The natural therapy aqua relief system delivers pain relief to achy joints, or muscles due to arthritic pain , or carpal tunnel syndrome or many other nerve pain conditions. Hot therapy aqua relief system is a versatile hot/cold pack that will help for both systemic pain conditions as well as part specific pain conditions (knee, back, wrist, shoulder, etc.) A setting of 120° F is particularly useful to provide deep penetrating therapeutic heat therapy.

The Pain Cycle : Low back and neck pain may be caused by trauma or continual strain. The body responds to such pain with muscle guarding, an attempt to immobilize the painful site by tightening the muscles. Muscle guarding impairs circulation in the affected area. The decrease in blood supply leads to a decrease in metabolism with an accumulation of waste products. Moist heat modalities can help break this pain cycle and aid in the normal healing process.

The Diabetic Benefits:

The Aqua Relief hot cold therapy system uses 105° F water to help improve blood circulation in the hands and feet. Or, cold water can also be used to reduce swelling that is associated with diabetic neuropathy.

Other benefits:
The ARS hot cold therapy system is adjustable from 32° F and 120° F ·allowing for a therapeutic advantage.
Either low pleasant heat can be set ·or high penetrating heat.
Safe, controlled, and time-saving to both the patient and the care giver.
7-8 hrs of continuous cold therapy.
All body parts can be treated. Custom booties and mitts allow for treatment of circulatory and pain problems in the hands and feet.
The aqua-relief hot therapy system can be used for the following applications: back, knee, hip, foot and ankle, hand and wrist, shoulder, elbow, chest, breast, face and jaw, head, neck, feet, hands, and other specific applications.

PMT Medical
1340 Home Ave. Building A
Akron, Ohio 44310

©2014 ARS www.paintechnology.com

"|"ARS Aqua Relief System Back Therapy Pad, 13x24 in"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| arc-2000|arc-2000|PRODUCTS|"ARS Aqua Relief System Hot or Cold Water Therapy Device"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/arc-2000.html"|(164.95 3 489.6 6 968.7 12 1919.4)||T|"Aqua Relief System"|""|""|""|"

ARS® Aqua Relief System Hot or Cold Water Therapy Device w/ Universal Therapy Pad
Hot water therapy aqua-relief system introduces a new break through in diabetic care and pain relief.

The water temperature is based on the temperature of the water when it is put in the device. The ARS will keep cold water cold and hot water hot for the length of the timer. The Aqua Relief System does not heat or chill the water.

Poor Circulation

Diabetes often leads to peripheral vascular disease that inhibits a person's blood circulation. With this condition, there is a narrowing of the arteries that frequently leads to significantly decreased circulation in the lower part of the legs and the feet. Poor circulation contributes to diabetic foot problems by reducing the amount of oxygen and nutrition supplied to the skin and other tissue, causing injuries to heal poorly. Poor circulation can also lead to swelling and dryness of the foot. Preventing foot complications is more critical for the diabetic patient because poor circulation impairs the healing process and can lead to ulcers, infection, and other serious foot conditions.

What causes ulceration?
The most common cause of chronic leg ulcers is poor blood circulation in the legs. These are known as arterial and venous leg ulcers.

Aqua-Relief about the device:

  • Cold or Hot water is circulated all around the joint providing optimal 360° treatments.
  • Provides added compression to further reduce pain and inflammation.
  • Aqua-relief hot cold therapy device reduces chances of skin damage by continuously circulating the fluid.
  • Allows movement of the joint without loosing the ice.
  • The machine is re-usable.

View the full operations manual: Aqua Relief System Operations Manual

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-888-267-5422 or Visit: www.paintechnology.com

 

Features:

  • Hot water therapy has adjustable temperature with a safety setting (timer)
  • Hot cold therapy improves blood circulation and reduces edema/swelling
  • Hot therapy reduces pain and discomfort of neuropathy
  • Effective for pain relief in joints and sore muscles
  • Can be used on the hands and feet (and all other body parts)
  • Covered by Medicare and Medicare Approved

Alternative health therapy aqua relief system is a clinical therapeutic pain management and circulatory improvement system that can be used in the home to help with your diabetes. It's an all-in-one system that combines heat therapy and cold therapy, allowing you to reduce edema/swelling, improve blood circulation and reduce the discomforts associated with Diabetes.

Aqua Relief System has patented designed wraps that are fitted around the feet and hands. A diabetic sock/glove is worn first, and then a water bladder fits snuggly around your hands or feet to provide a custom like fit.

The hot water therapy unit also has therapy pads, that fit around any part of the body through the use of a compression wrap. Knee, shoulders, ankles, and backs, all can be treated by either hot (dry or moist) or cold water therapy.

Uses:

Aqua-Relief - Hot What exactly does Heat do?

  • Heat improves circulation.
  • Heat improves cell function (metabolism).
  • Heat decreases stiffness in tendons and ligaments.
  • Heat relaxes the muscles and decreases muscle spasm.
  • Heat lessens pain.

Aqua-Relief - Cold What exactly does Cold do?

  • Cold therapy with ice is the best immediate treatment for acute injuries because it can reduce swelling and pain. Ice is a vasoconstrictor (causes the blood vessels to narrow) and it limits bleeding at the injury site. Apply ice to the affected area several times a day.
  • Cold water therapy is also helpful in treating chronic pain.

The Pain Management Benefits:

The natural therapy aqua relief system delivers pain relief to achy joints, or muscles due to arthritic pain , or carpal tunnel syndrome or many other nerve pain conditions. Hot therapy aqua relief system is a versatile hot/cold pack that will help for both systemic pain conditions as well as part specific pain conditions (knee, back, wrist, shoulder, etc.)

The Pain Cycle : Low back and neck pain may be caused by trauma or continual strain. The body responds to such pain with muscle guarding, an attempt to immobilize the painful site by tightening the muscles. Muscle guarding impairs circulation in the affected area. The decrease in blood supply leads to a decrease in metabolism with an accumulation of waste products. Moist heat modalities can help break this pain cycle and aid in the normal healing process.

The Diabetic Benefits:

The Aqua Relief hot cold therapy system uses heated water to help improve blood circulation in the hands and feet. Or, cold water can also be used to reduce swelling that is associated with diabetic neuropathy.

Directions:

Full directions in PDF format:

Aqua Relief System Instruction Manual

PMT Medical
1340 Home Ave. Building A
Akron, Ohio 44310

©2014 ARS www.paintechnology.com

"|"ARS Aqua Relief System Hot or Cold Water Therapy Device"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| arc-2000c|arc-2000c|PRODUCTS|"ARS Aqua Relief System Hot or Cold Water Therapy Device w/ Pad"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/arc-2000c.html"|(174.95 3 514.35 6 1007.7 12 1979.4)||T|"Aqua Relief System"|""|""|""|"

ARS® Aqua Relief System Hot or Cold Water Therapy Device w/ Universal Therapy Pad
Hot water therapy aqua-relief system introduces a new break through in diabetic care and pain relief.

Bonus - Our Aqua Relief System already comes with a Universal Therapy Pad so you get everything you need for this system!

The water temperature is based on the temperature of the water when it is put in the device. The ARS will keep cold water cold and hot water hot for the length of the timer. The Aqua Relief System does not heat or chill the water.

Poor Circulation

Diabetes often leads to peripheral vascular disease that inhibits a person's blood circulation. With this condition, there is a narrowing of the arteries that frequently leads to significantly decreased circulation in the lower part of the legs and the feet. Poor circulation contributes to diabetic foot problems by reducing the amount of oxygen and nutrition supplied to the skin and other tissue, causing injuries to heal poorly. Poor circulation can also lead to swelling and dryness of the foot. Preventing foot complications is more critical for the diabetic patient because poor circulation impairs the healing process and can lead to ulcers, infection, and other serious foot conditions.

What causes ulceration?
The most common cause of chronic leg ulcers is poor blood circulation in the legs. These are known as arterial and venous leg ulcers.

Aqua-Relief about the device:

  • Cold or Hot water is circulated all around the joint providing optimal 360° treatments.
  • Provides added compression to further reduce pain and inflammation.
  • Aqua-relief hot cold therapy device reduces chances of skin damage by continuously circulating the fluid.
  • Allows movement of the joint without loosing the ice.
  • The machine is re-usable.

View the full operations manual: Aqua Relief System Operations Manual

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-888-267-5422 or Visit: www.paintechnology.com

 

Features:

  • Hot water therapy has adjustable temperature with a safety setting (timer)
  • Hot cold therapy improves blood circulation and reduces edema/swelling
  • Hot therapy reduces pain and discomfort of neuropathy
  • Effective for pain relief in joints and sore muscles
  • Can be used on the hands and feet (and all other body parts)
  • Covered by Medicare and Medicare Approved

Alternative health therapy aqua relief system is a clinical therapeutic pain management and circulatory improvement system that can be used in the home to help with your diabetes. It's an all-in-one system that combines heat therapy and cold therapy, allowing you to reduce edema/swelling, improve blood circulation and reduce the discomforts associated with Diabetes.

Aqua Relief System has patented designed wraps that are fitted around the feet and hands. A diabetic sock/glove is worn first, and then a water bladder fits snuggly around your hands or feet to provide a custom like fit.

The hot water therapy unit also has therapy pads, that fit around any part of the body through the use of a compression wrap. Knee, shoulders, ankles, and backs, all can be treated by either hot (dry or moist) or cold water therapy.

Uses:

Aqua-Relief - Hot What exactly does Heat do?

  • Heat improves circulation.
  • Heat improves cell function (metabolism).
  • Heat decreases stiffness in tendons and ligaments.
  • Heat relaxes the muscles and decreases muscle spasm.
  • Heat lessens pain.

Aqua-Relief - Cold What exactly does Cold do?

  • Cold therapy with ice is the best immediate treatment for acute injuries because it can reduce swelling and pain. Ice is a vasoconstrictor (causes the blood vessels to narrow) and it limits bleeding at the injury site. Apply ice to the affected area several times a day.
  • Cold water therapy is also helpful in treating chronic pain.

The Pain Management Benefits:

The natural therapy aqua relief system delivers pain relief to achy joints, or muscles due to arthritic pain , or carpal tunnel syndrome or many other nerve pain conditions. Hot therapy aqua relief system is a versatile hot/cold pack that will help for both systemic pain conditions as well as part specific pain conditions (knee, back, wrist, shoulder, etc.)

The Pain Cycle : Low back and neck pain may be caused by trauma or continual strain. The body responds to such pain with muscle guarding, an attempt to immobilize the painful site by tightening the muscles. Muscle guarding impairs circulation in the affected area. The decrease in blood supply leads to a decrease in metabolism with an accumulation of waste products. Moist heat modalities can help break this pain cycle and aid in the normal healing process.

The Diabetic Benefits:

The Aqua Relief hot cold therapy system uses heated water to help improve blood circulation in the hands and feet. Or, cold water can also be used to reduce swelling that is associated with diabetic neuropathy.

Directions:

Full directions in PDF format:

Aqua Relief System Instruction Manual

PMT Medical
1340 Home Ave. Building A
Akron, Ohio 44310

©2014 ARS www.paintechnology.com

"|"ARS Aqua Relief System Hot or Cold Water Therapy Device w/ Universal Therapy Pad"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| arc-tpmitt|arc-tpmitt|PRODUCTS|"ARS Aqua Relief System Therapy Mitt Pad - TPMITT"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/arc-tpmitt.html"|(39.95 3 113.55 6 214.5 12 407.4)||T|"Aqua Relief System"|""|""|""|"

ARS® Aqua Relief System Therapy Mitt
Hot water therapy aqua-relief system introduces a new break through in diabetic care and pain relief.

Warning! This product requires the Aqua Relief System Hot/Cold Water Therapy Device in order to work!

Poor Circulation

Diabetes often leads to peripheral vascular disease that inhibits a person's blood circulation. With this condition, there is a narrowing of the arteries that frequently leads to significantly decreased circulation.. Poor circulation contributes to diabetic hand problems by reducing the amount of oxygen and nutrition supplied to the skin and other tissue, causing injuries to heal poorly. Poor circulation can also lead to swelling and dryness of the hand. Preventing hand complications is more critical for the diabetic patient because poor circulation impairs the healing process and can lead to ulcers, infection, and other serious hand conditions.

Aqua-Relief about the device:

  • Cold or Hot water is circulated all around the joint providing optimal 360° treatments.
  • Hot water therapy system can provide cool water for 6-8 hours or Hot with no-limits.
  • Provides added compression to further reduce pain and inflammation.
  • Aqua-relief hot cold therapy device reduces chances of skin damage by continuously circulating the fluid.
  • Allows movement of the joint without loosing the ice.
  • The machine is re-usable.
  • Can be set from 32° F to 120° F

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-888-267-5422 or Visit: www.paintechnology.com

 

Features:

  • Hot water therapy has adjustable temperature with a safety setting (timer)
  • Hot cold therapy improves blood circulation and reduces edema/swelling
  • Hot therapy reduces pain and discomfort of neuropathy
  • Effective for pain relief in joints and sore muscles
  • Can be used on the hands and feet (and all other body parts)
  • Covered by Medicare and Medicare Approved

Alternative health therapy aqua relief system is a clinical therapeutic pain management and circulatory improvement system that can be used in the home to help with your diabetes. It's an all-in-one system that combines heat therapy and cold therapy , allowing you to reduce edema/swelling, improve blood circulation and reduce the discomforts associated with Diabetes.

Aqua Relief System has patented designed wraps that are fitted around the feet and hands. A diabetic glove is worn first (not included), and then a water bladder fits snuggly around your hands to provide a custom like fit.

The hot water therapy unit also has therapy pads (additional pads not included), that fit around any part of the body through the use of a compression wrap. Knee, shoulders, ankles, and backs, all can be treated by either hot (dry or moist) or cold water therapy.

Uses:

Aqua-Relief - Hot What exactly does Heat do?

  • Heat improves circulation.
  • Heat improves cell function (metabolism).
  • Heat decreases stiffness in tendons and ligaments.
  • Heat relaxes the muscles and decreases muscle spasm.
  • Heat lessens pain.

Aqua-Relief - Cold What exactly does Cold do?

  • Cold therapy with ice is the best immediate treatment for acute injuries because it can reduce swelling and pain. Ice is a vasoconstrictor (causes the blood vessels to narrow) and it limits bleeding at the injury site. Apply ice to the affected area several times a day.
  • Cold water therapy is also helpful in treating chronic pain.

The Pain Management Benefits:

The natural therapy aqua relief system delivers pain relief to achy joints, or muscles due to arthritic pain , or carpal tunnel syndrome or many other nerve pain conditions. Hot therapy aqua relief system is a versatile hot/cold pack that will help for both systemic pain conditions as well as part specific pain conditions (knee, back, wrist, shoulder, etc.) A setting of 120° F is particularly useful to provide deep penetrating therapeutic heat therapy.

The Pain Cycle : Low back and neck pain may be caused by trauma or continual strain. The body responds to such pain with muscle guarding, an attempt to immobilize the painful site by tightening the muscles. Muscle guarding impairs circulation in the affected area. The decrease in blood supply leads to a decrease in metabolism with an accumulation of waste products. Moist heat modalities can help break this pain cycle and aid in the normal healing process.

The Diabetic Benefits:

The Aqua Relief hot cold therapy system uses 105° F water to help improve blood circulation in the hands and feet. Or, cold water can also be used to reduce swelling that is associated with diabetic neuropathy.

Other benefits:
The ARS hot cold therapy system is adjustable from 32° F and 120° F ·allowing for a therapeutic advantage.
Either low pleasant heat can be set ·or high penetrating heat.
Safe, controlled, and time-saving to both the patient and the care giver.
7-8 hrs of continuous cold therapy.
All body parts can be treated. Custom booties and mitts allow for treatment of circulatory and pain problems in the hands and feet.
The aqua-relief hot therapy system can be used for the following applications: back, knee, hip, foot and ankle, hand and wrist, shoulder, elbow, chest, breast, face and jaw, head, neck, feet, hands, and other specific applications.

PMT Medical
1340 Home Ave. Building A
Akron, Ohio 44310

©2014 ARS www.paintechnology.com

"|"ARS Aqua Relief System Therapy Mitt Pad - TPMITT"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| arc-tpsng-sm|arc-tpsng-sm|PRODUCTS|"ARS Aqua Relief System Therapy Standard Single Boot - TPSNG"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/arc-tpsng-sm.html"|(39.95 3 113.55 6 214.5 12 407.4)||T|"Aqua Relief System"|""|""|""|"

ARS® Aqua Relief System Boot- Standard Single
Hot water therapy aqua-relief system introduces a new break through in diabetic care and pain relief.

Warning! This product requires the Aqua Relief System Hot/Cold Water Therapy Device in order to work!

Poor Circulation

Diabetes often leads to peripheral vascular disease that inhibits a person's blood circulation. With this condition, there is a narrowing of the arteries that frequently leads to significantly decreased circulation in the lower part of the legs and the feet. Poor circulation contributes to diabetic foot problems by reducing the amount of oxygen and nutrition supplied to the skin and other tissue, causing injuries to heal poorly. Poor circulation can also lead to swelling and dryness of the foot. Preventing foot complications is more critical for the diabetic patient because poor circulation impairs the healing process and can lead to ulcers, infection, and other serious foot conditions.

What causes ulceration?

The most common cause of chronic leg ulcers is poor blood circulation in the legs. These are known as arterial and venous leg ulcers.

Aqua-Relief about the device:

  • Cold or Hot water is circulated all around the joint providing optimal 360° treatments.
  • Hot water therapy system can provide cool water for 6-8 hours or Hot with no-limits.
  • Provides added compression to further reduce pain and inflammation.
  • Aqua-relief hot cold therapy device reduces chances of skin damage by continuously circulating the fluid.
  • Allows movement of the joint without loosing the ice.
  • The machine is re-usable.
  • Can be set from 32° F to 120° F

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-888-267-5422 or Visit: www.paintechnology.com

 

Features:

  • Hot water therapy has adjustable temperature with a safety setting (timer)
  • Hot cold therapy improves blood circulation and reduces edema/swelling
  • Hot therapy reduces pain and discomfort of neuropathy
  • Effective for pain relief in joints and sore muscles
  • Can be used on the hands and feet (and all other body parts)
  • Covered by Medicare and Medicare Approved

Alternative health therapy aqua relief system is a clinical therapeutic pain management and circulatory improvement system that can be used in the home to help with your diabetes. It's an all-in-one system that combines heat therapy and cold therapy , allowing you to reduce edema/swelling, improve blood circulation and reduce the discomforts associated with Diabetes.

Aqua Relief System has patented designed wraps that are fitted around the feet and hands. A diabetic sock is worn first, and then a water bladder fits snuggly around your feet to provide a custom like fit.

The hot water therapy unit also has therapy pads, that fit around any part of the body through the use of a compression wrap. Knee, shoulders, ankles, and backs, all can be treated by either hot (dry or moist) or cold water therapy.

Uses:

Aqua-Relief - Hot What exactly does Heat do?

  • Heat improves circulation.
  • Heat improves cell function (metabolism).
  • Heat decreases stiffness in tendons and ligaments.
  • Heat relaxes the muscles and decreases muscle spasm.
  • Heat lessens pain.

Aqua-Relief - Cold What exactly does Cold do?

  • Cold therapy with ice is the best immediate treatment for acute injuries because it can reduce swelling and pain. Ice is a vasoconstrictor (causes the blood vessels to narrow) and it limits bleeding at the injury site. Apply ice to the affected area several times a day.
  • Cold water therapy is also helpful in treating chronic pain.

The Pain Management Benefits:

The natural therapy aqua relief system delivers pain relief to achy joints, or muscles due to arthritic pain , or carpal tunnel syndrome or many other nerve pain conditions. Hot therapy aqua relief system is a versatile hot/cold pack that will help for both systemic pain conditions as well as part specific pain conditions (knee, back, wrist, shoulder, etc.) A setting of 120° F is particularly useful to provide deep penetrating therapeutic heat therapy.

The Pain Cycle : Low back and neck pain may be caused by trauma or continual strain. The body responds to such pain with muscle guarding, an attempt to immobilize the painful site by tightening the muscles. Muscle guarding impairs circulation in the affected area. The decrease in blood supply leads to a decrease in metabolism with an accumulation of waste products. Moist heat modalities can help break this pain cycle and aid in the normal healing process.

The Diabetic Benefits:

The Aqua Relief hot cold therapy system uses 105° F water to help improve blood circulation in the hands and feet. Or, cold water can also be used to reduce swelling that is associated with diabetic neuropathy.

Other benefits:
The ARS hot cold therapy system is adjustable from 32° F and 120° F ·allowing for a therapeutic advantage.
Either low pleasant heat can be set ·or high penetrating heat.
Safe, controlled, and time-saving to both the patient and the care giver.
7-8 hrs of continuous cold therapy.
All body parts can be treated. Custom booties and mitts allow for treatment of circulatory and pain problems in the hands and feet.
The aqua-relief hot therapy system can be used for the following applications: back, knee, hip, foot and ankle, hand and wrist, shoulder, elbow, chest, breast, face and jaw, head, neck, feet, hands, and other specific applications.

PMT Medical
1340 Home Ave. Building A
Akron, Ohio 44310

©2014 ARS www.paintechnology.com

"|"ARS Aqua Relief System Therapy Standard Single Boot - TPSNG"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| arc-vjw|arc-vjw|PRODUCTS|"ARS Aqua Relief System Therapy Versatile 3 Strap Joint Wrap - VJW"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/arc-vjw.html"|(39.95 3 113.55 6 214.5 12 407.4)||T|"Aqua Relief System"|""|""|""|"

ARS® Aqua System Therapy Versatile 3 Strap Joint Wrap - 1 ea
Hot water therapy aqua-relief system introduces a new break through in diabetic care and pain relief.

Warning! This product requires the Aqua Relief System Hot/Cold Water Therapy Device in order to work!

Warning! This product does not include the pads needed in order to work! This is a strap system to be used with an ARS Aqua Relief System Therapy Pad purchased separately!

This strap is made specifically for the ARS Aqua system to be used with (not included) a therapy pad to help fit around hard to reach joints.

Poor Circulation

Diabetes often leads to peripheral vascular disease that inhibits a person's blood circulation. With this condition, there is a narrowing of the arteries that frequently leads to significantly decreased circulation in the lower part of the legs and the feet. Poor circulation contributes to diabetic foot problems by reducing the amount of oxygen and nutrition supplied to the skin and other tissue, causing injuries to heal poorly. Poor circulation can also lead to swelling and dryness of the foot. Preventing foot complications is more critical for the diabetic patient because poor circulation impairs the healing process and can lead to ulcers, infection, and other serious foot conditions.

What causes ulceration?

The most common cause of chronic leg ulcers is poor blood circulation in the legs. These are known as arterial and venous leg ulcers.

Aqua-Relief about the device:

  • Cold or Hot water is circulated all around the joint providing optimal 360° treatments.
  • Hot water therapy system can provide cool water for 6-8 hours or Hot with no-limits.
  • Provides added compression to further reduce pain and inflammation.
  • Aqua-relief hot cold therapy device reduces chances of skin damage by continuously circulating the fluid.
  • Allows movement of the joint without loosing the ice.
  • The machine is re-usable.
  • Can be set from 32° F to 120° F

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-888-267-5422 or Visit: www.paintechnology.com

 

Features:

  • Hot water therapy has adjustable temperature with a safety setting (timer)
  • Hot cold therapy improves blood circulation and reduces edema/swelling
  • Hot therapy reduces pain and discomfort of neuropathy
  • Effective for pain relief in joints and sore muscles
  • Can be used on the hands and feet (and all other body parts)
  • Covered by Medicare and Medicare Approved

Alternative health therapy aqua relief system is a clinical therapeutic pain management and circulatory improvement system that can be used in the home to help with your diabetes. It's an all-in-one system that combines heat therapy and cold therapy , allowing you to reduce edema/swelling, improve blood circulation and reduce the discomforts associated with Diabetes.

The hot water therapy unit also has therapy pads, that fit around any part of the body through the use of a compression wrap. Knee, shoulders, ankles, and backs, all can be treated by either hot (dry or moist) or cold water therapy.

Uses:

Aqua-Relief - Hot What exactly does Heat do?

  • Heat improves circulation.
  • Heat improves cell function (metabolism).
  • Heat decreases stiffness in tendons and ligaments.
  • Heat relaxes the muscles and decreases muscle spasm.
  • Heat lessens pain.

Aqua-Relief - Cold What exactly does Cold do?

  • Cold therapy with ice is the best immediate treatment for acute injuries because it can reduce swelling and pain. Ice is a vasoconstrictor (causes the blood vessels to narrow) and it limits bleeding at the injury site. Apply ice to the affected area several times a day.
  • Cold water therapy is also helpful in treating chronic pain.

The Pain Management Benefits:

The natural therapy aqua relief system delivers pain relief to achy joints, or muscles due to arthritic pain , or carpal tunnel syndrome or many other nerve pain conditions. Hot therapy aqua relief system is a versatile hot/cold pack that will help for both systemic pain conditions as well as part specific pain conditions (knee, back, wrist, shoulder, etc.) A setting of 120° F is particularly useful to provide deep penetrating therapeutic heat therapy.

The Pain Cycle : Low back and neck pain may be caused by trauma or continual strain. The body responds to such pain with muscle guarding, an attempt to immobilize the painful site by tightening the muscles. Muscle guarding impairs circulation in the affected area. The decrease in blood supply leads to a decrease in metabolism with an accumulation of waste products. Moist heat modalities can help break this pain cycle and aid in the normal healing process.

The Diabetic Benefits:

The Aqua Relief hot cold therapy system uses 105° F water to help improve blood circulation in the hands and feet. Or, cold water can also be used to reduce swelling that is associated with diabetic neuropathy.

Other benefits:
The ARS hot cold therapy system is adjustable from 32° F and 120° F ·allowing for a therapeutic advantage.
Either low pleasant heat can be set ·or high penetrating heat.
Safe, controlled, and time-saving to both the patient and the care giver.
7-8 hrs of continuous cold therapy.
All body parts can be treated. Custom booties and mitts allow for treatment of circulatory and pain problems in the hands and feet.
The aqua-relief hot therapy system can be used for the following applications: back, knee, hip, foot and ankle, hand and wrist, shoulder, elbow, chest, breast, face and jaw, head, neck, feet, hands, and other specific applications.

PMT Medical
1340 Home Ave. Building A
Akron, Ohio 44310

©2014 ARS www.paintechnology.com

"|"ARS Aqua Relief System Therapy Versatile 3 Strap Joint Wrap - VJW"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| arc-tpu|arc-tpu|PRODUCTS|"ARS Aqua Relief System Universal Therapy Pad - TPU"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/arc-tpu.html"|(39.95 3 117.75 6 231.3 12 455.4)||T|"Aqua Relief System"|""|""|""|"

ARS® Aqua Relief System Universal Therapy pad - 10x11"
Hot water therapy aqua-relief system introduces a new break through in diabetic care and pain relief.

Warning! This product requires the Aqua Relief System Hot/Cold Water Therapy Device in order to work!

Pad Size - 10x11"

Poor Circulation

Diabetes often leads to peripheral vascular disease that inhibits a person's blood circulation. With this condition, there is a narrowing of the arteries that frequently leads to significantly decreased circulation in the lower part of the legs and the feet. Poor circulation contributes to diabetic foot problems by reducing the amount of oxygen and nutrition supplied to the skin and other tissue, causing injuries to heal poorly. Poor circulation can also lead to swelling and dryness of the foot. Preventing foot complications is more critical for the diabetic patient because poor circulation impairs the healing process and can lead to ulcers, infection, and other serious foot conditions.

What causes ulceration?

The most common cause of chronic leg ulcers is poor blood circulation in the legs. These are known as arterial and venous leg ulcers.

Aqua-Relief about the device:

  • Cold or Hot water is circulated all around the joint providing optimal 360° treatments.
  • Hot water therapy system can provide cool water for 6-8 hours or Hot with no-limits.
  • Provides added compression to further reduce pain and inflammation.
  • Aqua-relief hot cold therapy device reduces chances of skin damage by continuously circulating the fluid.
  • Allows movement of the joint without loosing the ice.
  • The machine is re-usable.
  • Can be set from 32° F to 120° F

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-888-267-5422 or Visit: www.paintechnology.com

 

Features:

  • Hot water therapy has adjustable temperature with a safety setting (timer)
  • Hot cold therapy improves blood circulation and reduces edema/swelling
  • Hot therapy reduces pain and discomfort of neuropathy
  • Effective for pain relief in joints and sore muscles
  • Can be used on the hands and feet (and all other body parts)
  • Covered by Medicare and Medicare Approved

Alternative health therapy aqua relief system is a clinical therapeutic pain management and circulatory improvement system that can be used in the home to help with your diabetes. It's an all-in-one system that combines heat therapy and cold therapy , allowing you to reduce edema/swelling, improve blood circulation and reduce the discomforts associated with Diabetes.

Aqua Relief System has patented designed wraps that are fitted around the feet and hands. A diabetic sock/glove is worn first, and then a water bladder fits snuggly around your hands or feet to provide a custom like fit.

The hot water therapy unit also has therapy pads, that fit around any part of the body through the use of a compression wrap. Knee, shoulders, ankles, and backs, all can be treated by either hot (dry or moist) or cold water therapy.

Uses:

Aqua-Relief - Hot What exactly does Heat do?

  • Heat improves circulation.
  • Heat improves cell function (metabolism).
  • Heat decreases stiffness in tendons and ligaments.
  • Heat relaxes the muscles and decreases muscle spasm.
  • Heat lessens pain.

Aqua-Relief - Cold What exactly does Cold do?

  • Cold therapy with ice is the best immediate treatment for acute injuries because it can reduce swelling and pain. Ice is a vasoconstrictor (causes the blood vessels to narrow) and it limits bleeding at the injury site. Apply ice to the affected area several times a day.
  • Cold water therapy is also helpful in treating chronic pain.

The Pain Management Benefits:

The natural therapy aqua relief system delivers pain relief to achy joints, or muscles due to arthritic pain , or carpal tunnel syndrome or many other nerve pain conditions. Hot therapy aqua relief system is a versatile hot/cold pack that will help for both systemic pain conditions as well as part specific pain conditions (knee, back, wrist, shoulder, etc.) A setting of 120° F is particularly useful to provide deep penetrating therapeutic heat therapy.

The Pain Cycle : Low back and neck pain may be caused by trauma or continual strain. The body responds to such pain with muscle guarding, an attempt to immobilize the painful site by tightening the muscles. Muscle guarding impairs circulation in the affected area. The decrease in blood supply leads to a decrease in metabolism with an accumulation of waste products. Moist heat modalities can help break this pain cycle and aid in the normal healing process.

The Diabetic Benefits:

The Aqua Relief hot cold therapy system uses 105° F water to help improve blood circulation in the hands and feet. Or, cold water can also be used to reduce swelling that is associated with diabetic neuropathy.

Other benefits:
The ARS hot cold therapy system is adjustable from 32°F and 120°F ·allowing for a therapeutic advantage.
Either low pleasant heat can be set ·or high penetrating heat.
Safe, controlled, and time-saving to both the patient and the care giver.
7-8 hrs of continuous cold therapy.
All body parts can be treated. Custom booties and mitts allow for treatment of circulatory and pain problems in the hands and feet.
The aqua-relief hot therapy system can be used for the following applications: back, knee, hip, foot and ankle, hand and wrist, shoulder, elbow, chest, breast, face and jaw, head, neck, feet, hands, and other specific applications.

PMT Medical
1340 Home Ave. Building A
Akron, Ohio 44310

©2014 ARS www.paintechnology.com

"|"ARS Aqua Relief System Universal Therapy Pad - TPU"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| medicine-arthritis-relief||SECTIONS|"arthritis relief"|""||||""|""|""|""|""|"Artritis Releif"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BILTRITE-65773 :BILTRITE-TF120-THERMAL-FREEZE :ROSCOE-BG1114 :ROSCOE-BG5010 :ROSCOE-BG7511 :BILTRITE-TF110-THERMAL-FREEZE :BILTRITE-TF100-THERMAL-FREEZE :ARTIC-EASE-WRAP-LARGE-BLACK-4-60 :ARTIC-EASE-WRAP-LARGE-PINK-4-60 :ARTIC-EASE-WRAP-LARGE-BLUE-4-60 :ARTIC-EASE-WRAP-SMALL-BLUE-2-75-36 :ARTIC-EASE-WRAP-SMALL-PINK-2-75-36 :ARTIC-EASE-WRAP-SMALL-BLACK-2-75-36)"|""||| generic-085317005474|generic-085317005474|PRODUCTS|"Aspirin Low Dose Delayed Release Tablets (81 mg) - 120 tablets Expires 3/16"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/generic-085317005474.html"|(1.9)|||"NWI"|""|""|""|"
Aspirin Low Dose Delayed Release Tablets - 81mg) - 120 tablets

Aspirin Low Dose Delayed Release Tablets compared to the active ingredients found in Bayer Low Dose Aspirin. Aspirin Low Dose is also commonly known as ""baby"" aspirin. It aids in temporary pain relief while also easing muscle inflammation. Low Dose Aspirin can additionally help with reducing fevers.

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-888-952-0050 or Visit: www.newworldimports.com

Features:

  • For the temporary relief of minor aches and pains or as recommended by your doctor.
  • NDC: 51824-547-01

Package Includes:

  • Aspirin Low Dose Delayed Release Tablets (81mg) - 120 tablets

Directions:

  • Drink a full glass of water with each dose
  • Adults and children 12 years and over:
    • Take 4 - 8 tablets every 4 hours
    • Do not exceed 48 tablets in 24 hours
  • Children under 12 years: consult a doctor.

Warnings:

  • Keep out of reach of Children.
  • If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.

Ingredients:

  • Active Ingredients: Aspirin (81mg) (NSAID).
  • Other Ingredients: Anhydrous Lactose, Carnauba Wax, Colloidal Silicon Dioxide, Croscarmellose Sodium, D&C Yellow 10, Iron Oxide Ochre, Methacrylic Acit Copolymer, Microcrystalline Cellulose, Polysorbate 80, Simethicone, Sodium Hydroxide, Sodium Lauryl Sulfate, Talc, Titanium Dioxide, Triethyl Citrate.

New World Imports, Inc.
160 Athens Way
Nashville, TN 37228
www.newworldimports.com

"|"Aspirin Low Dose Delayed Release Tablets (81 mg) - 120 tablets Expires 3/16"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| assisted-living-devices|assisted-living-devices|SECTIONS|"Assisted Living Devices"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"

Everyday activities that get harder with age or illness. Both Stander and Drive Medical, just some of the brands we carry, have created assisted living devices to make doing everyday day activities easier again. We all know how hard it is on us when we have to rely on others to help us from putting on our seatbelts to opening a door. The products we carry from these brands are all made to help you become independent and feeling like yourself again. Make each day a little easier with these devices! We hope you find something here that suits your therapy needs. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here.

"|"Assisted Living Devices"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:AVIN-AI1007 :AVIN-AI1008 :STANDER-3101-GREAT-GRIP :STANDER-2080 :STANDER-2082 :STANDER-2099 :STANDER-3001 :STANDER-3033 :DRIVE-RTL5020 :DRIVE-850000165 :DRIVE-605B :DRIVE-RTL1113 :DRIVE-850000128 :DRIVE-RTL1410 :DRIVE-RTL1411 :DRIVE-RTL1412 :DRIVE-RTL1413 :DRIVE-RTL1441 :DRIVE-RTL1442 :DRIVE-RTL15063-ADJ :DRIVE-RTL2010 :DRIVE-RTL2012 :DRIVE-RTL2025 :DRIVE-RTL2030 :DRIVE-RTL2032 :DRIVE-RTL2041 :DRIVE-RTL2044 :DRIVE-RTL2046 :DRIVE-RTL2049 :DRIVE-RTL2050 :DRIVE-RTL2051 :DRIVE-RTL2052 :DRIVE-RTL2061 :DRIVE-RTL3068 :DRIVE-RTL3515 :DRIVE-RTL3516 :DRIVE-RTL5021 :DRIVE-RTL5022 :DRIVE-RTL9102 :DRIVE-RTL9103 :DRIVE-RTL9104 :DRIVE-RTL9109 :DRIVE-RTL9506 :DRIVE-RTLAGF-300 :DRIVE-RTL1411 :DRIVE-RTL6121 :DRIVE-RTL6123 :DRIVE-RTL6124 :DRIVE-RTL7047 :DRIVE-605R :DRIVE-RTL6048 :DRIVE-RTL6045 :DRIVE-RTL6046 :DRIVE-RTL6107 :DRIVE-RTLPC23245 :DRIVE-RTLPC23278 :DRIVE-12455 :DRIVE-RTL6044 :DRIVE-RTL6125 :DRIVE-RTL6144 :DRIVE-RTL6145 :DRIVE-RTL6146 :DRIVE-RTL6047 :DRIVE-MQ3600 :DRIVE-PM20BA :DRIVE-PM20GA :DRIVE-607BL :DRIVE-607R :DRIVE-RTLPC23401 :DRIVE-RTLPC23402 :DRIVE-RTL1020 :DRIVE-RTL1027)"|""||| generic-639277070302|generic-639277070302|PRODUCTS|"Assured’s® Milk of Magnesia - 12oz"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/generic-639277070302.html"|(2.5)|||"Assured"|""|""|""|"
Assured® Milk of Magnesia Saline Laxative and Antacid
Compares to active ingredient in Phillips’® Milk of Magnesia.

Assured’s® Milk of Magnesia is a saline laxative and antacid in a gentle and dependable overnight relief formula. This blend is low in sodium and stimulant free. This product compares to Philips’ Milk of Magnesia.

  • NDC: 57895-649-12

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 800-540-3765

Uses:

  • For use as a laxative in relieving general constipation.
  • For use as an antacid in relieving heartburn, sour stomach and acid indigestion.

Package Includes:

  • Assured® Milk of Magnesia - 12 fl oz (355mL)

Directions:

  • Laxative Use: Drink a full glass (8 oz) of water with each dose.
  • Antacid Use: Do not take more than 12 tsp in 24 hours.
  • Adults and children 12 years and older:
    • Laxative: 2 - 4 tbsp
    • Antacid: 1 - 3 tsp with water, up to 4 times daily
  • Children 6 to 11 years:
    • Laxative: 1 - 2 tbsp
    • Antacid: ask a doctor.
  • Children under 6 years: ask a doctor.
  • Shake well before use.

Warnings:

  • Ask a doctor or pharmacist before use if you are taking a prescription drug.
  • This product may interact with certain prescription drugs.
  • If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.
  • Keep out of reach of children.

Ingredients:

  • Active Ingredients: Magnesium hydroxide (400 mg).
  • Other Ingredients: purified water, sodium hypochlorite.

Greenbrier International, Inc.
500 Volvo Parkway
Chesapeake, VA 23320

"|"Assured’s® Milk of Magnesia - 12oz"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| avin-ai1007|avin-ai1007|PRODUCTS|"Avin Panoramic Rear View Mirror for Automobiles 17 in"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/avin-ai1007.html"|(22.95)|||"Avin"|""|""|""|"
Avin Panoramic 17" Rear View Mirror for Automobiles
Enjoy href=""http://www.otcwholesale.com/assisted-living-devices.html"">driving safety with a panoramic view that eliminates blind spots.

Avin's Panoramic 17" Rear View Mirror enhances driving safety and visibility by eliminating blind spots and giving all-lane visibility. The Panoramic Rear View Mirror is an anti-glare convex mirror provides confidence while driving.

  • Provides Improved Visibility
  • Removes Blind Spots
  • Easy Install Over Existing Mirror
  • Improves Safe Driving
  • Shatterproof
  • Non-Glare

Questions: Call Manufacturer at (800) 506-9901 or Visit: stander.com

Features:

  • Non-glare convex
  • Shatterproof
  • Great for people with arthritis, shoulder pain, or limited mobility
  • All lane visibility
  • Dimensions: 17” x 2” x 3.1”
  • Color: Black

Package Includes:

  • Panoramic Rear View Automobile Mirror

Other Information:

This product is not suitable for rear view mirrors with built-in GPS or Auto-Safety technology.

Stander
1615 Quail Way
Logan, UT 84321
©2014 http://stander.com

"|"Avin Panoramic Rear View Mirror for Automobiles 17 in"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard|axelgaard|SECTIONS|"Axelgaard"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"Axelgaard has produced superior quality electrodes that are made with cutting edge technology and hydrogel construction for an economical cost without the loss of quality.
We buy Axelgaard Products and other over the counter items in quantity and pass the savings along to our on-line retail customers. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here."|"Axelgaard UltraStim Electrodes
Axelgaard ValuTrode Electrodes"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:AXELGAARD-USX2000 :AXELGAARD-USX2020 :AXELGAARD-VTX2000 :AXELGAARD-VTX2020 :AXELGAARD-CF5090-2-3-5-RECTANGLE-WHITE-CLOTH-VALUETRODE :AXELGAARD-VTX5000 :AXELGAARD-VTX5050 :AXELGAARD-CF3200 :AXELGAARD-CF5000 :AXELGAARD-CF5050 :AXELGAARD-CFF125 :AXELGAARD-CFF200 :AXELGAARD-CFF202 :AXELGAARD-USX2040 :AXELGAARD-VL4545 :AXELGAARD-895220 :AXELGAARD-VL4595 :AXELGAARD-SN2020 :AXELGAARD-UF2020 :AXELGAARD-901240X4 :AXELGAARD-901220X4 :AXELGAARD-895220X4 :AXELGAARD-PR100X4 :AXELGAARD-901240 :AXELGAARD-879100X4 :AXELGAARD-901220 :AXELGAARD-PR100 :AXELGAARD-879100 :AXELGAARD-UF2020X4 :AXELGAARD-SN2020X4 :AXELGAARD-CF5050X4 :AXELGAARD-CFF200X4 :AXELGAARD-CF5000X4 :AXELGAARD-CFF202X4 :AXELGAARD-USX2000X4 :AXELGAARD-USX2020X4 :AXELGAARD-VTX2020X4 :AXELGAARD-VTX2000X4 :AXELGAARD-VTX5000X4 :AXELGAARD-VTX5050X4 :AXELGAARD-USX2040X4 :AXELGAARD-CF3200X4 :AXELGAARD-CFF125X4 :AXELGAARD-VL4545X4 :AXELGAARD-VL4595X4 :AXELGAARD-ULB355 :AXELGAARD-SN2040 :AXELGAARD-FT660 :AXELGAARD-J10R00 :AXELGAARD-CFF125EXP1215 :AXELGAARD-CF7515-3-5-RECTANGLE-WHITE-CLOTH-VALUETRODE :KOALATY-21117 :KOALATY-21117X4 :AXELGAARD-CF3200X1216)"|""||| axelgaard-ft660|axelgaard-ft660|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Flextone .6 x 6 inch Rectangle Electrodes"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-ft660.html"|(10.95 3 31.8 6 61.5 12 119.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard® FLEX-Tone® TENS Electrodes - 0.6" x 6.0" Rectangle
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

 

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

 

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2011 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard FLEX-Tone Electrodes - 0.6 x 6 in Rectangle - 6 Pack"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-879100x4|axelgaard-879100x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard PALS 1.25 in Round Silver Electrodes - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-879100x4.html"|(24.5)|||"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard PALS® Silver Electrodes 1.25" Round, Steel Knit Backing - 16 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's PALS® Steel Knit Backing Conductive Silver Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. and is also the best choice for extremely sensitive skin. The steel knit conductive material and silver electrode optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The Steel Knit Backing allows for unsurpassed electrode conformity that is pliable enough to conform to irregular surfaces but still contain superior conductivity capabilities. It can even reach down to the skin through hairy areas! All together showing that the PALS® Electrodes is truly the next generation in electrode design.

  • Silver Electrodes
  • Steel Knit Backing
  • Size: 1.25" (3.2 cm)
  • Shape: Round
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • Adheres to Irregular Surfaces easily
  • Flexibility and Durability
  • Superior Quality
  • Latex Free

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard PALS 1.25 in Round Silver Electrodes - 16 Electrotherapy Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-879100|axelgaard-879100|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard PALS 1.25 in Round Silver Electrodes - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-879100.html"|(8.25)|||"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard PALS® Silver Electrodes 1.25" Round, Steel Knit Backing - 4 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's PALS® Steel Knit Backing Conductive Silver Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. and is also the best choice for extremely sensitive skin. The steel knit conductive material and silver electrode optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The Steel Knit Backing allows for unsurpassed electrode conformity that is pliable enough to conform to irregular surfaces but still contain superior conductivity capabilities. It can even reach down to the skin through hairy areas! All together showing that the PALS® Electrodes is truly the next generation in electrode design.

  • Silver Electrodes
  • Steel Knit Backing
  • Size: 1.25" (3.2 cm)
  • Shape: Round
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • Adheres to Irregular Surfaces easily
  • Flexibility and Durability
  • Superior Quality
  • Latex Free

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard PALS 1.25 in Round Silver Electrodes - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-895220x4|axelgaard-895220x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard PALS 2 x 2 in Square Silver Electrodes - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-895220x4.html"|(39.96 3 111.48 6 206.16 12 383.52)|(32.95 3 95.7 6 185.1 12 359.4)|T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard PALS® Silver Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, Steel Knit Backing - 16 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's PALS® Steel Knit Backing Conductive Silver Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The steel knit conductive material and silver electrode optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The Steel Knit Backing allows for unsurpassed TENS electrode conformity that is pliable enough to conform to irregular surfaces but still contain superior conductivity capabilities. It can even reach down to the skin through hairy areas! All together showing that the PALS® Electrodes is truly the next generation in electrode design.

  • Silver Electrodes
  • Steel Knit Backing
  • Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • For Sensitive Skin
  • Adheres to Irregular Surfaces easily
  • Flexibility and Durability
  • Superior Quality
  • Latex Free

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard PALS 2 x 2 in Square Silver Electrodes - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-895220|axelgaard-895220|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard PALS 2 x 2 in Square Silver Electrodes - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-895220.html"|(9.99 3 27.87 6 51.54 12 95.88)|(8.99 3 25.92 6 49.74 12 95.88)|T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard PALS® Silver Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, Steel Knit Backing - 4 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's PALS® Steel Knit Backing Conductive Silver Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. and is also the best choice for extremely sensitive skin. The steel knit conductive material and silver electrode optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The Steel Knit Backing allows for unsurpassed TENS electrode conformity that is pliable enough to conform to irregular surfaces but still contain superior conductivity capabilities. It can even reach down to the skin through hairy areas! All together showing that the PALS® Blue Electrodes is truly the next generation in electrode design.

  • Silver Electrodes
  • Steel Knit Backing
  • Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • For Sensitive Skin
  • Adheres to Irregular Surfaces easily
  • Flexibility and Durability
  • Superior Quality
  • Latex Free

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard PALS 2 x 2 in Square Silver Electrodes - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-901240x4|axelgaard-901240x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard PALS Blue 1.5 x 3.5 in Rectangle Silver Electrodes - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-901240x4.html"|(69.95 3 198.84 6 375.6 12 713.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard PALS® Blue Silver Electrodes 1.5" x 3.5" Square, Steel Knit Backing - 16 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's PALS® Blue Steel Knit Backing Conductive Silver Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a Blue MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. It is also the best choice for extremely sensitive skin. The steel knit conductive material and silver electrode optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The Steel Knit Backing allows for unsurpassed electrode conformity that is pliable enough to conform to irregular surfaces but still contain superior conductivity capabilities. It can even reach down to the skin through hairy areas! All together showing that the PALS® Blue Electrodes is truly the next generation in electrode design.

  • Silver Electrodes
  • Steel Knit Backing
  • Size: 1.5" x 3.5" (4 cm x 9 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • For Sensitive Skin
  • Adheres to Irregular Surfaces easily
  • Flexibility and Durability
  • Superior Quality
  • Latex Free

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard PALS Blue 1.5 x 3.5 in Rectangle Silver Electrodes - 16 Electrotherapy Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-901240|axelgaard-901240|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard PALS Blue 1.5 x 3.5 in Rectangle Silver Electrodes - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-901240.html"|(19.95 3 55.65 6 102.9 12 191.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard PALS® Blue Silver Electrodes 1.5" x 3.5" Square, Steel Knit Backing - 4 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's PALS® Blue Steel Knit Backing Conductive Silver Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a Blue MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. It is also the best choice for extremely sensitive skin. The steel knit conductive material and silver electrode optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The Steel Knit Backing allows for unsurpassed electrode conformity that is pliable enough to conform to irregular surfaces but still contain superior conductivity capabilities. It can even reach down to the skin through hairy areas! All together showing that the PALS® Blue Electrodes is truly the next generation in electrode design.

  • Silver Electrodes
  • Steel Knit Backing
  • Size: 1.5" x 3.5" (4 cm x 9 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • For Sensitive Skin
  • Adheres to Irregular Surfaces easily
  • Flexibility and Durability
  • Superior Quality
  • Latex Free

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard PALS Blue 1.5 x 3.5 in Sq Rectangleuare Silver Electrodes - 4 Electrotherapy Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-901220x4|axelgaard-901220x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard PALS Blue 2x2 in Square Silver Electrodes - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-901220x4.html"|(49.95 3 142.5 6 270.3 12 515.4)|(44.95 3 129.6 6 248.7 12 479.4)|T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard PALS® Blue Silver Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, Steel Knit Backing - 16 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's PALS® Blue Steel Knit Backing Conductive Silver Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a Blue MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. It is also the best choice for extremely sensitive skin. The steel knit conductive material and silver electrode optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The Steel Knit Backing allows for unsurpassed electrode conformity that is pliable enough to conform to irregular surfaces but still contain superior conductivity capabilities. It can even reach down to the skin through hairy areas! All together showing that the PALS® Blue Electrodes is truly the next generation in electrode design.

  • Silver Electrodes
  • Steel Knit Backing
  • Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • For Sensitive Skin
  • Adheres to Irregular Surfaces easily
  • Flexibility and Durability
  • Superior Quality
  • Latex Free

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard PALS Blue 2 x 2 in Square Silver Electrodes - 16 Electrotherapy Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-901220|axelgaard-901220|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard PALS Blue 2x2 in Square Silver Electrodes - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-901220.html"|(14.95 3 41.7 6 77.1 12 143.4)|(11.95 3 34.8 6 67.5 12 131.4)|T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard PALS® Blue Silver Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, Steel Knit Backing - 4 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's PALS® Blue Steel Knit Backing Conductive Silver Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a Blue MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. It is also the best choice for extremely sensitive skin. The steel knit conductive material and silver electrode optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The Steel Knit Backing allows for unsurpassed electrode conformity that is pliable enough to conform to irregular surfaces but still contain superior conductivity capabilities. It can even reach down to the skin through hairy areas! All together showing that the PALS® Blue Electrodes is truly the next generation in TENS electrode design.

  • Silver Electrodes
  • Steel Knit Backing
  • Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • For Sensitive Skin
  • Adheres to Irregular Surfaces easily
  • Flexibility and Durability
  • Superior Quality
  • Latex Free

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard PALS Blue 2 x 2 in Square Silver Electrodes - 4 Electrotherapy Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-pr100x4|axelgaard-pr100x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard PALS Mini Butterfly 1.6 x 2.1 in Silver Electrodes - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-pr100x4.html"|(34.95 3 97.5 6 180.36 12 335.52)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard PALS® Silver Electrodes 1.6" x 2.1" Mini Butterfly, Steel Knit Backing - 16 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's PALS® Steel Knit Backing Conductive Silver Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. and is also the best choice for extremely sensitive skin. The steel knit conductive material and silver electrode optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The Steel Knit Backing allows for unsurpassed electrode conformity that is pliable enough to conform to irregular surfaces but still contain superior conductivity capabilities. It can even reach down to the skin through hairy areas! All together showing that the PALS® Electrodes is truly the next generation in electrode design.

  • Silver Electrodes
  • Steel Knit Backing
  • Size: 1.6" x 2.1" (4 cm x 5.3 cm)
  • Shape: Mini Butterfly
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • For Sensitive Skin
  • Adheres to Irregular Surfaces easily
  • Flexibility and Durability
  • Superior Quality
  • Latex Free

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard PALS Mini Butterfly 1.6 x 2.1 in Silver Electrodes - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-pr100|axelgaard-pr100|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard PALS Mini Butterfly 1.6 x 2.1 in Silver Electrodes - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-pr100.html"|(8.95 3 25.32 6 47.58 12 89.88)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard PALS® Silver Electrodes 1.6" x 2.1" Mini Butterfly, Steel Knit Backing - 4 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's PALS® Steel Knit Backing Conductive Silver Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. and is also the best choice for extremely sensitive skin. The steel knit conductive material and silver electrode optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The Steel Knit Backing allows for unsurpassed electrode conformity that is pliable enough to conform to irregular surfaces but still contain superior conductivity capabilities. It can even reach down to the skin through hairy areas! All together showing that the PALS® Electrodes is truly the next generation in electrode design.

  • Silver Electrodes
  • Steel Knit Backing
  • Size: 1.6" x 2.1" (4 cm x 5.3 cm)
  • Shape: Mini Butterfly
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • For Sensitive Skin
  • Adheres to Irregular Surfaces easily
  • Flexibility and Durability
  • Superior Quality
  • Latex Free

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard PALS Mini Butterfly 1.6 x 2.1 in Silver Electrodes - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-j10r00|axelgaard-j10r00|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard PALS Platinum 1 inch Round Electrodes 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-j10r00.html"|(8.95 3 25.8 6 49.5 12 95.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard® PALS® Electrodes - 1" Round
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

 

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

 

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2011 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard PALS Electrodes - 1 in Round - 4 Pack"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-uf2020x4|axelgaard-uf2020x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard UltraStim 2x2 in Square Silver Grid Electrodes 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-uf2020x4.html"|(29.95 3 82.5 6 150.3 12 275.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard UltraStim® Wire Silver Grid Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Fabric Backing - 16 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's UltraStim® Wire White Fabric Backing Conductive Silver Grid Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The conductive material and silver grid pattern optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The silver grid pattern feature allows the removal of the need for a center lead wire and assuring conformity. This also maximizes flexibility while minimizing the edge lifting from stiffness. All together showing that the UltraStim® White is truly the next generation in electrode design.

  • Silver Grid
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
  • Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • Flexibility and Durability
  • Superior Quality
  • Latex Free

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust TENS stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard UltraStim 2 x 2 in Square Silver Grid Electrodes - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-uf2020|axelgaard-uf2020|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard UltraStim 2x2 in Square Silver Grid Electrodes 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-uf2020.html"|(6.95 3 19.32 6 35.58 12 65.88)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard UltraStim® Wire Silver Grid Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Fabric Backing - 4 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's UltraStim® Wire White Fabric Backing Conductive Silver Grid Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The conductive material and silver grid pattern optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The silver grid pattern feature allows the removal of the need for a center lead wire and assuring conformity. This also maximizes flexibility while minimizing the edge lifting from stiffness. All together showing that the UltraStim® White is truly the next generation in electrode design.

  • Silver Grid
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
  • Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • Flexibility and Durability
  • Superior Quality
  • Latex Free

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard UltraStim 2 x 2 in Square Silver Grid Electrodes - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-ulb355|axelgaard-ulb355|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard UltraStim Dual Silver Grid Electrode 3.5 x 5 in Butterfly"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-ulb355.html"|(8.95 3 25.8 6 49.5 12 95.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard® UltraStim® Dual Silver Grid Electrodes - 3.5" x 5" Butterfly - White Fabric Backing
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

 

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
  • Dual Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • Size: 3.5" x 5" (9 cm x 13 cm)
  • Model: ULB355
  • Backing: White Fabric
  • Shape: Butterfly
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Includes:

  • Axelgaard® UltraStim® Dual 3.5" x 5" Butterfly White Mesh Backed Electrode - 1 Each

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2011 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard UltraStim Dual Silver Grid Electrode, 3.5 x 5 in Butterfly - Model ULB355 - 1 Each"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-sn2020x4|axelgaard-sn2020x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard UltraStim SNAP 2x2 in Square Silver Grid Electrodes 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-sn2020x4.html"|(22.95 3 63.6 6 116.7 12 215.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard UltraStim® Snap Silver Grid Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Fabric Backing - 16 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's UltraStim® Snap Silver White Fabric Backing Conductive Silver Grid Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The conductive material and silver grid pattern optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. This also maximizes flexibility while minimizing the edge lifting from stiffness. The Bottom snap is match the impedance of the silver pattern. All together showing that the UltraStim® White is truly the next generation in TENS electrode design.

  • Silver Grid
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
  • Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • Flexibility and Durability
  • Superior Quality
  • Latex Free

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper TENS electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard UltraStim SNAP 2 x 2 in Square Silver Grid Electrodes - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-sn2020|axelgaard-sn2020|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard UltraStim SNAP 2x2 in Square Silver Grid Electrodes 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-sn2020.html"|(6.95 3 19.32 6 35.58 12 65.88)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard UltraStim® Snap Silver Grid Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Fabric Backing - 4 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's UltraStim® Snap Silver White Fabric Backing Conductive Silver Grid Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The conductive material and silver grid pattern optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. This also maximizes flexibility while minimizing the edge lifting from stiffness. The Bottom snap is match the impedance of the silver pattern. All together showing that the UltraStim® White is truly the next generation in electrode design.

  • Silver Grid
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
  • Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • Flexibility and Durability
  • Superior Quality
  • Latex Free

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard UltraStim SNAP 2 x 2 in Square Silver Grid Electrodes - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-sn2040|axelgaard-sn2040|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard UltraStim Snap Silver Grid Electrodes 2x4 in Rectangle 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-sn2040.html"|(6.75 3 18.93 6 35.22 12 65.88)|(4.95)|T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard® UltraStim® Snap Silver Grid Electrodes - 2" x 4" Rectangle - White Fabric Backing
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

 

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
  • Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • Size: 2" x 4" (5 cm x 10 cm)
  • Backing: White Fabric
  • Shape: Rectangle
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Includes:

  • Axelgaard® UltraStim® Snap 2" x 4" Rectangle White Mesh Backed Electrodes - 4 Pack

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2011 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard UltraStim Snap Silver Grid Electrodes, 2 x 4 in Rectangle - Model SN2040 - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-usx2000x4|axelgaard-usx2000x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 in Round - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-usx2000x4.html"|(17.95)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard UltraStim® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" Round, White Fabric Backing - 16 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's UltraStim® X Carbon White Fabric Backing Conductive Carbon Film Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The conductive material and silver grid pattern optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The silver grid pattern feature allows the removal of the need for a center lead wire and assuring conformity. This also maximizes flexibility while minimizing the edge lifting from stiffness. All together showing that the UltraStim® X is truly the next generation in electrode design.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 2" (5 cm)
  • Shape: Round
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
  • Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • Flexibility and Durability
  • Superior Quality
  • Latex Free

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 in Round - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-usx2000|axelgaard-usx2000|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 in Round - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-usx2000.html"|(4.49 3 12.9 6 24.66 12 47.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard UltraStim® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" Round, White Fabric Backing - 4 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's UltraStim® X Carbon White Fabric Backing Conductive Carbon Film Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The conductive material and silver grid pattern optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The silver grid pattern feature allows the removal of the need for a center lead wire and assuring conformity. This also maximizes flexibility while minimizing the edge lifting from stiffness. All together showing that the UltraStim® X is truly the next generation in electrode design.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 2" (5 cm)
  • Shape: Round
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
  • Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • Flexibility and Durability
  • Superior Quality
  • Latex Free

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 in Round - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-usx2020x4|axelgaard-usx2020x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 x 2 in Square - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-usx2020x4.html"|(17.95 3 51.75 6 99.3 12 191.4)|(15.95 3 44.7 6 83.1 12 155.4)|T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard UltraStim® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Fabric Backing - 16 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's UltraStim® X Carbon White Fabric Backing Conductive Carbon Film Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The conductive material and silver grid pattern optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The silver grid pattern feature allows the removal of the need for a center lead wire and assuring conformity. This also maximizes flexibility while minimizing the edge lifting from stiffness. All together showing that the UltraStim® X is truly the next generation in electrode design.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
  • Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • Flexibility and Durability
  • Superior Quality
  • Latex Free

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 x 2 in Square - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-usx2020|axelgaard-usx2020|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 x 2 in Square - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-usx2020.html"|(4.49 3 12.9 6 24.66 12 47.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard UltraStim® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Fabric Backing - 4 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's UltraStim® X Carbon White Fabric Backing Conductive Carbon Film Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The conductive material and silver grid pattern optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The silver grid pattern feature allows the removal of the need for a center lead wire and assuring conformity. This also maximizes flexibility while minimizing the edge lifting from stiffness. All together showing that the UltraStim® X is truly the next generation in electrode design.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
  • Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • Flexibility and Durability
  • Superior Quality
  • Latex Free

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 x 2 in Square - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-usx2040|axelgaard-usx2040|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 x 4 in Rectangle - 2 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-usx2040.html"|(3.49 3 9.96 6 18.84 12 35.88)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard UltraStim® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 4" Rectangle, White Fabric Backing - 2 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's UltraStim® X Carbon White Fabric Backing Conductive Carbon Film Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The conductive material and silver grid pattern optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The silver grid pattern feature allows the removal of the need for a center lead wire and assuring conformity. This also maximizes flexibility while minimizing the edge lifting from stiffness. All together showing that the UltraStim® X is truly the next generation in electrode design.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 2" x 4" (5 cm x 10 cm)
  • Shape: Rectangle
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
  • Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • Flexibility and Durability
  • Superior Quality
  • Latex Free

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 x 4 in Rectangle - 2 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-usx2040x4|axelgaard-usx2040x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 x 4 in Rectangle - 8 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-usx2040x4.html"|(12.95)|||"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard UltraStim® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 4" Rectangle, White Fabric Backing - 8 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's UltraStim® X Carbon White Fabric Backing Conductive Carbon Film Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The conductive material and silver grid pattern optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The silver grid pattern feature allows the removal of the need for a center lead wire and assuring conformity. This also maximizes flexibility while minimizing the edge lifting from stiffness. All together showing that the UltraStim® X is truly the next generation in electrode design.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 2" x 4" (5 cm x 10 cm)
  • Shape: Rectangle
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
  • Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
  • Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
  • Flexibility and Durability
  • Superior Quality
  • Latex Free

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 x 4 in Rectangle - 8 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-cf3200x4|axelgaard-cf3200x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 1.25 in Round White Fabric Backed - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cf3200x4.html"|(17.95)|(11.95)||"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 1.25" Round, White Fabric Backing - 16 ea.
Made to be durable and economical.

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 1.25" (3.2 cm)
  • Shape: Round
  • Latex Free
  • Flexible
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

    1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
    2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
    3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
    4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
    5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
    6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
    7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 1.25 in Round White Fabric Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-cf3200|axelgaard-cf3200|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 1.25 in Round White Fabric Backed - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cf3200.html"|(4.3)|(3.65)||"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 1.25" Round, White Fabric Backing - 4 ea.
Made to be durable and economical.

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 1.25" (3.2 cm)
  • Shape: Round
  • Latex Free
  • Flexible
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

    1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
    2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
    3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
    4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
    5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
    6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
    7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 1.25 in Round White Fabric Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-cff125x4|axelgaard-cff125x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 1.25 in Round White Foam Backed - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cff125x4.html"|(17.95)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 1.25" Round, White Foam Backing - 16 ea.
Made to be durable and economical.

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Foam Back
  • Size: 1.25" (3.2 cm)
  • Shape: Round
  • Latex Free
  • Flexible
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

    1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
    2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
    3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
    4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
    5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
    6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
    7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 1.25 in Round White Foam Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-cff125|axelgaard-cff125|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 1.25 in Round White Foam Backed - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cff125.html"|(4.3 3 12.33 6 23.52 12 45)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 1.25" Round, White Foam Backing - 4 ea.
Made to be durable and economical.

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Foam Back
  • Size: 1.25" (3.2 cm)
  • Shape: Round
  • Latex Free
  • Flexible
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

    1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
    2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
    3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
    4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
    5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
    6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
    7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 1.25 in Round White Foam Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-cf5000x4|axelgaard-cf5000x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 in Round White Fabric Backed - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cf5000x4.html"|(17.95)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 2" Round, White Fabric Backing - 16 ea.
Made to be durable and economical.

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Fabric Top Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Fabric Top Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 2" (5 cm)
  • Shape: Round
  • Latex Free
  • Flexible
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

    1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
    2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
    3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
    4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
    5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
    6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
    7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 in Round White Fabric Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-cf5000|axelgaard-cf5000|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 in Round White Fabric Backed 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cf5000.html"|(4.3 3 12.33 6 23.52 12 45)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 2" Round, White Fabric Backing - 4 ea.
Made to be durable and economical.

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Fabric Top Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Fabric Top Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 2" (5 cm)
  • Shape: Round
  • Latex Free
  • Flexible
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

    1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
    2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
    3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
    4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
    5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
    6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
    7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 in Round White Fabric Backed 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-cff200x4|axelgaard-cff200x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 in Round White Foam Backed - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cff200x4.html"|(17.95 3 48.6 6 86.7 12 155.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 2" Round, White Foam Backing - 16 ea.
Made to be durable and economical.

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Foam Back
  • Size: 2" (5 cm)
  • Shape: Round
  • Latex Free
  • Flexible
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

    1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
    2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
    3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
    4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
    5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
    6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
    7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 in Round White Foam Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-cff200|axelgaard-cff200|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 in Round White Foam Backed - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cff200.html"|(4.3 3 12.33 6 23.52 12 45)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 2" Round, White Foam Backing - 4 ea.
Made to be durable and economical.

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Foam Back
  • Size: 2" (5 cm)
  • Shape: Round
  • Latex Free
  • Flexible
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

    1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
    2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
    3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
    4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
    5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
    6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
    7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 in Round White Foam Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-cf5050x4|axelgaard-cf5050x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 x 2 in Square White Fabric Backed - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cf5050x4.html"|(17.95 3 48.6 6 86.7 12 155.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Fabric Backing - 16 ea.
Made to be durable and economical.

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Fabric Top Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Fabric Top Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Flexible
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

    1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
    2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
    3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
    4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
    5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
    6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
    7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 x 2 in Square White Fabric Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-cf5050|axelgaard-cf5050|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 x 2 in Square White Fabric Backed - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cf5050.html"|(4.3 3 12.33 6 23.52 12 45)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Fabric Backing - 4 ea.
Made to be durable and economical.

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Fabric Top Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Fabric Top Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Flexible
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

    1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
    2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
    3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
    4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
    5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
    6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
    7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 x 2 in Square White Fabric Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-cff202x4|axelgaard-cff202x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 x 2 in Square White Foam Backed - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cff202x4.html"|(17.95 3 48.6 6 86.7 12 155.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Foam Backing - 16 ea.
Made to be durable and economical.

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film TENS Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Foam Back
  • Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Flexible
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

    1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
    2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
    3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
    4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
    5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
    6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
    7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 x 2 in Square White Foam Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-cff202|axelgaard-cff202|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 x 2 in Square White Foam Backed - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cff202.html"|(4.3 3 12.33 6 23.52 12 45)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Foam Backing - 4 ea.
Made to be durable and economical.

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The TENS Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Foam Back
  • Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Flexible
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

    1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
    2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
    3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
    4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
    5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
    6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
    7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 x 2 in Square White Foam Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-cf5090-2-3-5-rectangle-white-cloth-valuetrode|axelgaard-cf5090-2-3-5-rectangle-white-cloth-valuetrode|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 x 3.5 in Square White Fabric Backed - CF5090 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cf5090-2-3-5-rectangle-white-cloth-valuetrode.html"|(8.95)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard® ValuTrode® Carbon Electrodes 2" x 3.5" Rectangle, White Cloth Backing - 4 ea

Axelgaard's® ValuTrode® Electrodes are carbon electrodes with a white cloth backing. They are designed with a multi-layer MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive for long lasting durability and reusability.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 2" x 3.5" (5 cm x 9 cm)
  • Shape: Rectangle

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Reusable
  • Flexible
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Directions:

    1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
    2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
    3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
    4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
    5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
    6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
    7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2008 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 x 3.5 in Square White Fabric Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-cf7515-3-5-rectangle-white-cloth-valuetrode|axelgaard-cf7515-3-5-rectangle-white-cloth-valuetrode|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 3 x 5 in Square White Fabric Backed CF7515 - 2 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cf7515-3-5-rectangle-white-cloth-valuetrode.html"|(7.95)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard® Carbon ValuTrode® Electrodes - 3" x 5" Rectangle, White Cloth Backed - 2 ea

Axelgaard ValuTrode 3" x 5" Electrodes are carbon, white cloth backed, rectangle electrodes. ValuTrode electrodes are designed with MultiStick hydrogel adhesive for long lasting durability

  • Carbon Film
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 3" x 5" (7.5 cm x 13 cm)
  • Shape: Rectangle

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Reusable
  • Flexible
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Directions:

    1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
    2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
    3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
    4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
    5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
    6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
    7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2008 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 3 x 5 in Square White Fabric Backed - 2 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-vl4595x4|axelgaard-vl4595x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard ValuTrode Lite 1.8 x 3.8 in Rectangle Carbon Electrodes - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vl4595x4.html"|(18.95)|||"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Lite Carbon Film Electrodes 1.8" x 3.8" Rectangle, Blue Mesh Backing - 16 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® Lite Blue Mesh Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® Lite Blue Mesh Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • Blue Mesh Back
  • Size: 1.8" x 3.8" (4.5 cm x 9.5 cm)
  • Shape: Rectangle
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard ValuTrode Lite 1.8 x 3.8 in Rectangle Carbon Electrodes - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-vl4595|axelgaard-vl4595|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard ValuTrode Lite 1.8x3.8 in Rectangle Carbon Electrodes 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vl4595.html"|(6.95)|||"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Lite Carbon Film Electrodes 1.8" x 3.8" Rectangle, Blue Mesh Backing - 4 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® Lite Blue Mesh Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® Lite Blue Mesh Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • Blue Mesh Back
  • Size: 1.8" x 3.8" (4.5 cm x 9.5 cm)
  • Shape: Rectangle
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard ValuTrode Lite 1.8 x 3.8 in Rectangle Carbon Electrodes - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-vl4545x4|axelgaard-vl4545x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard ValuTrode Lite 2 x 2 in Square Carbon Electrodes - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vl4545x4.html"|(15.95)|||"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Lite Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, Blue Mesh Backing - 16 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® Lite Blue Mesh Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® Lite Blue Mesh Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • Blue Mesh Back
  • Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard ValuTrode Lite 2 x 2 in Square Carbon Electrodes - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-vl4545|axelgaard-vl4545|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard ValuTrode Lite 2 x 2 in Square Carbon Electrodes - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vl4545.html"|(7.95)|||"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Lite Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, Blue Mesh Backing - 4 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® Lite Blue Mesh Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® Lite Blue Mesh Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • Blue Mesh Back
  • Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard ValuTrode Lite 2 x 2 in Square Carbon Electrodes - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-vtx5000x4|axelgaard-vtx5000x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 in Round White Cloth Backed - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vtx5000x4.html"|(14.95 3 40.65 6 72.9 12 131.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" Round, White Fabric Backing - 16 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® X White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® X White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 2" (5 cm)
  • Shape: Round
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 in Round White Cloth Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-vtx5000|axelgaard-vtx5000|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 in Round White Cloth Backed - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vtx5000.html"|(3.95 3 11.13 6 20.76 12 39)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" Round, White Fabric Backing - 4 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® X White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® X White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 2" (5 cm)
  • Shape: Round
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 in Round White Cloth Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-vtx2000x4|axelgaard-vtx2000x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 in Round White Foam Backed - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vtx2000x4.html"|(14.95 3 40.65 6 72.9 12 131.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" Round, White Foam Backing - 16 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® X White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® X White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Foam Back
  • Size: 2" (5 cm)
  • Shape: Round
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 in Round White Foam Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-vtx2000|axelgaard-vtx2000|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 in Round White Foam Backed - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vtx2000.html"|(3.95 3 11.13 6 20.76 12 39)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" Round, White Foam Backing - 4 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® X White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® X White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Foam Back
  • Size: 2" (5 cm)
  • Shape: Round
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 in Round White Foam Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-vtx5050x4|axelgaard-vtx5050x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 x 2 in Square White Cloth Backed - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vtx5050x4.html"|(14.95 3 40.65 6 72.9 12 131.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Fabric Backing - 16 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® X White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® X White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 x 2 in Square White Cloth Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-vtx5050|axelgaard-vtx5050|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 x 2 in Square White Cloth Backed - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vtx5050.html"|(3.95 3 11.13 6 20.76 12 39)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Fabric Backing - 4 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® X White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® X White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Fabric Back
  • Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 x 2 in Square White Cloth Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-vtx2020x4|axelgaard-vtx2020x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 x 2 in Square White Foam Backed - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vtx2020x4.html"|(14.95 3 40.65 6 72.9 12 131.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Foam Backing - 16 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® X White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® X White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Foam Back
  • Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 x 2 in Square White Foam Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| axelgaard-vtx2020|axelgaard-vtx2020|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 x 2 in Square White Foam Backed - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vtx2020.html"|(3.95 3 11.13 6 20.76 12 39)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Foam Backing - 4 ea.
Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance

Axelgaard's ValuTrode® X White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® X White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.

  • Carbon Film
  • White Foam Back
  • Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
  • Shape: Square
  • Latex Free
  • Made in USA

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com

Features:

  • Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
  • Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
  • All purpose economical design
  • Flexible and Reusable

Directions:

  1. Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
  2. Do not apply to broken skin.  Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
  3. Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment.  For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
  4. Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size.  Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
  5. When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage.  If not, replace with new electrodes.
  6. Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
  7. In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.

Axelgaard Manufacturing Co, Ltd.
520 Industrial Way
Fallbrook, CA 92028
©2014 www.axelgaard.com

"|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 x 2 in Square White Foam Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bath-beauty|bath-beauty|SECTIONS|"Bath & Beauty"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"

Looking and feeling your best often starts with the bath and beauty products you use. However, you don't want to overspend on these products, even if they are essential to your daily routine. At OTC Wholesale, we make it possible for you to get your favorite generic and name-brand bath products and beauty supplies at discount rates.

In addition to our wholesale medical supplies, we also carry a variety of top-selling products for your beauty and bath needs. You'll find some of your favorite brands here, such as Therabath, English Leather and Brut. Men will love our collection of affordable colognes and aftershaves, while ladies have a selection of lovely perfumes and fragrances from which to choose. Whether you need a single item or you're a retailer looking for the best bulk purchase rates, you'll save money every time when you buy your bath supplies and beauty products from OTC Wholesale. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here.

"|"Bath & Beauty Supplies"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ORAL-CARE :PERSONAL-DEODORANT :SHAVING :BATH-BEAUTY-FRAGRANCES-MEN :BATH-BEAUTY-FRAGRANCES-WOMEN :BATH-BEAUTY-FRAGRANCES-AFTER-SHAVE :BILTRITE-65773)"|""||| medical-bath-shower-bench|medical-bath-shower-bench|SECTIONS|"Bath & Shower Benches"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"

We have your bath and shower bench needs right here. You won’t be able to find high quality products at such affordable prices anywhere else! We know how important it is to have your independence during these private moments. Manufacturers like Drive Medical and Roscoe Medial work hard to give that to you as well as pride themselves on giving the best quality for a price you can afford! Take a look at all we have to offer here and if you have any questions or are interested in a quote for a larger quantity, please call or email us by clicking here.

"|"Bath and Shower Benches"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:DRIVE-12950 :DRIVE-12004KDRB-1 :DRIVE-12004KDRT-1 :DRIVE-12005KDC-1 :DRIVE-12037 :DRIVE-12011KD-1 :DRIVE-12011KDC-1 :DRIVE-12023 :DRIVE-12025KD-1 :DRIVE-12202KDRB-1 :DRIVE-12202KDRT-1 :DRIVE-12203KDRB-1 :DRIVE-12486 :DRIVE-12487 :DRIVE-410200252 :DRIVE-410200312 :DRIVE-EN33 :DRIVE-410200432 :DRIVE-460900205 :DRIVE-460900252 :DRIVE-460900312 :DRIVE-460900403 :DRIVE-460900600 :DRIVE-477200252 :DRIVE-BATHBUNDLE :DRIVE-BL100-DR :DRIVE-BL200-DR :DRIVE-RTL12000 :DRIVE-RTL12004KD :DRIVE-RTL12061 :DRIVE-RTL12061M :DRIVE-RTL12068 :DRIVE-RTL12045 :DRIVE-RTL12105KDR :DRIVE-RTL12202KDR :DRIVE-RTL12203KDR :DRIVE-RTL12350KDR :DRIVE-RTL12351KDR :DRIVE-RTL12505 :DRIVE-RTL12605 :ROSCOE-30002 :ROSCOE-30004 :ROSCOE-BTH-HDBB :ROSCOE-BTH-HDWB :ROSCOE-BTH-SCBH :ROSCOE-BTH-TFR :DRIVE-RTL12046 :DRIVE-477200432 :DRIVE-RTL12075 :DRIVE-102385 :DRIVE-12022KD-1 :DRIVE-12021KD-1 :DRIVE-10267-1 :DRIVE-12030 :DRIVE-RTL12031KDR :DRIVE-12445KD-1 :DRIVE-RTL12606 :DRIVE-12440KD-1 :DRIVE-RTL12606TRAY :DRIVE-RTL12606ARMS :DRIVE-12005KD-1)"|""||| medical-bathroom-safety|medical-bathroom-safety|SECTIONS|"Bathroom Safety"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"

Enabling patients to stay at home when possible is often vital to their overall well-being while they are dealing with sometimes serious medical conditions. And, no matter what medical issues patients are coping with, OTC Wholesale makes it easy to outfit their homes with all of the necessary products and devices to allow them to receive the care they need and remain where they are most comfortable and content. Bathrooms in particular are dangerous places for people with limited mobility. OTC Wholesale, however, stocks everything you need to ensure bathing and using the toilet are perfectly safe activities for the patient in question. We have a variety of bathroom safety products like adjustable height stools for the bath, as well as grab bars, bath lifts, bath benches, bath chairs and handheld showers. Also shop OTC Wholesale for elevated toilet seats and toilet safety frames.

"|"Bathroom Safety Products"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:MEDICAL-GRAB-BARS :MEDICAL-BATH-SHOWER-BENCH :MEDICAL-COMMODES :MEDICAL-TOILET-SEATS-RAILS)"|""||| ascensia-46621|ascensia-46621|PRODUCTS|"Bayer Breeze 2 Disc Test Strips - 100 Strips"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/ascensia-46621.html"|(54.95 3 157.5 6 300.3 12 575.4)||T|"Bayer"|""|""|""|"
Ascensia ® Breeze 2™ Blood Glucose Test Strips
No Strip Handling. New Breeze2 10-Test Discs

Only for use with Ascensia® Breeze™ 2 Glucose Meter.

The New Breeze 2 10-test disc features:

  • Individually sealed strips for extended life
  • Meter notches for easy use
  • 10 tests per disc

Reagents:

  • 10% w/w glucose oxidase (Aspergillus niger, 24 U/mg)
  • 68.5% w/w potassium ferricyanide
  • 21.5% w/w nonreactive ingredients

Questions: For questions call Bayer: 1-800-348-8100 or visit www.bayercontour.com

 

Warnings:

For in vitro diagnostic use.

Bayer HealthCare LLC does not warrant use of the Ascensia® Breeze™2 Blood Glucose Meter with any test strip other than Ascensia® Breeze™2 Blood Glucose Test Strips. For Complete warranty information,k refer to User Guide.

Other Information:

  • Before using this product, read the package insert carefully.
  • Store between 59°-86°F and out of direct sunlight.
  • Do not use after expiration date.

Bayer HealthCare
Mishawaka, IN 46544 Made in the USA
©Bayer HealthCare, LLC www.bayercontour.com

"|"Bayer Breeze 2 Disc Test Strips - 100 Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| ascensia-46550|ascensia-46550|PRODUCTS|"Bayer Breeze 2 Disc Test Strips - 50 Strips"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/ascensia-46550.html"|(27.95 3 78.6 6 146.7 12 275.4)||T|"Bayer"|""|""|""|"
Ascensia ® Breeze 2™ Blood Glucose Test Strips
No Strip Handling. New Breeze2 5-Test Discs

Only for use with Ascensia® Breeze™ 2 Glucose Meter.

The New Breeze 2 5-test disc features:

  • Individually sealed strips for extended life
  • Meter notches for easy use
  • 10 tests per disc

Reagents:

  • 10% w/w glucose oxidase (Aspergillus niger, 24 U/mg)
  • 68.5% w/w potassium ferricyanide
  • 21.5% w/w nonreactive ingredients

Questions: For questions call Bayer: 1-800-348-8100 or visit www.bayercontour.com

 

Warnings:

For in vitro diagnostic use.

Bayer HealthCare LLC does not warrant use of the Ascensia® Breeze™2 Blood Glucose Meter with any test strip other than Ascensia® Breeze™2 Blood Glucose Test Strips. For Complete warranty information,k refer to User Guide.

Other Information:

  • Before using this product, read the package insert carefully.
  • Store between 59°-86°F and out of direct sunlight.
  • Do not use after expiration date.

Bayer HealthCare
Mishawaka, IN 46544 Made in the USA
©Bayer HealthCare, LLC www.bayercontour.com

"|"Bayer Breeze 2 Disc Test Strips - 50 Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| ascensia-11101|ascensia-11101|PRODUCTS|"Bayer Contour Control Solution, High"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/ascensia-11101.html"|(12.95)||T|"Bayer"|""|""|""|"
Bayer® Contour Control Solution, High
(Formerly Ascensia)

Bayer is "THE NEW FACE of Glucometer" Package contains 1x2.5 mL Vial. For use with Bayer Contour or Bayer Microfill Blood Glucose Meter System. For In Vitro Diagnostic Use.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-348-8100 or www.bayercontour.com

 

Uses:

Control Tests should be performed:

  • Monthly
  • With each new vial of test strips
  • When you change your batteries
  • If you suspect the meter is malfunctioning

Directions:

To perform a control test:

  • Apply a drop of control solution to the test strip instead of a drop of blood
  • Compare the results to the control range (you can find the range on the side of the vial of test strips)
  • If the results are inside the range printed on the vial, your meter is functioning correctly.
  • If the results are outside the range, you should call the manufacturer of your meter immediately.

Bayer HealthCare LLC
Mishawaka, IN 46544
©Bayerwww.bayercontour.com

"|"Bayer Contour Control Solution, High"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| ascensia-11001|ascensia-11001|PRODUCTS|"Bayer Contour Control Solution, Low"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/ascensia-11001.html"|(12.95)||T|"Bayer"|""|""|""|"
Bayer® Contour Control Solution, Low
(Formerly Ascensia)

Bayer is "THE NEW FACE of Glucometer" Package contains 1x2.5 mL Vial. For use with Bayer Contour or Bayer Microfill Blood Glucose Meter System. For In Vitro Diagnostic Use.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-348-8100 or www.bayercontour.com

 

Uses:

Control Tests should be performed:

  • Monthly
  • With each new vial of test strips
  • When you change your batteries
  • If you suspect the meter is malfunctioning

Directions:

To perform a control test:

  • Apply a drop of control solution to the test strip instead of a drop of blood
  • Compare the results to the control range (you can find the range on the side of the vial of test strips)
  • If the results are inside the range printed on the vial, your meter is functioning correctly.
  • If the results are outside the range, you should call the manufacturer of your meter immediately.

Bayer HealthCare LLC
Mishawaka, IN 46544
©Bayer www.bayercontour.com

"|"Bayer Contour Control Solution, Low"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| ascensia-10901|ascensia-10901|PRODUCTS|"Bayer Contour Control Solution, Normal"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/ascensia-10901.html"|(12.95)||T|"Bayer"|""|""|""|"
Bayer® Contour Control Solution, Normal
(Formerly Ascensia)

Bayer is "THE NEW FACE of Glucometer" Package contains 1x2.5 mL Vial. For use with Bayer Contour or Bayer Microfill Blood Glucose Meter System. For In Vitro Diagnostic Use.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-348-8100 or www.bayercontour.com

 

Uses:

Control Tests should be performed:

  • Monthly
  • With each new vial of test strips
  • When you change your batteries
  • If you suspect the meter is malfunctioning

Directions:

To perform a control test:

  • Apply a drop of control solution to the test strip instead of a drop of blood
  • Compare the results to the control range (you can find the range on the side of the vial of test strips)
  • If the results are inside the range printed on the vial, your meter is functioning correctly.
  • If the results are outside the range, you should call the manufacturer of your meter immediately.

Bayer HealthCare LLC
Mishawaka, IN 46544
©Bayer www.bayercontour.com

"|"Bayer Contour Control Solution, Normal"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| ascensia-54501|ascensia-54501|PRODUCTS|"Bayer Contour Diabetic Meter"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/ascensia-54501.html"|(11.95)|||"Bayer"|""|""|""|"
Bayer® Contour Diabetic Meter
Bayer's Blood Glucose Monitoring System is Easy-To-Use and Proven Accurate!

Accuracy Made Easy

  • No coding
  • Fast, 5 second test time
  • Simple to use
  • Optional advanced functions

View the Manual: Bayer Contour Meter Manual

View the Quick Reference Guide: Bayer Contour Meter Guide

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-348-8100 or www.BayerContour.com

Features:

Simple To Use

  • No Coding technology
  • Small blood sample
  • Fast 5 second test time
  • Automatically compensates for common interferences, for reliable results

Personalized Settings - More Control

  • New optional advanced-level setting
  • New pre- and post meal- markers with adjustable testing alarms
  • Alternative site testing - forearm or palm
  • Can be used with Bayer's Diabetes Management Software

Package Includes:

This kit contains everything you need to start blood glucose monitoring with Bayer's Contour System:

  • Blood Glucose Meter
  • Quick Reference Guide
  • User Guide
  • Bayer's Log Book
  • Carrying Case
  • Warranty Card

Other Information:

Bayer Healthcare LLC does not warrant use of Bayer's CONTOUR blood glucose meter with any test strip other than Bayer's CONTOUR blood glucose test strips. For complete warranty information, refer to User Guide.

Bayer HealthCare LLC
555 White Plains Road
Terrytown, NY 10591
©www.BayerContour.com

"|"Bayer Contour Diabetic Meter"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bayer-30950|bayer-30950|PRODUCTS|"Bayer Contour Next Test Strips - 50 Strips"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bayer-30950.html"|(32.95)|||"Bayer"|""|""|""|"
Bayer™ Contour® Next Blood Glucose Test Strips - 50 ct
For use with Bayer's Contour® NEXT, Next EZ, Next USB, and Next USB Blood Glucose Meters. Note: All diabetes test strips are in original brand name manufacturer packaging. Packaging may differ from that shown here. Do not use any product whose factory seal is missing or damaged.

This is Bayer's newest technology!

Regents:

  • 21% w/w FAD glucose dehydrogenase (Aspergillus sp. 4.0 U/test strip)
  • 54% w/w Mediator
  • 25% w/w non-reactive ingredients
  • Multi-pulse technology evaluates a single blood sample 7 times for exceptional accuracy
  • Tiny 0.6 µL blood sample

No coding! Slip-In Sampling, Automatic Strip-filling Action.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-348-8100 or www.bayercontour.com

 

Directions:

No coding!

For in vitro diagnostic use.

Before using this product, read the package insert carefully.

Store between 59°- 86°F (15°- 30°C), and out of direct sunlight.

This is Bayer's newest technology!

Warnings:

Do not use after expiration date located on base of box.

Bayer HealthCare LLC
Mishawaka, IN 46544
©Bayer www.bayercontour.com

"|"Bayer Contour Next Test Strips - 50 Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| ascensia-09021|ascensia-09021|PRODUCTS|"Bayer Contour Test Strips - 100 Strips"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/ascensia-09021.html"|(54.95 3 157.5 6 300.3 12 575.4)||T|"Bayer"|""|""|""|"
Bayer™Contour Blood Glucose Test Strips
For use with Bayer's Contour, Contour USB, Link and Didget Blood Glucose Meters

Regents:

  • 6% w/w FAD glucose dehydrogenase(Aspergillus sp. 2.0 U/test strip)
  • 56% w/w potassium ferricyanide
  • 38% w/w non-reactive ingredients

Slip-In Sampling, Automatic Strip-filling Action.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-348-8100 or www.bayercontour.com

 

Directions:

For in vitro diagnostic use.

Before using this product, read the package insert carefully.

Store between 59°-86°F (15°-30°C), and out of direct sunlight.

Warnings:

Do not use after expiration date located on base of box.

Bayer HealthCare LLC
555 White Plains Road
Terrytown, NY 10591
©Bayer www.bayercontour.com

"|"Bayer Contour Test Strips - 100 Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| ascensia-09850|ascensia-09850|PRODUCTS|"Bayer Contour Test Strips - 50 Strips"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/ascensia-09850.html"|(27.95 3 78.6 6 146.7 12 275.4)||T|"Bayer"|""|""|""|"
Bayer™Contour Blood Glucose Test Strips
(Formerly Ascensia) For use with Bayer's Contour, Contour USB, Contour Link and Didgit Blood Glucose Meters

Regents:

  • 6% w/w FAD glucose dehydrogenase(Aspergillus sp. 2.0 U/test strip)
  • 56% w/w potassium ferricyanide
  • 38% w/w non-reactive ingredients

Slip-In Sampling, Automatic Strip-filling Action.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-348-8100 or www.bayercontour.com

 

Directions:

For in vitro diagnostic use.

Before using this product, read the package insert carefully.

Store between 59°-86°F (15°-30°C), and out of direct sunlight.

Warnings:

Do not use after expiration date located on base of box.

Bayer HealthCare LLC
Mishawaka, IN 46544
©Bayer www.bayercontour.com

"|"Bayer Contour Test Strips - 50 Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| ascensia-82050|ascensia-82050|PRODUCTS|"Bayer Contour TS Test Strips - 50 Strips"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/ascensia-82050.html"|(29.99)|(25.99)||"Bayer"|""|""|""|"
Bayer™Contour TS Blood Glucose Test Strips
For use with Contour TS Meter
  • Flip-top bottle opens, closes and handles easily.
  • Easy viewing window of sample fills using Sip-in Sampling Technology.
  • Meter automatically turns on when test strip is inserted and does not require coding.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-348-8100 or www.bayercontour.com

 

Uses:

The new and improved Bayer Contour TS Test Strips make testing blood sugar levels fast, easy and accurate. Contour TS Test Strips feature a unique flip-top bottle design that opens and closes very easily, making it perfect for users of all ages. A window on the strips makes it easy to see when the strip fills with blood.

Features:

  • Only 8 seconds for test results.
  • No Coding technology eliminates coding steps and miscoding errors.
  • The Contour TS Test Strips require only a 0.6 microliter blood sample.

Directions:

For in vitro diagnostic use.

Before using this product, read the package insert carefully.

Store between 59°-86°F (15°-30°C), and out of direct sunlight.

Warnings:

Do not use after expiration date located on base of box.

Bayer HealthCare LLC
555 White Plains Road
Terrytown, NY 10591
©Bayer www.bayercontour.com

"|"Bayer Contour TS Test Strips - 50 Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| ascensia|ascensia|SECTIONS|"Bayer Healthcare"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"Bayer Healthcare, formally Ascensia, is a top selling brand in diabetic testing supplies including test strips, as well as control solutions and lancing supplies. Testing can be a great challenge for people with diabetes. To make it easy, the Bayer Healthcare Contour® and Breeze®2 meters use No Coding™ technology — a patented test strip design that enables your meter to be automatically coded each time you test. So there are fewer steps for you — and less chance for inaccurate results.

We buy Bayer Healthcare and other over counter diabetic supplies in quantity and pass the savings along to our on-line retail customers. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here.
"|"Bayer Healthcare Testing Supplies Center"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ASCENSIA-46550EXP0117 :ASCENSIA-09021 :ASCENSIA-54501 :ASCENSIA-46621 :ASCENSIA-82050 :ASCENSIA-09850 :ASCENSIA-46550 :ASCENSIA-54621 :BAYER-30950 :ASCENSIA-11001 :ASCENSIA-10901 :ASCENSIA-11101 :ASCENSIA-11001EXP1016 :ASCENSIA-46550EXP0317)"|""||| ascensia-54621|ascensia-54621|PRODUCTS|"Bayer Microlet Lancets - 100 Lancets"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/ascensia-54621.html"|(14.95 3 42.75 6 81.3 12 155.4)||T|"Bayer"|""|""|""|"

Bayer™Microlet Lancets
Sterile, Single use.

For use with Microlet®, Bayer® Microlet®2, and Bayer® Microlet Vaculance® lancing devices.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-348-8100 or www.bayercontour.com

Directions:

Insert lancet, twist off the protective cap

After use, place the protective cap on flat surface with Bayer Logo facing down. Push lancet securely into the middle of the exposed side of the cap. With thumb, push release button or plunger cap to expose lancet. Grasp lancet body and remove. Discard.

Warnings:

Do Not Use if protective cap has been previously removed.

Bayer HealthCare LLC
555 White Plains Road
Terrytown, NY 10591
©Bayer www.bayercontour.com

"|"Bayer Microlet Lancets - 100 Lancets"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd|bd|SECTIONS|"BD"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"Whether you're looking for BD alcohol swabs, home sharps containers or ultra-fine pen needles, OTC Wholesale is your one-stop shop. Our massive selection of BD insulin syringes, safety clips and lancets, as well as several other high-quality products includes everything you need to inject yourself safely and as painlessly as possible. Because we're able to sell syringes and needles at wholesale prices, you save money when you shop with us."|"BD Syringes, Pen Needles and Diabetic Supplies"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BD-26895 :BD-28278 :BD-20882 :BD-28280 :BD-28278 :BD-28279 :BD-28289 :BD-28290 :BD-28291 :BD-20881 :BD-25773 :BD-20880 :BD-26895 :BD-22057 :BD-23487 :BD-28235 :BD-20883 :BD-24906 :BD-24907 :BD-24908 :BD-324906 :BD-324907 :BD-324908 :BD-328278 :BD-328279 :BD-328280 :BD-328289 :BD-328290 :BD-328291 :BD-305763 :BD-305197 :BD-ULTRA-FINE-INSULIN-SYRINGE-31-GAUGE-90 :BD-ULTRA-FINE-INSULIN-SYRINGE-30-GAUGE-90 :BD-ULTRA-FINE-INSULIN-SYRINGE-31-GAUGE-10 :BD-ULTRA-FINE-INSULIN-SYRINGE-30-GAUGE-10)"|""||| bd-20880|bd-20880|PRODUCTS|"BD 29 Gauge 1/2 in Ultra-Fine Original Pen Needles - 90 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-20880.html"|(31.95 3 89.55 6 166.5 12 311.4)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ Original Pen Needles 29G 1/2 in
Fits all pens and dosers in the USA.

The BD Ultra-Fine™ Original Pen Needle is 29 gauge, 12.7 mm (1/2").

The BD Ultra-Fine™ Original Pen Needle offers BD's widest inner diameter, which is a good choice for people with dexterity problems or those who take larger doses. The wider inner diameter makes it easier to press the push button and expel insulin.

Guaranteed injection comfort or your money back.

For use with all Type A insulin pens including:

  • BD Pen
  • Humulin® Pen
  • Humalog® Pen
  • InnoLet®
  • Innovo®
  • InDuo®
  • NovoPen® Junior
  • NovoPen® 3ml
  • FlexPen®

Today's insulin needle is thinner and more delicate for greater comfort, so needle reuse can damage the tip and cause injury. To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe or pen needle more than once.

Use only once and destroy.

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

BD Ultra-Fine™ Pen Needles fit all diabetes pens and dosers sold in the U.S., including OptiClik® for Lantus® and Apidra®, all Eli Lilly and Novo Nordisk insulin pens, and the pen for Exenatide.

Puncture Resistant Outer Needle Shield

All BD pen needles are...

  • Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
  • Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
  • Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
  • Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
  • Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX

Directions:

To ensure an accurate dose when injecting with an insulin pen:

  1. Check the flow of insulin through the needle after loading a cartridge and before every injection.
  2. Attach a new needle before each injection and immediately remove and destroy after the injection. Never carry a pen with the needle attached, as this leaves an open passageway into the insulin cartridge.
  3. If insulin continues to drip from the needle after injections, hold the needle in the skin longer when injecting, to ensure delivery of the complete dose.

Made in USA.

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

"|"BD 29 Gauge 1/2 in Ultra-Fine Original Pen Needles - 90 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-20882|bd-20882|PRODUCTS|"BD 31 Gauge 3/16 in Ultra-Fine Mini Pen Needles - 90 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-20882.html"|(28.95 3 83.7 6 161.1 12 311.4)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ Mini Pen Needle 31G 3/16 in
Mini Needle - No Pinch-up Required

The BD Ultra-Fine™ Mini pen needle is 31 gauge, 5 mm (3/16"). It's the shortest mini pen needle in the U.S. It can be safely used by both children and adults, providing reliable injections with no "pinch-up" of skin required. You should consult with a health care professional before switching to a shorter pen needle.

Guaranteed injection comfort or your money back.

For use with all Type A insulin pens including:

  • BD Pen
  • Humulin® Pen
  • Humalog® Pen
  • InnoLet®
  • Innovo®
  • InDuo®
  • NovoPen® Junior
  • NovoPen® 3ml
  • FlexPen®

Today's insulin needle is thinner and more delicate for greater comfort, so needle reuse can damage the tip and cause injury. To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe or pen needle more than once.

Use only once and destroy.

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Made in USA.

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

"|"BD 31 Gauge 3/16 in Ultra-Fine Mini Pen Needles - 90 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-20881|bd-20881|PRODUCTS|"BD 31 Gauge 5/16 in Ultra-Fine Short Pen Needles - 90 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-20881.html"|(28.95 3 83.7 6 161.1 12 311.4)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ Short Pen Needle 31G 5/16 in
Fits all pens and dosers in the USA.

The BD Ultra-Fine™ Short Pen Needle is 31 gauge, 8 mm (5/16"). No pen needle is thinner. It is BD's best-selling pen needle. The majority of people who take insulin - 82% - get effective results with this needle, but some people, many of whom are overweight, do not.* You should consult with a health care professional before switching to a shorter pen needle.

Guaranteed injection comfort or your money back.

For use with all Type A insulin pens including:

  • BD Pen
  • Humulin® Pen
  • Humalog® Pen
  • InnoLet®
  • Innovo®
  • InDuo®
  • NovoPen® Junior
  • NovoPen® 3ml
  • FlexPen®

Today's insulin needle is thinner and more delicate for greater comfort, so needle reuse can damage the tip and cause injury. To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe or pen needle more than once.

Use only once and destroy.

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

BD Ultra-Fine™ Pen Needles fit all diabetes pens and dosers sold in the U.S., including OptiClik® for Lantus® and Apidra®, all Eli Lilly and Novo Nordisk insulin pens, and the pen for Exenatide.

Puncture Resistant Outer Needle Shield

All BD pen needles are...

  • Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
  • Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
  • Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
  • Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
  • Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX

Directions:

To ensure an accurate dose when injecting with an insulin pen:

  1. Check the flow of insulin through the needle after loading a cartridge and before every injection.
  2. Attach a new needle before each injection and immediately remove and destroy after the injection. Never carry a pen with the needle attached, as this leaves an open passageway into the insulin cartridge.
  3. If insulin continues to drip from the needle after injections, hold the needle in the skin longer when injecting, to ensure delivery of the complete dose.

 

Warnings:

Before changing to a shorter needle, consult with your health care professional.

Made in USA.

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

"|"BD 31 Gauge 5/16 in Ultra-Fine Short Pen Needles - 90 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-324908|bd-324908|PRODUCTS|"BD 31 Gauge Insulin Syringe 1 cc 15/64 in (6 MM) BD Ultra-Fine - 10 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-324908.html"|(4.99)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ Insulin Syringe 31G, 1 cc, 15/64" (6mm) - 10 ea
Easy, high quality disposable syringes.
  • BD's Shortest Insulin Syringe Needle Ever!
  • U-100 INSULIN
  • For 100 Units or Less
  • 31 Gauge 15/64" (6mm) Needle
  • 10 Sterile Single Use Syringes (1 pack)

This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.

All BD insulin syringes are...

  • Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
  • Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
  • Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
  • Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
  • Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX

Directions:

  1. To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
  2. To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
  3. To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
  4. Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
  5. If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.

Warnings:

For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

 
"|"BD 31 Gauge Insulin Syringe 1 cc 15/64 in (6 MM) BD Ultra-Fine - 10 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-20883|bd-20883|PRODUCTS|"BD 32 Gauge 5/32 in (4mm) Nano Ultra-Fine Pen Needles - 90 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-20883.html"|(30.99 3 88.77 6 169.14 12 323.88)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ Nano Pen Needle 32G 5/32 in 4mm
Nano Needle - No Pinch-up Required

The BD Ultra-Fine™ Nano Pen Needle is 32 gauge, 4 mm (5/32"). It's the shortest insulin pen needle in the U.S. It can be safely used by both children and adults, providing reliable injections with no "pinch-up" of skin required. You should consult with a health care professional before switching to a shorter pen needle.

For use with all Type A insulin pens including:

  • Apidra® SoloStar®
  • AutoPen®
  • BYETTA® exenatide injection
  • BD Pen
  • Humulin® Pen
  • Humalog® KwikPen™
  • HumaPen® MEMOIR™
  • HumaPen® LUXURA™ HD
  • Lantus® SoloStar®
  • Levemir® FlexPen®
  • NovoPen® Junior
  • NovoPen® 3ml
  • NovoPen® FlexPen®
  • NovoPen® 70/30 mix FlexPen®
  • OptiClik®
  • SymlinPen®
  • Victoza®
  • Forteo®

Today's insulin needle is thinner and more delicate for greater comfort, so needle reuse can damage the tip and cause injury. To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe or pen needle more than once.

Use only once and destroy.

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 888-232-2737 or Visit: www.bd.com/nano

Made in USA.

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.bd.com/nano

"|"BD 32 Gauge 5/32 in (4mm) Nano Ultra-Fine Pen Needles - 90 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-22057|bd-22057|PRODUCTS|"BD 33 Gauge Ultra Fine Lancets - 100 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-22057.html"|(9.95 3 28.08 6 52.56 12 99)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ 33g Lancets
Thinnest Lancets Available

Ultra-Thin for Greater Comfort
100 Sterile Single-Use Lancets / 33 Gauge Lancets

For use with most Lancet Devices / Easy to Use / Worldwide Leader in Insulin Delivery Devices

  • Comfortable
  • Easy to use
  • Fits most lancing devices

The Ultra-Fine 33 Lancet provides all the familiar comfort and quality you have come to expect from BD

The Ultra-Fine Lancet can be used with these devices: BD™ Lancet Device, Microlet®, Microlet® 2, iBGStar™, OneTouch® UltraSmart®, ReliOn® Confirm, Autole®t Impression, Autolet Lite®, Autolet® Mini, FreeStyle®, Penlet®, and Soft Touch™ and Medisense®

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Directions:

If you are using a lancet device, refer to the manufacturer's insert that came with the device.

1. Wash and dry hands.
2. Select fingertip site slightly off center to minimize discomfort.
3. Remove lancet cap.
4. With firm motion, puncture skin quickly.
5. Apply blood to test strip, wipe fingertip with dry cotton ball or soft tissue, holding over the puncture site until bleeding stops.
6. Place used lancet in sealable puncture proof container. When container is full, follow local disposal ordinance where applicable.

Warnings:

Contents contain small parts.  Keep out of reach of small children and pets.

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

"|"BD 33 Gauge Ultra Fine Lancets - 100 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-26895|bd-26895|PRODUCTS|"BD Alcohol Swabs - 100 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-26895.html"|(3.49 3 9.18 6 15.72 12 27)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD® Alcohol Swabs
Individually foil wrapped
  • Antiseptic for preparation of the skin prior to injection
  • Thicker, softer
  • Individually foil wrapped
  • Convenient to use
  • Worldwide leader in insulin delivery devices
  • 70% Isopropyl alcohol for optimum anti-bacterial action
  • Use as an antiseptic skin cleanser before injection with insulin syringes
  • Four-layer wrapper provides air-tight seal, prevents leakage and drying out
  • Made in USA

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Uses:

For the preparation of skin prior to an injection to decrease germs in minor cuts and scrape

Uses:

  • Wipe injection site vigorously
  • Store at room temperature

Warnings:

  • For external use only
  • Keep out of reach of children
  • If swallowed, get medical help or contact a poison control center immediately
  • Do not apply to irritated skin
  • Do not use in the eyes, or on mucous membranes
  • In case of deep or puncture wounds, consult a doctor

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

"|"BD Alcohol Swabs - 100 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-305763|bd-305763|PRODUCTS|"BD Eclipse Hypodermic Needles, 22 Gauge 1.5 in - 305763 100 Needles"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-305763.html"|(29.95)|||"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD® Eclipse™ Needle for Luer Lock Syringes - 22G 1.5" in (40mm)

BD's® Eclipse™ 22G 1.5" Needle offers clinicians a wide range of features and benefits. With a standard hub that fits most Luer Lock syringes, this bevel-oriented needle allows for low-angle injections. The finger pad provides a safe activation area for the thumb and forefinger during the single finger activation. The BD® Eclipse™ Needle is also designed with a safety cover that is present between the clinician and the insulin needle, while the needle also remains inside the activated cover. Additionally the BD® Eclipse™ Needle is made with PrecisionGlide™ Technology for patient comfort.

Questions: Contact BD at 888-232-2737 or Visit: www.bd.com

Features:

  • Latex Free
  • Model: 305763
  • Sterile, Single-Use Needle
  • PrecisionGlide™ Technology
  • Fits most Luer Lock syringes

Product Includes:

  • BD® Eclipse™ Needles, 22G, 1.5" in - (Model: 305763) - 100 Needles

Directions:

  • Attachment:
  • Firmly attach Eclipse™ Needle onto a Luer Lock syringe with a push and clockwise twist.
  • Pull back the safety cover toward the syringe and away from the needle.
  • Grasp the syringe with one hand and with the other hand pull the clear needle shield straight off.
  • Aspiration:
  • Draw up medication as per your usual technique.
  • Injection:
  • Inject according to protocol.
  • For user convenience, the needle “bevel-up” position is oriented to the safety cover.
  • Pull back on the safety cover toward the syringe and away from the needle.
  • Remove needle shield.
  • Activation:
  • After injection, immediately activate safety cover as follows:
  • Using the same hand holding the syringe, center thumb or forefinger on the finger pad area of the safety cover.
  • Push the cover forward toward the needle until you hear and/or feel it lock.
  • Visually confirm that the needle tip is covered.

Warnings:

  • Does NOT include syringe.
  • BD Eclipse Needles are for use with standard Luer Lock Syringes.

Made in USA.
Becton, Dickinson and Company
1 Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
www.bd.com

"|"BD Eclipse Hypodermic Needles, 22 Gauge 1.5 in - Model 305763 100 Needles"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-305197|bd-305197|PRODUCTS|"BD PrecisionGlide Needle - 16G x 1 in - Model 305197 - 100 Needles"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-305197.html"|(18.95 3 54.75 6 105.3 12 203.4)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD® PrecisionGlide™ Needles - 16G x 1 in. (1.6mm x 25mm) - Model: 305197 - 100 Needles

 

Questions: Contact BD at 888-232-2737 or Visit: www.bd.com

Package Includes:

  • BD® PrecisionGlide™ - 16G x 1 in. - (Model 305197) - 100 Needles

Made in USA.
Becton, Dickinson and Company
1 Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
www.bd.com

"|"BD PrecisionGlide Needle - 16G x 1 in - Model 305197 - 100 Needles"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-28235|bd-28235|PRODUCTS|"BD Safe Clip Needle Clipping and Storage Device"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-28235.html"|(5.99 3 16.41 6 29.64 12 53.88)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Safe-Clip™ Portable Needle Clipping & Storage Device
Removes used insulin syringes and pen needles safely and easily.
  • Stores 1,500 Needles!
  • Can be used with:
    • 28G through 32G needles
    • 5/32” (4mm) through 1/2” (12.7mm) length needles

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.bd.com

 

Uses:

Device can be used with:

  • 28G through 32G needles
  • 5/32” (4mm) through 1/2” (12.7mm) length needles

Directions:

  • OPEN: Squeeze grips indicated by arrows to open your BD Safe-Clip™ device (arrows indicated can be found on back of the packaging of this item).
  • CLIP: Keep BD Safe-Clip™ device level and fully insert needle.
  • CONTAIN: After clipping, needles are contained safely inside. The remaining parts of syringes and pen needles can be discarded.*
  • *Always comply with your local regulations for safe disposal of used sharps. Some states require a sharps container for the whole syringe and pen needle. The BD Home Sharps Container can help you keep compliant with these containment laws. The needle must be fully clipped to the hub before discarding. Do not recycle any sharps containers, including Safe-Clip™.

Warnings:

  • Not intended for use with lancets.
  • Do not clip a needle that has been used by or on another person. This can lead to accidental needlesticks that may cause serious infections.

Made in USA

Becton Dickinson and Company
1 Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ, 07417
©2014 www.bd.com

"|"BD Safe Clip Needle Clipping and Storage Device"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-23487|bd-23487|PRODUCTS|"BD Sharps Container for the Home 1.4 Qt - 1 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-23487.html"|(5.49 3 15.42 5 23.95 10 44.9)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD™ Home Sharps Container
For insulin syringes, Pen Needles and Lancets.

Worldwide Leader in Insulin Delivery Devices

The B-D Home Sharps Container is a leak-proof and puncture-resistant container designed for the disposal of used insulin syringes and lancets. The B-D Home Sharps Container is a convenient and safe way to dispose of syringes and lancets that helps protect your family and the environment.

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

  • Leak-proof
  • Puncture-resistant
  • Snap lock lid
  • Can hold 70-100 Syringes or up to 300 Pen Needles

Directions:

To discard used insulin syringes and lancets:

  • Drop used syringes and lancets needle-first into opening closest to edge.

To remove and discard used pen needles:

  • Do not reshield the needle.
  • Carefully insert pen tip into center opening at a 45-degree angle and push firmly until pen stops.
  • Rotate pen to the left several times while applying continuous forward pressure to loosen pen needle.
  • Needle will fall into container after pen is removed.
  • If pen needle gets caught in opening, use pen to push it into the container. Do not use your fingers or hands.

Other Information:

If disposing of pen needles for someone else, please use a mounting bracket. You can receive this free of charge, by calling BD at 1-888-BDCARES (232-2737). If mounting bracket to a wall make sure instruction label can be seen.

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

"|"BD Sharps Container for the Home 1.4 Qt - 1 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-25773|bd-25773|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra Fine 30 Gauge Lancets - 100 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-25773.html"|(11.99 3 33.78 6 63.18 12 118.8)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ 30g Lancets
For use with most Lancet Devices / Easy to Use / Worldwide Leader in Insulin Delivery Devices

Ultra-Thin for Greater Comfort
100 Sterile Single-Use Lancets / 30 Gauge Lancets

For use with most Lancet Devices / Easy to Use / Worldwide Leader in Insulin Delivery Devices

  • Comfortable
  • Easy to use
  • Fits most lancing devices

The Ultra-Fine Lancet provides all the familiar comfort and quality you have come to expect from BD

The Ultra-Fine Lancet can be used with these devices: BD™ Lancet Device, Microlet®, Autolet Lite®, Autolet® Mini, FreeStyle®, Penlet®, and Soft Touch™ and Medisense®

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Directions:

If you are using a lancet device, refer to the manufacturer's insert that came with the device.

1. Wash and dry hands.
2. Select fingertip site slightly off center to minimize discomfort.
3. Remove lancet cap.
4. With firm motion, puncture skin quickly.
5. Apply blood to test strip, wipe fingertip with dry cotton ball or soft tissue, holding over the puncture site until bleeding stops.
6. Place used lancet in sealable puncture proof container. When container is full, follow local disposal ordinance where applicable.

Warnings:

BD Safety Seal:  Do not use if opened.

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

"|"BD Ultra Fine 30 Gauge Lancets - 100 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-30-gauge-90|bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-30-gauge-90|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra Fine Insulin Syringes 30 Gauge"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-30-gauge-90.html"|(0)|||"BD"|""|""|""|""|"BD Ultra Fine Insulin Syringes 30 Gauge"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BD-28278 :BD-28279 :BD-28280)"|""||| bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-30-gauge-10|bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-30-gauge-10|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra Fine Insulin Syringes 30 Gauge 10 pack"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-30-gauge-10.html"|(0)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|""|"BD Ultra Fine Insulin Syringes 30 Gauge 10 pack"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BD-328278 :BD-328279 :BD-328280)"|""||| bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-31-gauge-90|bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-31-gauge-90|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-31-gauge-90.html"|(27.99)|||"BD"|""|""|""|""|"BD Ultra Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BD-24906 :BD-24907 :BD-24908 :BD-28289 :BD-28290 :BD-28291)"|""||| bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-31-gauge-10|bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-31-gauge-10|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge 10 pack"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-31-gauge-10.html"|(0)|||"BD"|""|""|""|""|"BD Ultra Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge 10 pack"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BD-324906 :BD-324907 :BD-324908 :BD-328289 :BD-328290 :BD-328291)"|""||| bd-24907|bd-24907|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine 31 Gauge 1/2 cc 15/64 in (6 MM) Insulin - 90 ea - 324907"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-24907.html"|(27.99 3 80.82 5 129.45 10 249.9)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ Insulin Syringe 31G, 1/2 cc, 15/64" (6mm) - 90 ea
Easy, high quality disposable syringes.
  • BD's Shortest Insulin Syringe Needle Ever!
  • U-100 INSULIN
  • For 50 Units or Less
  • 31 Gauge 15/64" (6mm) Needle
  • 90 Sterile Single Use Syringes (9 packs)
  • NDC #08290-3249-07

This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a insulin syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.

All BD insulin syringes are...

  • Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
  • Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
  • Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
  • Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
  • Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX

Directions:

  1. To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
  2. To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
  3. To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
  4. Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
  5. If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.

Warnings:

For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

 
"|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringe 31 Gauge 1/2 cc 15/64 inch (6 MM) - 90 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-24906|bd-24906|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine 31 Gauge 3/10 cc 15/64 in (6 MM) Insulin 90 ea 324906"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-24906.html"|(27.99 3 80.82 5 129.45 10 249.9)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ insulin syringe 31G, 3/10 cc, 15/64" (6mm) - 90 ea
Easy, high quality disposable syringes.
  • BD's Shortest Insulin Syringe Needle Ever!
  • U-100 INSULIN
  • For 30 Units or Less
  • 31 Gauge 15/64" (6mm) Needle
  • 90 Sterile Single Use Syringes (9 packs)
  • NDC #08290-3249-06

This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.

All BD insulin syringes are...

  • Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
  • Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
  • Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
  • Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
  • Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX

Directions:

  1. To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
  2. To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
  3. To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
  4. Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
  5. If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.

Warnings:

For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

 
"|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringe 31 Gauge 3/10 cc 15/64 inch (6 MM) - 90 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-324907|bd-324907|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin 31 Gauge 1/2 cc 15/64 in (6 MM) - 10 ea - 324907"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-324907.html"|(4.99)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ Insulin Syringe 31G, 1/2 cc, 15/64" (6mm) - 10 ea
Easy, high quality disposable syringes.
  • BD's Shortest Insulin Syringe Needle Ever!
  • U-100 INSULIN
  • For 50 Units or Less
  • 31 Gauge 15/64" (6mm) Needle
  • 10 Sterile Single Use Syringes (1 pack)

This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.

All BD insulin syringes are...

  • Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
  • Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
  • Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
  • Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
  • Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX

Directions:

  1. To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
  2. To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
  3. To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
  4. Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
  5. If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.

Warnings:

For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

 
"|"BD 31 Gauge Insulin Syringe 0.5 cc 15/64 in (6 MM) BD Ultra-Fine - 10 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-324906|bd-324906|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin 31 Gauge 3/10 cc 15/64 in (6 MM) - 10 ea 324906"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-324906.html"|(4.99)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ Insulin Syringe 31G, 3/10 cc, 15/64" (6mm) - 10 ea
Easy, high quality disposable syringes.
  • BD's Shortest Insulin Syringe Needle Ever!
  • U-100 INSULIN
  • For 30 Units or Less
  • 31 Gauge 15/64" (6mm) Needle
  • 10 Sterile Single Use Syringes (1 pack)

This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.

All BD insulin syringes are...

  • Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
  • Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
  • Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
  • Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
  • Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX

Directions:

  1. To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
  2. To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
  3. To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
  4. Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
  5. If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.

Warnings:

For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

 
"|"BD 31 Gauge Insulin Syringe 0.3 cc 15/64 in (6 MM) BD Ultra-Fine - 10 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-328280|bd-328280|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringe 30 Gauge 0.3 cc 1/2 in - 10 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-328280.html"|(4.99)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ Insulin Syringes 30G, 3/10cc, 1/2" (12.7mm) - 10 Pack
Insulin Syringes
  • U-100 INSULIN
  • For 30 Units or Less
  • 30 Gauge 1/2" (12.7mm) Needle
  • 10 Sterile Single Use Syringes (1 pack)
  • NDC #08290-3282-80

This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a insulin syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.

All BD insulin syringes are...

  • Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
  • Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
  • Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
  • Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
  • Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX

Directions:

  1. To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
  2. To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
  3. To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
  4. Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
  5. If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.

Warnings:

For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

 
"|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringe 30 Gauge 0.3 cc 1/2 in - 10 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-328279|bd-328279|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringe 30 Gauge 0.5 cc 1/2 in - 10 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-328279.html"|(4.99)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ Insulin Syringes 30G, 1/2cc, 1/2" (12.7mm) - 10 Pack
Insulin Syringes
  • U-100 INSULIN
  • For 50 Units or Less
  • 30 Gauge 1/2" (12.7mm) Needle
  • 10 Sterile Single Use Syringes (1 pack)

This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.

All BD insulin syringes are...

  • Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
  • Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
  • Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
  • Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
  • Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX

Directions:

  1. To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
  2. To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
  3. To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
  4. Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
  5. If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.

Warnings:

For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

 
"|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringe 30 Gauge 0.5 cc 1/2 in - 10 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-24908|bd-24908|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringe 31 Gauge 1 cc 15/64 inch (6 MM) - 90 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-24908.html"|(27.99 3 80.82 5 129.45 10 249.9)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ Insulin Syringe 31G, 1 cc, 15/64" (6mm) - 90 ea
Easy, high quality disposable insulin syringes.
  • BD's Shortest Insulin Syringe Needle Ever!
  • U-100 INSULIN
  • For 100 Units or Less
  • 31 Gauge 15/64" (6mm) Needle
  • 90 Sterile Single Use Syringes (9 packs)
  • NDC #08290-3249-08

This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.

All BD insulin syringes are...

  • Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
  • Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
  • Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
  • Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
  • Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX

Directions:

  1. To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
  2. To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
  3. To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
  4. Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
  5. If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.

Warnings:

For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

 
"|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringe 31 Gauge 1 cc 15/64 inch (6 MM) - 90 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-28280|bd-28280|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 30 Gauge 0.3 cc 1/2 inch - 90 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-28280.html"|(27.99 3 79.56 5 125.2 10 237.8)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ 3/10cc
Insulin Syringes
  • U-100 INSULIN
  • For 30 Units or Less
  • 30 Gauge 1/2" (12.7mm) Needle
  • 90 Sterile Single Use Syringes (9 packs)
  • NDC #08290-3282-80

This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a insulin needle more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.

All BD insulin syringes are...

  • Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
  • Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
  • Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
  • Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
  • Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX

Directions:

  1. To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
  2. To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
  3. To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
  4. Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
  5. If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.

Warnings:

For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

 
"|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 30 Gauge 0.3 cc 1/2 inch - 90 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-28279|bd-28279|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 30 Gauge 0.5 cc 1/2 inch - 90 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-28279.html"|(27.99 3 79.56 5 125.2 10 237.8)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ 1/2cc
Insulin Syringes
  • U-100 INSULIN
  • For 50 Units or Less
  • 30 Gauge 1/2" (12.7mm) Needle
  • 90 Sterile Single Use Syringes (9 packs)
  • NDC #08290-3282-79

This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a diabetic syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.

All BD insulin syringes are...

  • Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
  • Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
  • Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
  • Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
  • Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX

Directions:

  1. To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
  2. To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
  3. To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
  4. Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
  5. If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.

Warnings:

For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

 
"|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 30 Gauge 0.5 cc 1/2 inch - 90 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-328278|bd-328278|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 30 Gauge 1 cc 1/2 in - 10 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-328278.html"|(4.99)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ 30G, 1cc. 1/2 in - 10 pack
Insulin Syringes
  • U-100 INSULIN
  • For 100 Units or Less
  • 30 Gauge 1/2" (12.7mm) Needle
  • 10 Sterile Single Use Syringes (1 pack)

This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.

All BD insulin syringes are...

  • Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
  • Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
  • Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
  • Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
  • Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX

Directions:

  1. To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
  2. To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
  3. To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
  4. Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
  5. If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.

Warnings:

For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

 
"|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 30 Gauge 1 cc 1/2 in - 10 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-28278|bd-28278|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 30 Gauge 1 cc 1/2 inch - 90 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-28278.html"|(27.99 3 79.56 5 125.2 10 237.8)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ 1cc
Insulin Syringes
  • U-100 INSULIN
  • For 100 Units or Less
  • 30 Gauge 1/2" (12.7mm) Needle
  • 90 Sterile Single Use Syringes (9 packs)
  • NDC #08290-3282-78

This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.

All BD insulin syringes are...

  • Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
  • Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
  • Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
  • Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
  • Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX

Directions:

  1. To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
  2. To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
  3. To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
  4. Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
  5. If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.

Warnings:

For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

 
"|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 30 Gauge 1 cc 1/2 inch - 90 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-328291|bd-328291|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge 0.3 cc 5/16 in - 10 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-328291.html"|(4.99)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ 31G, 3/10cc, 5/16" (8mm) - 10 Pack
Short Needle Insulin Syringes
  • U-100 INSULIN
  • For 30 Units or Less
  • 31 Gauge 5/16" (8mm) Needle
  • 10 Sterile Single Use Syringes (1 pack)
  • NDC #08290-3282-91

This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.

All BD insulin syringes are...

  • Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
  • Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
  • Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
  • Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
  • Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX

Directions:

  1. To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
  2. To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
  3. To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
  4. Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
  5. If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.

Warnings:

For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

 
"|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge 0.3 cc 5/16 in - 10 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-28291|bd-28291|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge 0.3 cc 5/16 inch - 90 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-28291.html"|(27.99 3 79.56 5 125.2 10 237.8)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ 3/10cc
Short Needle insulin syringes
  • U-100 INSULIN
  • For 30 Units or Less
  • 31 Gauge 5/16" (8mm) Needle
  • 90 Sterile Single Use Syringes (9 packs)
  • NDC #08290-3282-91

This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.

All BD insulin syringes are...

  • Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
  • Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
  • Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
  • Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
  • Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX

Directions:

  1. To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
  2. To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
  3. To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
  4. Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
  5. If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.

Warnings:

For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

 
"|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge 0.3 cc 5/16 inch - 90 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-328290|bd-328290|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge 0.5 cc 5/16 in - 10 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-328290.html"|(4.99)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ 31G, 1/2cc, 5/16" (8mm) - 10 Pack
Short Needle Insulin Syringes
  • U-100 INSULIN
  • For 50 Units or Less
  • 31 Gauge 5/16" (8mm) Needle
  • 10 Sterile Single Use Syringes (1 pack)
  • NDC #08290-3282-90

This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.

All BD insulin syringes are...

  • Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
  • Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
  • Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
  • Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
  • Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX

Directions:

  1. To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
  2. To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
  3. To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
  4. Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
  5. If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.

Warnings:

For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

 
"|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge 0.5 cc 5/16 in - 10 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-28290|bd-28290|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge 0.5 cc 5/16 inch - 90 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-28290.html"|(27.99 3 79.56 5 125.2 10 237.8)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ 1/2cc
Short Needle Insulin Syringes
  • U-100 INSULIN
  • For 50 Units or Less
  • 31 Gauge 5/16" (8mm) Needle
  • 90 Sterile Single Use Syringes (9 packs)
  • NDC #08290-3282-90

This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.

All BD insulin syringes are...

  • Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
  • Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
  • Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
  • Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
  • Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX

Directions:

  1. To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
  2. To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
  3. To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
  4. Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
  5. If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.

Warnings:

For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

 
"|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge 0.5 cc 5/16 inch - 90 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-328289|bd-328289|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge 1 cc 5/16 in - 10 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-328289.html"|(4.99)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ 31G, 1cc, 5/16" (8mm) - 10 Pack
Short Needle Insulin Syringes
  • U-100 INSULIN
  • For 100 Units or Less
  • 31 Gauge 5/16" (8mm) Insulin Needle
  • 10 Sterile Single Use Syringes (1 pack)
  • NDC #08290-3282-89

This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.

All BD insulin syringes are...

  • Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
  • Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
  • Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
  • Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
  • Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX

Directions:

  1. To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
  2. To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
  3. To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
  4. Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
  5. If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.

Warnings:

For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

 
"|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge 1 cc 5/16 in - 10 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bd-28289|bd-28289|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge 1 cc 5/16 inch - 90 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-28289.html"|(27.99 3 79.56 5 125.2 10 237.8)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ 1cc
Short Needle insulin syringes
  • U-100 INSULIN
  • For 100 Units or Less
  • 31 Gauge 5/16" (8mm) Needle
  • 90 Sterile Single Use Syringes (9 packs)
  • NDC #08290-3282-89

This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex

Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com

Features:

To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.

All BD insulin syringes are...

  • Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
  • Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
  • Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
  • Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
  • Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX

Directions:

  1. To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
  2. To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
  3. To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
  4. Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
  5. If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.

Warnings:

For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.

Made in USA

BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
©2014 BD www.BD.com

 
"|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge 1 cc 5/16 inch - 90 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| medical-bed-bedding-accessories|medical-bed-bedding-accessories|SECTIONS|"Bedding Accessories"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"

We offer a wide selection of name brand Bedding Accessories at very low prices because of the purchase volume we buy them at. You will find bed rails, overbed tables, fitted sheets and universal mattress covers in our store. We hope that you find something here that will be useful and economical. When partnering with these manufacturers, we look for ones that stand by their products and are here for our customers. Drive Medical happens to be one of those brands that work with us to ensure not only quality of their brand but also the safeness for you at a great price! If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here."|"Bedding Accessories"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:DRIVE-13000 :DRIVE-13008 :DRIVE-13009KT-BV :DRIVE-15021BV :DRIVE-15030HBC :DRIVE-15030HBL :DRIVE-15062 :DRIVE-15064 :DRIVE-15065R-1 :DRIVE-15076 :DRIVE-15201BV :DRIVE-15208BV :DRIVE-14700 :DRIVE-13080 :DRIVE-13085LN :DRIVE-13085RN :DRIVE-14333 :DRIVE-13081 :DRIVE-13601 :DRIVE-14428 :DRIVE-13098)"|""||| medical-bed-bedding-bed|medical-bed-bedding-bed|SECTIONS|"Beds"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"

We carry a variety of beds to offer you security, safety and comfort. Drive Medical and Roscoe Medical have designed medical beds that are not only come with convenience to best suit your needs but also help to promote enhanced quality of life. From homecare beds to bariatric beds, we here at OTCWholesale do our best to offer you the best quality at economical prices, by teaming up with great manufacturers that pride themselves with their product. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here.

"|"Manual and Electric Beds"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:DRIVE-15003BV-FR :DRIVE-15003BV-HR :DRIVE-15003BV-PKG :DRIVE-15003BV-PKG-1 :DRIVE-15003BV-PKG-1-T :DRIVE-15003BV-PKG-2 :DRIVE-15003BV-PKG-T :DRIVE-15004 :DRIVE-15004BV-FR :DRIVE-15004BV-HR :DRIVE-15004BV-PKG :DRIVE-15004BV-PKG-1 :DRIVE-15004BV-PKG-1-T :DRIVE-15004BV-PKG-2 :DRIVE-15004BV-PKG-T :DRIVE-15005 :DRIVE-15005BV-FR :DRIVE-15005BV-HR :DRIVE-15005BV-PKG :DRIVE-15005BV-PKG-1 :DRIVE-15005BV-PKG-1-T :DRIVE-15005BV-PKG-2 :DRIVE-15005BV-PKG-T :DRIVE-15006 :DRIVE-15030 :DRIVE-15030BV-FR :DRIVE-15030BV-HR :DRIVE-15030BV-PKG :DRIVE-15030BV-PKG-1 :DRIVE-15030BV-PKG-1-T :DRIVE-15030BV-PKG-2 :DRIVE-15030BV-PKG-T :DRIVE-15033 :DRIVE-15033BV-FR :DRIVE-15033BV-HR :DRIVE-15033BV-PKG :DRIVE-15033BV-PKG-1 :DRIVE-15033BV-PKG-1-T :DRIVE-15033BV-PKG-2 :DRIVE-15235 :DRIVE-15235BV-FR :DRIVE-15235BV-HR :DRIVE-15235BV-PKG :DRIVE-15235BV-PKG-1 :DRIVE-15235BV-PKG-1-T :DRIVE-15235BV-PKG-2 :DRIVE-15300 :DRIVE-15300BV-1HR :DRIVE-15300BV-PKG :DRIVE-15301 :DRIVE-15302 :DRIVE-15302BV-1HR :DRIVE-15302BV-PKG :DRIVE-15303 :DRIVE-15303BV-1HR :DRIVE-15303BV-PKG :DRIVE-15560 :DRIVE-15560-PKG :DRIVE-15001ABV :DRIVE-15560-HR :DRIVE-15006EF :DRIVE-15007 :DRIVE-15005EXTKIT :DRIVE-RTL15073 :DRIVE-RTL3827 :DRIVE-RTL3826 :DRIVE-RTL3825)"|""||| medical-bed-bedding|medical-bed-bedding|PRODUCTS|"Beds Bedding & Accessories"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"

Ensuring patient comfort is one of a caregiver's primary responsibilities and OTC Wholesale makes it incredibly easy to do just that with our extensive line of wholesale bedding. Not only will you find great deals on electric beds with rails and mattresses, but you'll also find medical and orthopedic pillows to ensure maximum patient comfort throughout their convalescence. Look for medical bedding solutions that are both practical and attractive from manufacturers like Bilt-Rite, Body-Sport, Core, Current Solutions, Drive Medical, Kole and Roscoe Medical. You'll also find these products at virtually unbeatable prices as we are able to offer them to you at wholesale. With a little help from OTC Wholesale, you can easily transform the patient's bedroom to a comfortable and inviting space where he or she can relax and focus on getting better. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here.

"|"Medical Beds"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:MEDICAL-BED-BEDDING-BED :MEDICAL-BED-BEDDING-PILLOWS :MEDICAL-BED-BEDDING-ACCESSORIES)"|""||| bilt-rite|bilt-rite|SECTIONS|"Bilt-Rite"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"Bilt-Rite, a leader in orthopedic and sports medicine, pride themselves in manufacturing high quality orthopedic supports, pillows and hot/cold products. Their products are targeted to give you pain relieving comfort in the privacy of your own home."|"Bilt-Rite Mastex"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BILTRITE-65773 :BILTRITE-1065003 :BILTRITE-CV200 :BILTRITE-65200 :BILTRITE-1047000 :BILTRITE-TF120-THERMAL-FREEZE :BILTRITE-TF110-THERMAL-FREEZE :BILTRITE-TF100-THERMAL-FREEZE :BILTRITE-MAS040-HEATED-MITT :BILTRITE-1065005 :BILTRITE-10-65100-ELECTRIC-MASSAGER)"|""||| biltrite-1047000|biltrite-1047000|PRODUCTS|"Bilt-Rite Cervical Pillow Roll 6 x 16 in"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biltrite-1047000.html"|(10.95)||T|"Bilt-Rite"|""|""|""|"
Bilt-Rite® White Foam Cervical Pillow Roll - 6" x 16"

Bilt-Rite's® Cervical Pillow Roll is made with foam and a cotton polyester blend cover. This White Foam 6" x 16" Cervical Pillow Roll helps users by promoting tension and stress relief in the neck for a better night's rest and deeper sleep.

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 800-390-9106 or Visit: www.biltriteinc.com

Uses:

  • Size: 6" x 16" inch
  • Model: 10-47000

Package Includes:

  • Bilt-Rite® Cervical Pillow Roll, 6" x 16" White Foam (Model 10-47000) - 1 each

Bilt-Rite Orthopedics & Safety
200 Anthony Circle
Croydon, PA 19021
©2014 www.biltriteinc.com

"|"Bilt-Rite Cervical Pillow Roll 6 x 16 in"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biltrite-cv200|biltrite-cv200|PRODUCTS|"Bilt-Rite Cradle Sleep Pillow Deluxe 20 x 26 in"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biltrite-cv200.html"|(21.95)||T|"Bilt-Rite"|""|""|""|"
Bilt-Rite's® Cradle Sleep® Deluxe Pillow
Cradles users' head and neck in a natural and tension-free position.

Bilt-Rite's® Cradle Sleep® Deluxe Pillow cradles your head and neck in a natural position that is stress-free. This position helps to eliminate tension in the neck and shoulders to help reduce snoring and for therapeutic applications and anatomical support as well. It is designed with plush 100% polyester fibers for maximal comfort. The outer easy care material can be cleaned with soap and water and the 20" x 26" pillow can fit in most standard pillowcases. Comfortable for back and side sleepers, the Deluxe Cradle Sleep® pillow promotes a deeper sleep while reducing snoring for a more restful night.

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 800-390-9106 or Visit: www.biltriteinc.com

Uses:

  • Comfortable for back and side sleepers
  • Made with 100% Polyester Fiber
  • Size: 20" x 26" inch
  • Model: CV200

Package Includes:

  • Bilt-Rite® Cradle Sleep® Deluxe Pillow, 20"" x 26"" (Model CV200) - 1 ea

Bilt-Rite Orthopedics & Safety
200 Anthony Circle
Croydon, PA 19021
©2014 www.biltriteinc.com

"|"Bilt-Rite Cradle Sleep Pillow Deluxe 20 x 26 in"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biltrite-1065003|biltrite-1065003|PRODUCTS|"Bilt-Rite EMS Unit"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biltrite-1065003.html"|(29.95)|(22.95)||"Bilt-Rite"|""|""|""|"
Bilt-Rite® Dual Channel Analog 10-65003 EMS Unit

Bilt-Rite's® Dual Channel Analog 10-65003 EMS Unit has three adjustable pulse rate and ramp time settings as well as adjustable pulse amplitude, contraction time and relaxation time settings. The Bilt-Rite® EMS Unit has a panel cover over the settings to protect users from accidental changes. In addition to the 1-Year Manufacturer warranty this easy-to use Bilt-Rite® EMS Unit is 9V Battery powered and has a belt-clip and carrying case for on-the-go capabilities.

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 800-390-9106 or Visit: www.biltriteinc.com

Technical Specifications:

  • Model: 10-65003
  • Channel: Dual Channel, isolated between channels
  • Pulse Amplitude: Adjustable, 0-80 mA peak into 500 ohm load each channel, constant current.
  • Pulse Rate: 5Hz, 30Hz, 100Hz (adjustable by pulse frequency knob).
  • Pulse Width: Fixed, 250µs.
  • Contraction Time: Adjustable, 1~30 seconds
  • Relaxation Time: Adjustable, 1~45 seconds
  • Ramp Time: 1, 3 and 5 minutes, Adjustable.
  • Wave Form: Asymmetrical Bi-Phasic Square Pulse
  • Voltage: 0 - 100V (open circuit)
  • Power Source: 9V Battery
  • Dimensions (LxWxH): 3.74" x 2.56" x 0.93" in (95 x 65 x 23.5 mm)
  • Weight: 0.25 lb (115 gm)

Package Includes:

  • Bilt-Rite® 10-65003 EMS Unit
  • 4 Self-Adhesive Electrodes
  • Instruction Manual
  • Carrying Case
  • Lead Wires
  • 9V Battery

Bilt-Rite Orthopedics & Safety
200 Anthony Circle
Croydon, PA 19021
©2014 www.biltriteinc.com

"|"Bilt-Rite EMS Unit"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biltrite-10-65100-electric-massager|biltrite-10-65100-electric-massager|PRODUCTS|"Bilt-Rite Handheld Electric Massager"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biltrite-10-65100-electric-massager.html"|(24.95)||T|"Bilt-Rite"|""|""|""|""|"Bilt-Rite Handheld Electric Massager"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biltrite-mas040-heated-mitt|biltrite-mas040-heated-mitt|PRODUCTS|"Bilt-Rite Heated and Massaging Mitts MAS040"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biltrite-mas040-heated-mitt.html"|(56.95 3 166.65 6 324.9 12 635.4)||T|"Bilt-Rite"|""|""|""|"
Heated and Massaging Mitts

 

View the operation manual: Heated and Massaging Mitts Operation Manual

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 800-390-9106 or Visit: www.biltriteinc.com

Features:

  • Soft, washable cloth cover
  • 2 Massage Speeds
  • 2 Heat Settings
  • One Year Manufacturer Warranty
  • Model: MAS040

Package Includes:

  • Professional Therapeutic Heated and Massaging Mitts

Mutual Beauty Manufacturing
Bilt-Rite Orthopedics & Safety Inc.
Mastex Health
200 Anthony Circle
Croydon, PA 19021
©2008 www.biltriteinc.com

"|"Bilt-Rite Heated and Massaging Mitts (Model: MAS040)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biltrite-65200|biltrite-65200|PRODUCTS|"Bilt-Rite Infrared Portable Heat Wand"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biltrite-65200.html"|(19.95)||T|"Bilt-Rite"|""|""|""|"
Bilt-Rite® Infrared Heat Wand

Bilt-Rite's® Infrared Heat Wand has a wide massaging head with two heat settings and an angled design for the hard to reach places. It provides deep infrared heat that can penetrate far below the surface of the skin producing a soothing, comforting effect upon the nerves. Bilt-Rite's® Infrared Heat Wand helps to relieve muscular tension, reduce inflammation and provide pain relief without medication for many conditions.

View the Instruction Manual: Bilt-Rite Infrared Heat Wand Manual

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 800-390-9106 or Visit: www.biltriteinc.com

Features:

  • Model: 10-65200
  • Two Temperature Settings: High and Low
  • Easy-Reach angled Design
  • Can be used on the: Back, Neck, Shoulders, Arms, Legs, Feet, and Joints

Includes:

  • Bilt-Rite's® Infrared Heat Wand (Model 10-65200) - 1 ea

Warnings:

  • Do not apply to sensitive areas.
  • Do not apply when the body is wet.

Bilt-Rite Orthopedics & Safety
200 Anthony Circle
Croydon, PA 19021
©2014 www.biltriteinc.com

"|"Bilt-Rite Infrared Portable Heat Wand"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biltrite-1065005|biltrite-1065005|PRODUCTS|"Bilt-Rite Mighty Mini TENS Pain Management Unit - Model 10-65005"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biltrite-1065005.html"|(24.95 3 71.7 6 137.1 12 263.4)||T|"Bilt-Rite"|""|""|""|"
Bilt-Rite® Mighty Mini TENS Pain Management Solution - Model 10-65005

The new Mighty Mini TENS Unit by Bilt-Rite® is an alternative drug-free pain relief solution. This lightweight, non-prescription unit is safe, effective and easy-to-use. With simple 2-button operation and ten levels of intensity to choose from, the Mighty Mini TENS is user-friendly and customizable.

View the full operations manual: Mighty Mini TENS Operations Manual

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 800-390-9106 or Visit: www.biltriteinc.com

Features:

  • Easy 2-Button Operation
  • 10 Intensity Levels
  • Automatic Shut-Off

Package Includes:

  • Controller
  • Large Butterfly Electrode Pad
  • CR2032 Battery
  • Instruction Manual

Technical Specifications:

  • Channel: Single Channel
  • Output Voltage: 0 - 30 V +/- 20% (at 500 Ohm load)
  • Pulse Intensity:
    • 0 - 60mA +/- 20%
    • 0 - 10 Stages Adjustable
  • Pulse Width: 150 - 260µs
  • Pulse Rate: 2 - 150 Hz
  • Automatic Shut-Off: After 21 Min of Operation
  • Power Source: 3V CR2032 Battery
  • Controller Dimensions: 2.25" x 1.25" x 0.5" in
  • Electrode Size: 3.03" in
  • Controller Weight: 0.36 lbs (5.2 oz) (with battery)
  • Warranty: 1 Year Limited Manufacturer Warranty

Bilt-Rite Orthopedics & Safety
200 Anthony Circle
Croydon, PA 19021
©2008 www.biltriteinc.com

"|"Bilt-Rite Mighty Mini TENS Pain Management Unit - Model 10-65005"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biltrite-65773|biltrite-65773|PRODUCTS|"Bilt-Rite Oxygen-Ion Luxury Bath Spa"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biltrite-65773.html"|(59.95)||T|"Bilt-Rite"|""|""|""|"
Bilt-Rite® Oxygen-Ion Bath Spa

Bilt-Rite's® Oxygen-Ion Bath Spa helps you to turn your bath into a deluxe spa. The adjustable controls help users to customize the bath spa from a powerful jet stream to gentle bubbles. The unique design of the Oxygen-Ion Bath Spa easily attaches to any tub surface with heavy duty easy-to-use sturdy suction cups. Additionally the jets are adjustable in several directions for direct and powerful comfort and relief where you need it most as the swirls of water massage away stress.

View the Instruction Manual: Bilt-Rite Bath Spa Manual

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 800-390-9106 or Visit: www.biltriteinc.com

Features:

  • Adjustable controls, intensities and jets
  • Fits any bathtub with sturdy suction cups
  • Easy-to-use on-off switch
  • Model: 10-65230

Package Includes:

  • Bilt-Rite® Oxygen-Ion Bath Spa - Model 10-65230 - 1 each

Technical Specifications:

  • Rated Voltage: 12V DC
  • Rated Current: 5A
  • Rated Power: 60W
  • Work Time: 20 Minutes
  • Intermittence Time: 5 Minutes

Bilt-Rite Orthopedics & Safety
200 Anthony Circle
Croydon, PA 19021
©2014 www.biltriteinc.com

"|"Bilt-Rite Oxygen-Ion Luxury Bath Spa"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bio-protech|bio-protech|SECTIONS|"Bio Protech"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"The MAXEMS 1000/2000 is a battery operated pulse generator that sends electrical impulses through electrodes to the body and reaches the underlying muscle group. The device is provided with two controllable output channels, each independent of each other. An electrode pair can be connected to each output channel. The electrodes of the MAXEMS 2000 create electrical impulses whose amplitude, pulse rate, contraction time, relaxation time and ramp time may be altered with switches. Dial controls (Press buttons) are very easy to use and slide cover prevents accidental changes in the setting. If a customer has a warranty issue with a Bio-Protech unit, the manufacture does require the customer to pay the shipping to their location. "|"Bio-Protech TENS EMS unit"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BIOPROTECH-MAXEMS2000 :BIOPROTECH-MAXTENS2000 :BIOPROTECH-MAXEMS1000 :BIOPROTECH-MAXTENS1000)"|""||| bioprotech-maxems1000|bioprotech-maxems1000|PRODUCTS|"Bio Protech MaxEMS 1000 Dual Channel Analog EMS Unit DYMAXEMS1000"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bioprotech-maxems1000.html"|(28.95 3 84.75 6 165.3 12 323.4)|(26.95 3 78.75 6 153.3 12 299.4)|T|"Bio Protech USA"|""|""|""|"
Bio Protech MAXEMS 1000 Dual Channel Analog EMS Unit - 1 ea
An affordable Dual Channel Analog Fully Adjustable EMS Unit to help you get the settings "just right".

Bio Protech answered the request for an affordable user-conscious muscle stimulator device with the MAXEMS 1000 EMS Unit. This unit contains a wide variety of output combinations to help the users get the setting that are 'just right' for them. The amplitude, pulse rate, and pulse width are all adjustable and there is a protective cover on the unit to guard against sudden accidental changes. Additionally it features a Zero Start Shock Prevention Feature.

  • Dual Channel
  • Analog Display
  • Analog Controls
  • Fully Adjustable
  • Zero Shock Feature
  • Easy-To-Use
  • 1-Year Manufacture Warranty

What is EMS?

View the Full Operations Manual: MaxEMS 1000 Manual

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-714-730-9950 or Visit: www.protechsite.com (remember to copy name down to link field below)

Features:

  • Dual Channel
  • Analog Display & Controls
  • Fully Adjustable
  • Easy-To-Use
  • 1-Year Manufacture Warranty
  • Zero Start Feature
    • If both intensity adjusters are not in the off position while the battery is being connected (first installation or exchange of battery), MAXEMS 1000 will not operate and thus not shock the end user.
    • Please turn adjusters to the off position after installation of battery.
    • Then turn on the adjusters to operate.

Technical Specifications:

  • Channel: Dual Channel, isolated between channels
  • Pulse Amplitude: Adjustable, 0 - 80 mA
  • Max Output: 80 mA (peak to peak) into 500 ohm load each channel
  • Voltage: Adjustable, 0 - 40 V
  • Pulse Rate: 5, 30, and 100 Hz
  • Pulse Width: Fixed at 250 µs
  • Contraction Time (On Time): Adjustable, 1 - 30 seconds
  • Relaxation Time (Off Time): Adjustable, 1 - 45 seconds
  • Ramp Time: 1, 3, and 5 seconds
  • Waveform: Asymmetrical Bi-Phasic Square Pulse
  • Power Supply: 9V Battery (Type 6F22)
  • Size: 4.13 (H) x 2.76 (W) x 0.94 (T) in. (10.5 x 7 x 2.4 cm.)
  • Weight: 0.28 Lbs (127 g) (Battery Included

Package Includes:

  • TENS Unit
  • TENS Electrodes (x4)
  • Lead wires (x 2)
  • 9V Battery (Type 6F22)
  • Instruction Manual
  • Carrying Case

Warnings:

  1. The long term effects of chronic electrical stimulation are unknown.
  2. Stimulation should not be applied over the carotid sinus reflex.
  3. Stimulation should not be applied over the neck or mouth. Severe spasm of the laryngeal and pharyngeal muscles may occur and the contractions may be strong enough to cause difficulty in breathing.
  4. Stimulation should not be applied transthoracically in that the introduction of electrical current into the heart may cause cardiac arrhythmias.
  5. Stimulation should not be applied transcerebrally.
  6. Stimulation should not be applied over swollen, infected, or inflamed area or skin eruptions (e.g., Phlebitis, thrombophlebitis, varicose veins, etc.)
  7. Stimulation
  8. Remove batteries if the unit is not used for long periods of time.
  9. Temperature & R.H. of Storage: 32°F - 104°F (0°C - 40°C), 30% - 75% R.H.

Warranty:

All MAXEMS 1000 models carry a manufacture warranty of one year from the date of delivery. The warranty applies to the stimulator only and covers both parts and labor relating thereto. The warranty does not apply to damage resulting from failure to follow the operating instructions, accidents, abuse, alteration or disassembly by unauthorized personnel.

Bio Protech Inc.
14312 Chambers Road Unit B
Tustin, CA, 92780
©www.protechsite.com

"|"Bio Protech MaxEMS 1000 Dual Channel Analog EMS Unit DYMAXEMS1000"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bioprotech-maxems2000|bioprotech-maxems2000|PRODUCTS|"Bio Protech MaxEMS 2000 Dual Channel Digital EMS Unit DYMAXEMS2000"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bioprotech-maxems2000.html"|(36.95 3 108.75 6 213.3 12 419.4)|(32.95 3 95.7 6 185.1 12 359.4)|T|"Bio Protech USA"|""|""|""|"
Bio Protech MAXEMS 2000 Dual Channel Digital EMS Unit - 1 ea
An affordable Dual Channel Analog Fully Adjustable EMS Unit to help you get the settings "just right".

Bio Protech answered the request for an affordable user-conscious muscle stimulator device with the MAXEMS 2000 EMS Unit. This unit contains a wide variety of output combinations and 4 Timer Settings to help the users get the setting that are 'just right' for them. The amplitude, pulse rate, and pulse width are all adjustable and there is a protective cover on the unit to guard against sudden accidental changes. Additionally it features a Zero Start Shock Prevention Feature.

  • Dual Channel
  • Digital Display
  • Digital Controls
  • Fully Adjustable
  • 4 Timer Settings
  • Zero Shock Feature
  • Easy-To-Use
  • 1-Year Manufacture Warranty

What is EMS?

View the Full Operations Manual: MaxEMS 2000 Manual

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-714-730-9950 or Visit: www.protechsite.com (remember to copy name down to link field below)

Features:

  • Dual Channel
  • Digital Display & Controls
  • Fully Adjustable
  • 4 Timer Settings
  • Easy-To-Use
  • 1-Year Manufacture Warranty
  • Zero Start Feature
    • If both intensity adjusters are not in the off position while the battery is being connected (first installation or exchange of battery), MAXEMS 1000 will not operate and thus not shock the end user.
    • Please turn adjusters to the off position after installation of battery.
    • Then turn on the adjusters to operate.

Technical Specifications:

  • Channel: Dual Channel
  • Pulse Amplitude: Adjustable (by intensity control knob), 0 - 80 mA peak into 500 ohm load each channel
  • Output Voltage: Adjustable (by intensity control knob), 0 - 40 V peak into 500 ohm load each channel
  • Pulse Rate: Adjustable, from 1 - 150 Hz, 1Hz/step
  • Pulse Width: Adjustable, from 50 - 250 µs, 10µs/step
  • Contraction Time (On Time): Adjustable, from 1 - 30 seconds, 1 second/step
  • Relaxation Time (Off Time): Adjustable, from 1 - 45 seconds, 1 second/step
  • Ramp Time: Adjustable, from 1 - 8 seconds, 1 second/step
  • Timer: 15, 30, 45, and 60 minutes
  • Waveform: Asymmetrical Bi-Phasic Square Pulse
  • Power Supply: 9V Battery (Type 6F22)
  • Size: 4.13 (H) x 2.76 (W) x 0.94 (T) in. (10.5 x 7 x 2.4 cm.)
  • Weight: 0.29 Lbs (130 g) (Battery Included
  • Operating Conditions:
    • Temperature: 32°F - 104°F (0°C - 40°C)
    • Relative Humidity: 30% - 75%
    • Atmospheric Pressure: 700 Hpa - 1060 Hpa
  • Remark: there may be up to a ±5% tolerance parameters and a ±10% tolerance of Amplitude & Voltage.

Package Includes:

  • EMS Unit
  • TENS Electrodes (x4)
  • Lead wires (x 2)
  • 9V Battery (Type 6F22)
  • Instruction Manual
  • Carrying Case

Warnings:

  1. The long term effects of chronic electrical stimulation are unknown.
  2. Stimulation should not be applied over the carotid sinus reflex.
  3. Stimulation should not be applied over the neck or mouth. Severe spasm of the laryngeal and pharyngeal muscles may occur and the contractions may be strong enough to cause difficulty in breathing.
  4. Stimulation should not be applied transthoracically in that the introduction of electrical current into the heart may cause cardiac arrhythmias.
  5. Stimulation should not be applied transcerebrally.
  6. Stimulation should not be applied over swollen, infected, or inflamed area or skin eruptions (e.g., Phlebitis, thrombophlebitis, varicose veins, etc.)
  7. Stimulation
  8. Remove batteries if the unit is not used for long periods of time.
  9. Temperature & R.H. of Storage: 32°F - 104°F (0°C - 40°C), 30% - 75% R.H.

Bio-Protech warrantee WARNING::

All MAXEMS 2000 models carry a manufacture warranty of one year from the date of delivery. The warranty applies to the stimulator only and covers both parts and labor relating thereto. The warranty does not apply to damage resulting from failure to follow the operating instructions, accidents, abuse, alteration or disassembly by unauthorized personnel.Bio-Protech warrantee requirements are that although the buyer/customer needs to contact and inform OTCWholesale regarding their problem, the customer/buyer is required to contact the manufacturer who holds the warrantee (Bio-Protech) directly regarding the problem they are having. The buyer/Customer is required to pay the shipping to send the product to Bio-Protech and also the return shipping to receive the product back. Bio-Protech can be reached toll-free at (714) 730-9950. OTCWholesale will help in any way to help facilitate this process.

Bio Protech Inc.
14312 Chambers Road Unit B
Tustin, CA, 92780
©www.protechsite.com

"|"Bio Protech MaxEMS 2000 Dual Channel Digital EMS Unit DYMAXEMS2000"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bioprotech-maxtens1000|bioprotech-maxtens1000|PRODUCTS|"Bio Protech MaxTENS 1000 Dual Channel Analog TENS Unit 3 Mode"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bioprotech-maxtens1000.html"|(26.95 3 78.75 6 153.3 12 299.4)||T|"Bio Protech USA"|""|""|""|"
Bio Protech MAXTENS 1000 Dual Channel Analog 3 Mode TENS Unit - 1 ea
An affordable Dual Channel 3 Mode Analog Fully Adjustable TENS Unit to help you get the settings "just right".

Bio Protech answered the request for an affordable user-conscious pain control device with the MAXTENS TENS Unit. This unit contains a wide variety of output combinations to help the users get the setting that are 'just right' for them. It features 3 Modes: Normal (N), Burst (B), and Modulation (M) along with 3 different timer settings. The amplitude, pulse rate, and pulse width are all adjustable and there is a protective cover on the unit to guard against sudden accidental changes. Additionally it features a Zero Start Shock Prevention Feature.

Understanding Pain
Pain is the body's warning system. It alerts us to injury or illness. and it is absolutely necessary for life and health. Unfortunately however, this vital warning system is not equipped with an "off" switch. So sometimes, long after we have gotten the "message" and responded to the problem pain signals keep on being sent to the brain. Pain signals, in the form of electrical impulses, travel to the brain through the body's nervous system from the site of the injury or ailment. In the brain, the impulses are interpreted as pain.

What is TENS?

  • Dual Channel
  • 3 Modes
  • 3 Timer Settings
  • Fully Adjustable
  • Easy-To-Use
  • Analog Controls
  • Analog Display

View the Full Operations Manual: MaxTENS 1000 Manual

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-714-730-9950 or Visit: www.protechsite.com

Features:

  • Fully Adjustable
  • Convenience
  • Protective cover to protect from accidental setting changes
  • Zero Start Function
    • If both intensity adjusters are not in the off position while the battery is being connected (first installation or exchange of battery), MAXTENS 1000 will not operate and thus not shock the end user.
    • Please turn adjusters to the off position after installation of battery.
    • Then turn on the adjusters to operate.

Technical Specifications:

  • Channel: Dual Channel (Isolated between channels)
  • Amplitude: Adjustable, 0 - 80 mA; Peak into 500 ohm load each channel
  • Pulse Rate: Adjustable, from 2 - 150 Hz
  • Pulse Width: Adjustable, from 30µs to 260µs
  • Modes:
    • Normal (N) or Constant Mode
    • Burst (B) Mode
      • Bursts occur twice every second
      • Pulse Width: Adjustable
      • Frequency: 100 Hz
    • Modulation (M) Mode
      • Varied in a cyclic patten over an interval of nominally 10 second in Max 150 Hz
      • Pulse rate decreases linearly over a period of 4 seconds to 40% less than the control setting
      • Continues for 1 second
      • Increase for 4 seconds to original value
      • Continues for 1 second
      • Repeat
  • Waveform: Asymmetrical biphasic pulse
  • Timer: 15 or 30 minutes, or Continue
  • Power Supply: 9V Battery (Type 6F22)
  • Size: 4.13 (H) x 2.76 (W) x 0.94 (T) in. (10.5 x 7 x 2.4 cm.)
  • Weight: 0.28 Lbs (127 g) (Battery Included)
  • Storage Conditions:
    • Temperature: -68°F - 140°F(-20°C - 60°C)
    • Relative Humidity: 20% - 95%
    • Atmospheric Pressure: 500 hPa - 1060 hPa

Package Includes:

  • TENS Unit
  • TENS Electrodes (x4)
  • Lead wires (x 2)
  • 9V Battery (Type 6F22)
  • Instruction Manual
  • Carrying Case

Warnings:

  • Do not use TENS on the cartoid sinus (neck) region.
  • Do not place electrodes on the site that may cause current to flow transcerebrally (through the head).
  • The safety of TENS devices for use during pregnancy or birth has not been established. Do not use TENS during pregnancy.
  • TENS is symptomatic treatment and as such suppresses the sensation of pain which would otherwise serve as a protective mechanism, Electronic monitoring equipment (such as ECG monitors and ECG alarms) may not operate properly when TENS stimulation is in use.
  • If you have epilepsy, myocardial disease or arrhythmias always consult your doctor before using TENS.
  • Don't attempt to use TENS or its accessories in any other way that describes in the user guide.
  • Care should be taken so that when operating potentially dangerous machinery the stimulator controls are not changed abruptly.
  • Do not place electrode over eyelids, in the mouth, or internally.
  • Simultaneous connection of a patient to a HF SURGICAL EQUIPMENT may result in burns at the site of the stimulator and possible damage to the stimulator.
  • Operation in close proximity (e.g. 1m) to a shortwave or microwave therapy equipment may produce instability in the stimulator output.
  • Remove batteries if unit is not used for a long period of time.
  • Never apply electrodes over irritated or broken skin.

Warranty:

All MAXTENS 1000 models carry a manufacture warranty of one year from the date of delivery. The warranty applies to the stimulator only and covers both parts and labor relating thereto. The warranty does not apply to damage resulting from failure to follow the operating instructions, accidents, abuse, alteration or disassembly by unauthorized personnel.

Bio Protech Inc.
14312 Chambers Road Unit B
Tustin, CA, 92780
©www.protechsite.com

"|"Bio Protech MaxTENS 1000 Dual Channel Analog TENS Unit 3 Mode"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bioprotech-maxtens2000|bioprotech-maxtens2000|PRODUCTS|"Bio Protech MaxTENS 2000 Dual Channel Digital TENS Unit 3 Mode"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bioprotech-maxtens2000.html"|(34.95 3 102.75 6 201.3 12 395.4)|(32.95 3 95.7 6 185.1 12 359.4)|T|"Bio Protech USA"|""|""|""|"
Bio Protech MAXTENS 2000 Dual Channel Digital 3 Mode TENS Unit - 1 ea
An affordable Dual Channel 3 Mode Digital Fully Adjustable TENS Unit to help you get the settings "just right".

Bio Protech answered the request for an affordable user-conscious pain control device with the MAXTENS TENS Unit. This unit contains a wide variety of output combinations to help the users get the setting that are 'just right' for them. It features 3 Modes: Normal (N), Burst (B), and Modulation (M) along with 6 different timer settings. The amplitude, pulse rate, and pulse width are all adjustable and there is a protective cover on the unit to guard against sudden accidental changes.

Understanding Pain
Pain is the body's warning system. It alerts us to injury or illness. and it is absolutely necessary for life and health. Unfortunately however, this vital warning system is not equipped with an "off" switch. So sometimes, long after we have gotten the "message" and responded to the problem pain signals keep on being sent to the brain. Pain signals, in the form of electrical impulses, travel to the brain through the body's nervous system from the site of the injury or ailment. In the brain, the impulses are interpreted as pain.

What is TENS?

  • Dual Channel
  • 3 Modes
  • 6 Timer Settings
  • Fully Adjustable
  • Easy-To-Use
  • Digital Controls
  • Digital Display
  • 1-Year Manufacture Warranty

View the Full Operations Manual: MaxTENS 2000 Manual

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-714-730-9950 or Visit: www.protechsite.com

Features:

  • Dual Channel
  • Easy to Use
  • Fully Adjustable
  • Convenience
  • Protective cover to protect from accidental setting changes
  • Zero start feature (protects from shock)
  • LCD Monitoring
  • 1-Year Manufacture Warranty
  • 3 Modes: Normal, Burst, and Modulation

Technical Specifications:

  • Channel: Dual Channel
  • Amplitude: Adjustable, 0 - 80 mA; Peak into 500 ohm load each channel
  • Pulse Rate: Adjustable, from 1 - 150 Hz
  • Pulse Width: Adjustable, from 50µs to 250µs
  • Modes:
    • Normal (N) or Constant Mode
    • Burst (B) Mode
      • Bursts occur twice every second
      • Pulse Width: 250 µs
      • Frequency: 100 Hz
    • Modulation (M) Mode
      • Pulse Width Modulation
      • From 100 µs to 250 µs within 6 seconds
      • Then back to 100 µs in the next 6 seconds
      • Pulse Rate: Selectable
  • Waveform: Asymmetrical biphasic pulse
  • Timer: 15, 30, 45, 60, 90 minutes, or Continue
  • Voltage: 0 - 40 V (Load: 500 ohm)
  • Power Supply: 9V Battery (Type 6F22)
  • Size: 4.13 (H) x 2.76 (W) x 0.94 (T) in. (10.5 x 7 x 2.4 cm.)
  • Weight: 0.28 Lbs (127 g) (Battery Included)
  • Storage Conditions:
    • Temperature: -68°F - 140°F(-20°C - 60°C)
    • Relative Humidity: 20% - 95%
    • Atmospheric Pressure: 500 hPa - 1060 hPa

Package Includes:

  • TENS Unit
  • TENS Electrodes (x4)
  • Lead wires (x 2)
  • 9V Battery (Type 6F22)
  • Instruction Manual
  • Carrying Case

Warnings:

  • Do not use TENS on the cartoid sinus (neck) region.
  • Do not place electrodes on the site that may cause current to flow transcerebrally (through the head).
  • The safety of TENS devices for use during pregnancy or birth has not been established. Do not use TENS during pregnancy.
  • TENS is symptomatic treatment and as such suppresses the sensation of pain which would otherwise serve as a protective mechanism, Electronic monitoring equipment (such as ECG monitors and ECG alarms) may not operate properly when TENS stimulation is in use.
  • If you have epilepsy, myocardial disease or arrhythmias always consult your doctor before using TENS.
  • Don't attempt to use TENS or its accessories in any other way that describes in the user guide.
  • Care should be taken so that when operating potentially dangerous machinery the stimulator controls are not changed abruptly.
  • Do not place electrode over eyelids, in the mouth, or internally.
  • Simultaneous connection of a patient to a HF SURGICAL EQUIPMENT may result in burns at the site of the stimulator and possible damage to the stimulator.
  • Operation in close proximity (e.g. 1m) to a shortwave or microwave therapy equipment may produce instability in the stimulator output.
  • Remove batteries if unit is not used for a long period of time.
  • Never apply electrodes over irritated or broken skin.

Warranty:

All MAXTENS 2000 models carry a manufacture warranty of one year from the date of delivery. The warranty applies to the stimulator only and covers both parts and labor relating thereto. The warranty does not apply to damage resulting from failure to follow the operating instructions, accidents, abuse, alteration or disassembly by unauthorized personnel.

Bio Protech Inc.
14312 Chambers Road Unit B
Tustin, CA, 92780
©www.protechsite.com

"|"Bio Protech MaxTENS 2000 Dual Channel Digital TENS Unit 3 Mode"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| leadlok-bf4x4|leadlok-bf4x4|PRODUCTS|"Bio-Flex Premium TENS Silver Electrodes 1.25 in Round, White Mesh Backed - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/leadlok-bf4x4.html"|(17.95)|||"Lead-Lok"|""|""|""|"
Bio-Flex® TENS Silver Electrodes 1.25" Round, White Mesh Backed
Silver-coated, solid-carbon, cloth mesh-backed electrodes.

You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation

  • Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution across the entire pad.
  • Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
  • Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
  • White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
  • US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.



Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com

 

Features:

Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test

An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's unique manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current across the entire surface of the electrode.



We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusability and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

Directions:

  • Clean and dry application site as needed.
  • Open the pouch. Save pouch.
  • Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save release sheet.
  • If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
  • Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
  • Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
  • Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.

Removal and Storage:

  • Turn off electrical stimulator.
  • Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
  • Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
  • For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.

Warnings:

  • Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
  • Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using an electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.

Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.

Other Information:

Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.

Biomedical Innovations
500 Airport Way.
Sandpoint, Idaho 83864
©2014 Lead-Lok www.leadlok.com

"|"Bio-Flex Premium TENS Silver Electrodes 1.25 in Round, White Mesh Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| leadlok-bf4|leadlok-bf4|PRODUCTS|"Bio-Flex Premium TENS Silver Electrodes 1.25 in Round, White Mesh Backed - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/leadlok-bf4.html"|(4.95)|||"Lead-Lok"|""|""|""|"
Bio-Flex® TENS Silver Electrodes 1.25" Round, White Mesh Backed
Silver-coated, solid-carbon, cloth mesh-backed electrodes.

You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation

  • Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution across the entire pad.
  • Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
  • Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
  • White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
  • US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.



Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com

 

Features:

Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test

An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's unique manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current across the entire surface of the electrode.



We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusability and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

Directions:

  • Clean and dry application site as needed.
  • Open the pouch. Save pouch.
  • Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save release sheet.
  • If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
  • Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
  • Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
  • Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.

Removal and Storage:

  • Turn off electrical stimulator.
  • Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
  • Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
  • For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.

Warnings:

  • Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
  • Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using an electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.

Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.

Other Information:

Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.

Biomedical Innovations
500 Airport Way.
Sandpoint, Idaho 83864
©2014 Lead-Lok www.leadlok.com

"|"Bio-Flex Premium TENS Silver Electrodes 1.25 in Round, White Mesh Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| leadlok-bf5x4|leadlok-bf5x4|PRODUCTS|"Bio-Flex Premium TENS Silver Electrodes 2 in Round, White Mesh Backed - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/leadlok-bf5x4.html"|(17.95)|(16.95)||"Lead-Lok"|""|""|""|"
Bio-Flex® TENS Silver Electrodes 2" Round, White Mesh Backed
Silver-coated, solid-carbon, cloth mesh-backed electrodes.

You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation

  • Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution across the entire pad.
  • Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
  • Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
  • White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
  • US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.



Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com

 

Features:

Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test

An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's unique manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current across the entire surface of the electrode.



We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusability and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

Directions:

  • Clean and dry application site as needed.
  • Open the pouch. Save pouch.
  • Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save release sheet.
  • If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
  • Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
  • Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
  • Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.

Removal and Storage:

  • Turn off electrical stimulator.
  • Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
  • Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
  • For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.

Warnings:

  • Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
  • Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using an electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.

Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.

Other Information:

Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.

Biomedical Innovations
500 Airport Way.
Sandpoint, Idaho 83864
©2014 Lead-Lok www.leadlok.com

"|"Bio-Flex Premium TENS Silver Electrodes 2 in Round, White Mesh Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| leadlok-bf5|leadlok-bf5|PRODUCTS|"Bio-Flex Premium TENS Silver Electrodes 2 in Round, White Mesh Backed - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/leadlok-bf5.html"|(4.95 3 13.8 6 25.5 12 47.4)||T|"Lead-Lok"|""|""|""|"
Bio-Flex® TENS Silver Electrodes 2" Round, White Mesh Backed
Silver-coated, solid-carbon, cloth mesh-backed electrodes.

You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation

  • Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution across the entire pad.
  • Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
  • Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
  • White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
  • US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.



Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com

 

Features:

Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test

An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's unique manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current across the entire surface of the electrode.



We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusability and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

Directions:

  • Clean and dry application site as needed.
  • Open the pouch. Save pouch.
  • Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save release sheet.
  • If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
  • Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
  • Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
  • Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.

Removal and Storage:

  • Turn off electrical stimulator.
  • Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
  • Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
  • For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.

Warnings:

  • Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
  • Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using an electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.

Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.

Other Information:

Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.

Biomedical Innovations
500 Airport Way.
Sandpoint, Idaho 83864
©2014 Lead-Lok www.leadlok.com

"|"Bio-Flex Premium TENS Silver Electrodes 2 in Round, White Mesh Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| leadlok-bf5x10|leadlok-bf5x10|PRODUCTS|"Bio-Flex Premium TENS Silver Electrodes 2 in Round, White Mesh Backed - 40 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/leadlok-bf5x10.html"|(39.95)|||"Lead-Lok"|""|""|""|"
Bio-Flex® TENS Silver Electrodes 2" Round, White Mesh Backed
Silver-coated, solid-carbon, cloth mesh-backed electrodes.

You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation

  • Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution accross the entire pad.
  • Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
  • Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
  • White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
  • US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.



Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com

 

Features:

Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test

An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's uniques manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current accross the entire surface of the electrode.



We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusablity and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

Directions:

  • Clean and dry application site as needed.
  • Open the pouch. Save pouch.
  • Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save relese sheet.
  • If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
  • Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
  • Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
  • Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.

Removal and Storage:

  • Turn off electrical stimulator.
  • Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
  • Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
  • For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.

Warnings:

  • Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
  • Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using and electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.

Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.

Other Information:

Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.

Biomedical Innovations
500 Airport Way.
Sandpoint, Idaho 83864
©2014 Lead-Lok www.leadlok.com

"|"Bio-Flex Premium TENS Silver Electrodes 2 in Round, White Mesh Backed - 40 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| leadlok-bf2x4|leadlok-bf2x4|PRODUCTS|"Bio-Flex Premium TENS Silver Electrodes 2 x 2 in Square, White Mesh Backed - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/leadlok-bf2x4.html"|(17.95 3 50.7 6 95.1 12 179.4)|(16.95 3 46.65 6 84.9 12 155.4)|T|"Lead-Lok"|""|""|""|"
Bio-Flex® TENS Silver Electrodes 2x2" Square, White Mesh Backed
Silver-coated, solid-carbon, cloth mesh-backed electrodes.

You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation

  • Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution across the entire pad.
  • Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
  • Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
  • White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
  • US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.



Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com

 

Features:

Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test

An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's unique manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current across the entire surface of the electrode.



We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusability and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

Directions:

  • Clean and dry application site as needed.
  • Open the pouch. Save pouch.
  • Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save release sheet.
  • If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
  • Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
  • Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
  • Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.

Removal and Storage:

  • Turn off electrical stimulator.
  • Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
  • Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
  • For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.

Warnings:

  • Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
  • Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using an electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.

Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.

Other Information:

Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.

Biomedical Innovations
500 Airport Way.
Sandpoint, Idaho 83864
©2014 Lead-Lok www.leadlok.com

"|"Bio-Flex Premium TENS Silver Electrodes 2 x 2 in Square, White Mesh Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| leadlok-bf2|leadlok-bf2|PRODUCTS|"Bio-Flex Premium TENS Silver Electrodes 2 x 2 in Square, White Mesh Backed - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/leadlok-bf2.html"|(4.95 3 13.8 6 25.5 12 47.4)||T|"Lead-Lok"|""|""|""|"
Bio-Flex® TENS Silver Electrodes 2x2" Square, White Mesh Backed
Silver-coated, solid-carbon, cloth mesh-backed electrodes.

You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation

  • Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution across the entire pad.
  • Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
  • Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
  • White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
  • US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.



Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com

 

Features:

Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test

An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's unique manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current across the entire surface of the electrode.



We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusability and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

Directions:

  • Clean and dry application site as needed.
  • Open the pouch. Save pouch.
  • Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save release sheet.
  • If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
  • Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
  • Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
  • Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.

Removal and Storage:

  • Turn off electrical stimulator.
  • Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
  • Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
  • For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.

Warnings:

  • Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
  • Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using an electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.

Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.

Other Information:

Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.

Biomedical Innovations
500 Airport Way.
Sandpoint, Idaho 83864
©2014 Lead-Lok www.leadlok.com

"|"Bio-Flex Premium TENS Silver Electrodes 2 x 2 in Square, White Mesh Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| leadlok-bf2x10|leadlok-bf2x10|PRODUCTS|"Bio-Flex Premium TENS Silver Electrodes 2 x 2 Square, White Mesh Backed - 40 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/leadlok-bf2x10.html"|(37.95 3 110.7 6 215.1 12 419.4)||T|"Lead-Lok"|""|""|""|"
Bio-Flex® TENS Silver Electrodes 2x2" Square, White Mesh Backed
Silver-coated, solid-carbon, cloth mesh-backed electrodes.

You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation

  • Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution across the entire pad.
  • Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
  • Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
  • White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
  • US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.



Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com

 

Features:

Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test

An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's unique manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current across the entire surface of the electrode.



We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusability and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

Directions:

  • Clean and dry application site as needed.
  • Open the pouch. Save pouch.
  • Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save release sheet.
  • If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
  • Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
  • Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
  • Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.

Removal and Storage:

  • Turn off electrical stimulator.
  • Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
  • Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
  • For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.

Warnings:

  • Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
  • Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using an electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.

Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.

Other Information:

Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.

Biomedical Innovations
500 Airport Way.
Sandpoint, Idaho 83864
©2014 Lead-Lok www.leadlok.com

"|"Bio-Flex Premium TENS Silver Electrodes 2 x 2 Square, White Mesh Backed - 40 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| leadlok-bf-sample|leadlok-bf-sample|PRODUCTS|"Bio-Flex Premium TENS White Mesh Backed Silver Electrodes - Sample Pack of Assorted Sizes"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/leadlok-bf-sample.html"|(29.95)|||"Lead-Lok"|""|""|""|"
Bio-Flex® Premium TENS White Mesh Backed Silver Electrodes - Sample Pack of Assorted Sizes
Silver-coated, solid-carbon, cloth mesh-backed electrodes.

You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation

Sample Pack Includes 6 Packs of 4 Electrodes in our most popular sizes!

  • Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution across the entire pad.
  • Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
  • Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
  • White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
  • US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.



Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com

 

Features:

Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test. An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's unique manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current across the entire surface of the electrode.



Lead-Lok also uses copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, Lead-Lok uses only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusability and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

Package Includes:

  • 4 - Bio-Flex Premium TENS White Mesh Backed Silver Electrodes - 2" x 2" Square
  • 4 - Bio-Flex Premium TENS White Mesh Backed Silver Electrodes - 1.75" x 3.75" Rectangle
  • 4 - Bio-Flex Premium TENS White Mesh Backed Silver Electrodes - 1.25" Round
  • 4 - Bio-Flex Premium TENS White Mesh Backed Silver Electrodes - 2" Round
  • 4 - Bio-Flex Premium TENS White Mesh Backed Silver Electrodes - 3" Round
  • 4 - Bio-Flex Premium TENS White Mesh Backed Silver Electrodes - 2" x 4" Oval

 

Biomedical Innovations
500 Airport Way.
Sandpoint, Idaho 83864
©2014 Lead-Lok www.leadlok.com

"|"Bio-Flex Premium TENS White Mesh Backed Silver Electrodes - Sample Pack of Assorted Sizes"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| leadlok-bf3x4|leadlok-bf3x4|PRODUCTS|"Bio-Flex TENS Silver Electrodes 1.75 x 3.75 in Rectangle, White Mesh Backed - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/leadlok-bf3x4.html"|(20.95 3 58.65 6 108.9 12 203.4)||T|"Lead-Lok"|""|""|""|"
Bio-Flex® TENS Silver Electrodes 1.75x3.75" Rectangle, White Mesh Backed
Silver-coated, solid-carbon, cloth mesh-backed electrodes.

You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation

  • Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution accross the entire pad.
  • Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
  • Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
  • White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
  • US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.



Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com

 

Features:

Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test

An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's uniques manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current accross the entire surface of the electrode.



We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusablity and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

Directions:

  • Clean and dry application site as needed.
  • Open the pouch. Save pouch.
  • Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save relese sheet.
  • If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
  • Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
  • Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
  • Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.

Removal and Storage:

  • Turn off electrical stimulator.
  • Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
  • Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
  • For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.

Warnings:

  • Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
  • Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using and electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.

Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.

Other Information:

Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.

Biomedical Innovations
500 Airport Way.
Sandpoint, Idaho 83864
©2014 Lead-Lok www.leadlok.com

"|"Bio-Flex TENS Silver Electrodes 1.75 x 3.75 in Rectangle, White Mesh Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| leadlok-bf3|leadlok-bf3|PRODUCTS|"Bio-Flex TENS Silver Electrodes 1.75 x 3.75 in Rectangle, White Mesh Backed - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/leadlok-bf3.html"|(5.95 3 16.8 6 31.5 12 59.4)||T|"Lead-Lok"|""|""|""|"
Bio-Flex® TENS Silver Electrodes 1.75x3.75" Rectangle, White Mesh Backed
Silver-coated, solid-carbon, cloth mesh-backed electrodes.

You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation

  • Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution across the entire pad.
  • Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
  • Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
  • White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
  • US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.



Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com

 

Features:

Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test

An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's unique manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current across the entire surface of the electrode.



We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusability and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

Directions:

  • Clean and dry application site as needed.
  • Open the pouch. Save pouch.
  • Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save release sheet.
  • If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
  • Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
  • Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
  • Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.

Removal and Storage:

  • Turn off electrical stimulator.
  • Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
  • Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
  • For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.

Warnings:

  • Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
  • Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using an electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.

Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.

Other Information:

Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.

Biomedical Innovations
500 Airport Way.
Sandpoint, Idaho 83864
©2014 Lead-Lok www.leadlok.com

"|"Bio-Flex TENS Silver Electrodes 1.75 x 3.75 in Rectangle, White Mesh Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| leadlok-bf8x4|leadlok-bf8x4|PRODUCTS|"Bio-Flex TENS Silver Electrodes 2 x 4 in Oval, White Mesh Backed - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/leadlok-bf8x4.html"|(20.95 3 58.65 6 108.9 12 203.4)||T|"Lead-Lok"|""|""|""|"
Bio-Flex® TENS Silver Electrodes 2x4" Oval, White Mesh Backed
Silver-coated, solid-carbon, cloth mesh-backed electrodes.

You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation

  • Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution accross the entire pad.
  • Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
  • Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
  • White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
  • US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.



Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com

 

Features:

Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test

An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's uniques manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current accross the entire surface of the electrode.



We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusablity and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

Directions:

  • Clean and dry application site as needed.
  • Open the pouch. Save pouch.
  • Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save relese sheet.
  • If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
  • Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
  • Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
  • Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.

Removal and Storage:

  • Turn off electrical stimulator.
  • Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
  • Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
  • For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.

Warnings:

  • Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
  • Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using and electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.

Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.

Other Information:

Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.

Biomedical Innovations
500 Airport Way.
Sandpoint, Idaho 83864
©2014 Lead-Lok www.leadlok.com

"|"Bio-Flex TENS Silver Electrodes 2 x 4 in Oval, White Mesh Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| leadlok-bf8|leadlok-bf8|PRODUCTS|"Bio-Flex TENS Silver Electrodes 2 x 4 in Oval, White Mesh Backed - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/leadlok-bf8.html"|(5.95 3 16.8 6 31.5 12 59.4)||T|"Lead-Lok"|""|""|""|"
Bio-Flex® TENS Silver Electrodes 2x4" Oval, White Mesh Backed
Silver-coated, solid-carbon, cloth mesh-backed electrodes.

You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation

  • Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution across the entire pad.
  • Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
  • Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
  • White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
  • US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.



Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com

 

Features:

Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test

An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's unique manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current across the entire surface of the electrode.



We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusability and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

Directions:

  • Clean and dry application site as needed.
  • Open the pouch. Save pouch.
  • Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save release sheet.
  • If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
  • Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
  • Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
  • Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.

Removal and Storage:

  • Turn off electrical stimulator.
  • Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
  • Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
  • For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.

Warnings:

  • Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
  • Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using an electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.

Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.

Other Information:

Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.

Biomedical Innovations
500 Airport Way.
Sandpoint, Idaho 83864
©2014 Lead-Lok www.leadlok.com

"|"Bio-Flex TENS Silver Electrodes 2 x 4 in Oval, White Mesh Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| leadlok-bf6x4|leadlok-bf6x4|PRODUCTS|"Bio-Flex TENS Silver Electrodes 3 in Round, White Mesh Backed - 16 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/leadlok-bf6x4.html"|(20.95 3 58.65 6 108.9 12 203.4)||T|"Lead-Lok"|""|""|""|"
Bio-Flex® TENS Silver Electrodes 3" Round, White Mesh Backed
Silver-coated, solid-carbon, cloth mesh-backed electrodes.

You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation

  • Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution accross the entire pad.
  • Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
  • Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
  • White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
  • US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.



Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com

 

Features:

Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test

An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's uniques manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current accross the entire surface of the electrode.



We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusablity and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

Directions:

  • Clean and dry application site as needed.
  • Open the pouch. Save pouch.
  • Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save relese sheet.
  • If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
  • Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
  • Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
  • Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.

Removal and Storage:

  • Turn off electrical stimulator.
  • Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
  • Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
  • For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.

Warnings:

  • Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
  • Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using and electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.

Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.

Other Information:

Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.

Biomedical Innovations
500 Airport Way.
Sandpoint, Idaho 83864
©2014 Lead-Lok www.leadlok.com

"|"Bio-Flex TENS Silver Electrodes 3 in Round, White Mesh Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| leadlok-bf6|leadlok-bf6|PRODUCTS|"Bio-Flex TENS Silver Electrodes 3 in Round, White Mesh Backed - 4 Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/leadlok-bf6.html"|(5.95 3 16.8 6 31.5 12 59.4)||T|"Lead-Lok"|""|""|""|"
Bio-Flex® TENS Silver Electrodes 3" Round, White Mesh Backed
Silver-coated, solid-carbon, cloth mesh-backed electrodes.

You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation

  • Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution across the entire pad.
  • Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
  • Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
  • White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
  • US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.



Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com

 

Features:

Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test

An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's unique manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current across the entire surface of the electrode.



We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusability and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!

Directions:

  • Clean and dry application site as needed.
  • Open the pouch. Save pouch.
  • Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save release sheet.
  • If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
  • Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
  • Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
  • Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.

Removal and Storage:

  • Turn off electrical stimulator.
  • Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
  • Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
  • For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.

Warnings:

  • Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
  • Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using an electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.

Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.

Other Information:

Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.

Biomedical Innovations
500 Airport Way.
Sandpoint, Idaho 83864
©2014 Lead-Lok www.leadlok.com

"|"Bio-Flex TENS Silver Electrodes 3 in Round, White Mesh Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze|biofreeze|SECTIONS|"Biofreeze"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"BIOFREEZE products are a unique, effective pain reliever formulated to provide a variety of benefits for therapy, pain relief, exercise/training and overall comfort. BIOFREEZE products contain ILEX, an herbal extract from a South American holly shrub. ILEX is used around the world in various health & wellness formulations. The result is a fast-acting, penetrating, long lasting pain reliever.

We buy BioFreeze products and other over counter medical supplies in quantity and pass the savings along to our on-line retail customers. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here.
"|"BIOFREEZE Pain Relieving Gel Center
Biofreeze Roll on Gel, Spray Pump, and Rubbing Gel
Biofreeze Pain Relief With Ilex"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BIOFREEZE-10002 :BIOFREEZE-10015 :BIOFREEZE-10001 :BIOFREEZE-10000 :BIOFREEZE-10001X3 :BIOFREEZE-10000X3 :BIOFREEZE-10002X3 :BIOFREEZE-10015X3 :BIOFREEZE-10020X3 :BIOFREEZE-10020 :BIOFREEZE-11002 :BIOFREEZE-11001 :BIOFREEZE-10012 :BIOFREEZE-11000 :BIOFREEZE-10012X3 :BIOFREEZE-11000X3 :BIOFREEZE-11001X3 :BIOFREEZE-11002X3 :BIOFREEZE-12001X3 :BIOFREEZE-12000X3 :BIOFREEZE-12001 :BIOFREEZE-12000 :BIOFREEZE-11004 :BIOFREEZE-10040X3 :BIOFREEZE-11003 :BIOFREEZE-11021X3 :BIOFREEZE-10018X3 :BIOFREEZE-10040 :BIOFREEZE-11021 :BIOFREEZE-10018 :BIOFREEZE-10003 :BIOFREEZE-12003-32OZ-COLORLESS)"|""||| biofreeze-11001|biofreeze-11001|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Cold Therapy Gel Tube Green 4 oz"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-11001.html"|(12.49 3 35.37 6 66.54 12 125.88)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"

Biofreeze® Green Cold Therapy Pain Relief Gel , Tube - 4oz
Biofreeze took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better.

Deep Penetrating, Long Lasting Pain Relief From: Arthritis, Sore Muscles & Joints, and Back Pain.

  • Applies easier and penetrates quickly
  • Enhanced and more natural formula
  • Proprietary herbal blend
  • 100% paraben-free
  • Effective skin conditioners
  • Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent
  • Manufactured in the USA
  • Not tested on animals

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

 

Uses:

Biofreeze Pain Reliever delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.

Directions:

  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Rub a thin film over affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

For external use only.

NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate
Flammable. May cause eye irritation. May be harmful if swallowed.
First Aid Measures
Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell.
Skin Contact: Not applicable.
Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.

Ingestion: Do NOT induce vomiting. Immediately call a poison center or doctor/physician

Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.

When using this product:

  • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
  • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
  • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
  • Do not bandage.
  • Wash hands after use with cool water.
  • Do not use with heating pad or device.

Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur

If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.

If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Menthol USP (4%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients: Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Extract, Arnica Montana Flower Extract, Arctium Lappa Root (Burdock) Extract, Boswellia Carterii Resin Extract, Calendula Officinalis Extract, Carbomer, Camellia Sinensis (Green Tea) Leaf Extract, Camphor USP, Glycerin, Ilex Paraguariensis Leaf Extract, Isopropyl Alcohol, Isopropyl Myristate, Melissa Officinalis (Lemon Balm) Leaf Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP, Blue 1, Yellow 5

 

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

 

Performance Health Inc.
1245 Home Avenue,
 Akron, OH 44310
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Cold Therapy Gel Tube Green 4 oz"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-11001x3|biofreeze-11001x3|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Cold Therapy Gel Tube Green 4 oz Pack of 3"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-11001x3.html"|(33.95)|||"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Green Cold Therapy Pain Relief Gel , Tube - 4oz
We took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better.

Deep Penetrating, Long Lasting Pain Relief From: Arthritis, Sore Muscles & Joints, and Back Pain.

  • •          Applies easier and penetrates quickly
    •          Enhanced and more natural formula
    •          Colorless (dye-free) options
    •          Proprietary herbal blend
    •          100% paraben-free
    •          Effective skin conditioners
    •         Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent
    •         Manufactured in the USA
    •         Not tested on animals

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their carries formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

 

Uses:

Biofreeze Pain Reliever delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.

.

Directions:

  • Shake well before use
  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Rub a thin film over affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

For external use only.

NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate
Flammable. May cause eye irritation. May be harmful if swallowed.
First Aid Measures
Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell.
Skin Contact: Not applicable.
Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.

Ingestion: Do NOT induce vomiting. Immediately call a poison center or doctor/physician

Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.

When using this product:

  • avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
  • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
  • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
  • Do not bandage.
  • Wash hands after use with cool water.
  • Do not use with heating pad or device.

Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur

If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.

If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Menthol USP (4%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients: Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Extract, Arnica Montana Flower Extract, Arctium Lappa Root (Burdock) Extract, Boswellia Carterii Resin Extract, Calendula Officinal's Extract, Carbomer, Camellia Sinensis (Green Tea) Leaf Extract, Camphor USP, Glycerin, Ilex Paraguariensis Leaf Extract, Isopropyl Alcohol, Isopropyl Myristate, Melissa Officinal's (Lemon Balm) Leaf Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP, Blue 1, Yellow 5

 

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

 

Performance Health Inc.
1245 Home Avenue,
 Akron, OH 44310
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Cold Therapy Gel Tube Green 4 oz Pack of 3"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-11002|biofreeze-11002|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Cold Therapy Pain Relief Gel Pump Green 16 oz"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-11002.html"|(34.99 3 103.92 6 205.74 12 407.88)|(32.99)|T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Green Cold Therapy Pain Relief Gel , Pump 16 fl oz
We took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better.

Deep Penetrating, Long Lasting Pain Relief From: Arthritis, Sore Muscles & Joints, and Back Pain.

  • •          Applies easier and penetrates quickly
    •          Enhanced and more natural formula
    •          Colorless (dye-free) options
    •          Proprietary herbal blend
    •          100% paraben-free
    •          Effective skin conditioners
    •         Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent
    •         Manufactured in the USA
    •         Not tested on animals

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

 

Uses:

Biofreeze Pain Reliever delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.

.

Directions:

  • Shake well before use
  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Rub a thin film over affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

For external use only.

NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate
Flammable. May cause eye irritation. May be harmful if swallowed.
First Aid Measures
Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell.
Skin Contact: Not applicable.
Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.

Ingestion: Do NOT induce vomiting. Immediately call a poison center or doctor/physician

Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.

When using this product:

  • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
  • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
  • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
  • Do not bandage.
  • Wash hands after use with cool water.
  • Do not use with heating pad or device.

Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur

If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.

If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Menthol USP (4%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients: Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Extract, Arnica Montana Flower Extract, Arctium Lappa Root (Burdock) Extract, Boswellia Carterii Resin Extract, Calendula Officinal's Extract, Carbomer, Camellia Sinensis (Green Tea) Leaf Extract, Camphor USP, Glycerin, Ilex Paraguariensis Leaf Extract, Isopropyl Alcohol, Isopropyl Myristate, Melissa Officinal's (Lemon Balm) Leaf Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP, Blue 1, Yellow 5

 

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

 

Performance Health Inc.
1245 Home Avenue,
 Akron, OH 44310
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Cold Therapy Pain Relief Gel Pump Green 16 oz"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-11002x3|biofreeze-11002x3|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Cold Therapy Pain Relief Gel Pump Green 16 oz Pack of 3"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-11002x3.html"|(104.99)|(96.95)||"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Green Cold Therapy Pain Relief Gel , Pump 16 fl oz
We took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better.

Deep Penetrating, Long Lasting Pain Relief From: Arthritis, Sore Muscles & Joints, and Back Pain.

  • •          Applies easier and penetrates quickly
    •          Enhanced and more natural formula
    •          Colorless (dye-free) options
    •          Proprietary herbal blend
    •          100% paraben-free
    •          Effective skin conditioners
    •         Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent
    •         Manufactured in the USA
    •         Not tested on animals

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their carries formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

 

Uses:

Biofreeze Pain Reliever delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.

.

Directions:

  • Shake well before use
  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Rub a thin film over affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

For external use only.

NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate
Flammable. May cause eye irritation. May be harmful if swallowed.
First Aid Measures
Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell.
Skin Contact: Not applicable.
Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.

Ingestion: Do NOT induce vomiting. Immediately call a poison center or doctor/physician

Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.

When using this product:

  • avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
  • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
  • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
  • Do not bandage.
  • Wash hands after use with cool water.
  • Do not use with heating pad or device.

Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur

If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.

If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Menthol USP (4%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients: Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Extract, Arnica Montana Flower Extract, Arctium Lappa Root (Burdock) Extract, Boswellia Carterii Resin Extract, Calendula Officinal's Extract, Carbomer, Camellia Sinensis (Green Tea) Leaf Extract, Camphor USP, Glycerin, Ilex Paraguariensis Leaf Extract, Isopropyl Alcohol, Isopropyl Myristate, Melissa Officinal's (Lemon Balm) Leaf Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP, Blue 1, Yellow 5

 

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

 

Performance Health Inc.
1245 Home Avenue,
 Akron, OH 44310
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Cold Therapy Pain Relief Gel Pump Green 16 oz Pack of 3"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-10018|biofreeze-10018|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving 360 Spray - 4 oz # 12149"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-10018.html"|(13.95)|||"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Pain Relieving 360° Spray (4 fl. oz.) - 1 ea.
Biofreeze took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better and colorless.

Effective Natural Pain Relief for Sore Muscles and Joints.

Biofreeze 360° delivers the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic using the best spray technology on the market today. It uses USP-grade menthol as an active ingredient providing a highly effective short term pain relief which then promotes faster recovery. Apply it easily to affected areas for fast and effective relief of pain related injuries (sore muscles, muscle sprains, muscle strains, sore joints, arthritis, and bruises). The new spay application makes it easy for back pain sufferers and arthritic patients to get an even application where they need it most.

    • More natural: enhanced botanical blend which contains ilex, arnica, boswellia, calendula, green tea, burdock root, and lemon balm.
    • Applies easier and penetrates quicker
    • Added effective skin conditioners (Vitamin E and aloe) into formula
    • Colorless with a vanishing scent
    • Uses 10% Soothing Menthol, is Propylene Glycol Free, and 100% Paraben-Free.
    • NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate.
    • Spray technology works from any angle... even upside down and uses uniform spray pattern for optimal coverage!

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer at 1-800-246-3733 or Visit: www.biofreeze.com

 

Features:

  • #1 clinically recommended topical analgesic with the best spray technology available
  • Great for hard to reach areas because it works from any angle...even upside down
  • Continuous flow (eliminating the need to pump) making it easier for arthritis sufferers
  • More uniform and focused spray for better coverage
  • Applies easier and penetrates quickly
  • Proprietary herbal blend
  • 100% paraben-free
  • Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent

Uses:

Biofreeze 360° Pain Reliever delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.

Directions:

  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Spray on to the affected areas no more than 4 times daily, massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

  • NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate
  • For external use only.
  • Flammable. Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.
  • May cause eye irritation.
  • May be harmful if swallowed.
  • FIRST AID MEASURES
    • Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell.
    • Skin Contact: Not applicable.
    • Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.
  • WHEN USING THIS PRODUCT:
    • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes.
    • Do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
    • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
    • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
    • Do not bandage.
    • Wash hands after use with cool water.
    • Do not use with heating pad or device.
  • Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur
  • If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.
  • If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Menthol USP (10%) (Cooling Pain Reliever).
Other Ingredients:Arnica Montana, Calendula, Chamomile, Dimethyl Sulfone, Echinacea, Ethanol, Ilex Paraguariensis, Isopropyl Myristate, Juniper Berry, Purified Water USP, White Tea.

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.
Manufactured in the USA
Not tested on animals

Performance Health, LLC
1245 Home Avenue
Akron, OH 44310
©2014 Biofreeze www.biofreeze.com

 
"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving 360 Spray - 4 oz # 12149"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-10018x3|biofreeze-10018x3|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving 360 Spray - 4 oz (3 Pack) # 12149"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-10018x3.html"|(34.95)|||"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Pain Relieving 360° Spray (4 fl. oz.) - 3 Pack
Biofreeze took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better and colorless.

Effective Natural Pain Relief for Sore Muscles and Joints.

Biofreeze 360° delivers the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic using the best spray technology on the market today. It uses USP-grade menthol as an active ingredient providing a highly effective short term pain relief which then promotes faster recovery. Apply it easily to affected areas for fast and effective relief of pain related injuries (sore muscles, muscle sprains, muscle strains, sore joints, arthritis, and bruises). The new spay application makes it easy for back pain sufferers and arthritic patients to get an even application where they need it most.

    • More natural: enhanced botanical blend which contains ilex, arnica, boswellia, calendula, green tea, burdock root, and lemon balm.
    • Applies easier and penetrates quicker
    • Added effective skin conditioners (Vitamin E and aloe) into formula
    • Colorless with a vanishing scent
    • Uses 10% Soothing Menthol, is Propylene Glycol Free, and 100% Paraben-Free.
    • NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate.
    • Spray technology works from any angle... even upside down and uses uniform spray pattern for optimal coverage!

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer at 1-800-246-3733 or Visit: www.biofreeze.com

 

Features:

  • #1 clinically recommended topical analgesic with the best spray technology available
  • Great for hard to reach areas because it works from any angle...even upside down
  • Continuous flow (eliminating the need to pump) making it easier for arthritis sufferers
  • More uniform and focused spray for better coverage
  • Applies easier and penetrates quickly
  • Proprietary herbal blend
  • 100% paraben-free
  • Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent

Uses:

Biofreeze 360° Pain Reliever delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.

Directions:

  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Spray on to the affected areas no more than 4 times daily, massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

  • NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate
  • For external use only.
  • Flammable. Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.
  • May cause eye irritation.
  • May be harmful if swallowed.
  • FIRST AID MEASURES
    • Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell.
    • Skin Contact: Not applicable.
    • Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.
  • WHEN USING THIS PRODUCT:
    • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes.
    • Do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
    • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
    • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
    • Do not bandage.
    • Wash hands after use with cool water.
    • Do not use with heating pad or device.
  • Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur
  • If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.
  • If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Menthol USP (10%) (Cooling Pain Reliever).
Other Ingredients:Arnica Montana, Calendula, Chamomile, Dimethyl Sulfone, Echinacea, Ethanol, Ilex Paraguariensis, Isopropyl Myristate, Juniper Berry, Purified Water USP, White Tea.

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.
Manufactured in the USA
Not tested on animals

Performance Health, LLC
1245 Home Avenue
Akron, OH 44310
©2014 Biofreeze www.biofreeze.com

 
"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving 360 Spray - 4 oz (3 Pack) # 12149"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-12001|biofreeze-12001|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Colorless - 4oz Tube"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-12001.html"|(10.99 3 31.92 6 61.74 12 119.88)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Colorless Cold Therapy Pain Relief Gel , Tube - 4oz
Biofreeze took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better and colorless.

Effective Natural Pain Relief for Sore Muscles and Joints.

Biofreeze is a #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic (muscle rub). It uses USP-grade menthol as an active ingredient providing a highly effective short term pain relief which then promotes faster recovery. Apply it easily to affected areas for fast and effective relief of pain related injuries (sore muscles, muscle sprains, muscle strains, sore joints, arthritis, and bruises). The newly improved formula is better in three ways:

  • It's more natural: enhanced botanical blend which contains no parabens or propylene glycol and does contain ilex, arnica, aloe, boswellia, calendula, green tea, burdock root, and lemon balm.
  • It applies easier and penetrates quicker: Biofreeze has added two effective skin conditioners (Vitamin E and aloe) into the new formula.
  • It's colorless: the new colorless Biofreeze is completely dye-free.

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

Uses:

Biofreeze Pain Reliever delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.

  • Applies easier and penetrates quickly
  • Enhanced and more natural formula
  • Proprietary herbal blend
  • 100% paraben-free
  • Colorless and Dye-Free
  • Effective skin conditioners
  • Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent
  • Manufactured in the USA
  • Not tested on animals

Directions:

  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Rub a thin film over affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

  • For external use only.
  • NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate
  • Flammable. May cause eye irritation. May be harmful if swallowed.
  • First Aid Measures
    • Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell.
    • Skin Contact: Not applicable.
    • Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.
    • Ingestion: Do NOT induce vomiting. Immediately call a poison center or doctor/physician
  • Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.
  • When using this product:
    • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
    • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
    • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
    • Do not bandage.
    • Wash hands after use with cool water.
    • Do not use with heating pad or device.
  • Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur.
  • If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.
  • If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Menthol USP (4%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients:Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Extract, Arnica Montana Flower Extract, Arctium Lappa Root (Burdock) Extract, Boswellia Carterii Resin Extract, Calendula Officinal's Extract, Carbomer, Camellia Sinensis (Green Tea) Leaf Extract, Camphor USP, Glycerin, Ilex Paraguariensis Leaf Extract, Isopropyl Alcohol, Isopropyl Myristate, Melissa Officinal's (Lemon Balm) Leaf Extract, Silicon Dioxide, Tocopheryl (Vitamin E) Acetate, Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP

 

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Performance Health Inc.
1245 Home Avenue,
 Akron, OH 44310
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Colorless - 4oz Tube"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-12001x3|biofreeze-12001x3|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Colorless - 4oz Tube (3 Pack)"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-12001x3.html"|(31.95)|||"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Colorless Cold Therapy Pain Relief Gel , Tube - 4oz (3 Pack)
Biofreeze took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better and colorless.

Effective Natural Pain Relief for Sore Muscles and Joints.

Biofreeze is a #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic (muscle rub). It uses USP-grade menthol as an active ingredient providing a highly effective short term pain relief which then promotes faster recovery. Apply it easily to affected areas for fast and effective relief of pain related injuries (sore muscles, muscle sprains, muscle strains, sore joints, arthritis, and bruises). The newly improved formula is better in three ways:

  • It's more natural: enhanced botanical blend which contains no parabens or propylene glycol and does contain ilex, arnica, aloe, boswellia, calendula, green tea, burdock root, and lemon balm.
  • It applies easier and penetrates quicker: Biofreeze has added two effective skin conditioners (Vitamin E and aloe) into the new formula.
  • It's colorless: the new colorless Biofreeze is completely dye-free.

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

Uses:

Biofreeze Pain Reliever delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.

  • Applies easier and penetrates quickly
  • Enhanced and more natural formula
  • Proprietary herbal blend
  • 100% paraben-free
  • Colorless and Dye-Free
  • Effective skin conditioners
  • Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent
  • Manufactured in the USA
  • Not tested on animals

Directions:

  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Rub a thin film over affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

  • For external use only.
  • NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate
  • Flammable. May cause eye irritation. May be harmful if swallowed.
  • First Aid Measures
    • Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell.
    • Skin Contact: Not applicable.
    • Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.
    • Ingestion: Do NOT induce vomiting. Immediately call a poison center or doctor/physician
  • Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.
  • When using this product:
    • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
    • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
    • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
    • Do not bandage.
    • Wash hands after use with cool water.
    • Do not use with heating pad or device.
  • Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur.
  • If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.
  • If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Menthol USP (4%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients:Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Extract, Arnica Montana Flower Extract, Arctium Lappa Root (Burdock) Extract, Boswellia Carterii Resin Extract, Calendula Officinal's Extract, Carbomer, Camellia Sinensis (Green Tea) Leaf Extract, Camphor USP, Glycerin, Ilex Paraguariensis Leaf Extract, Isopropyl Alcohol, Isopropyl Myristate, Melissa Officinal's (Lemon Balm) Leaf Extract, Silicon Dioxide, Tocopheryl (Vitamin E) Acetate, Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP

 

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Performance Health Inc.
1245 Home Avenue,
 Akron, OH 44310
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Colorless - 4oz Tube (3 Pack)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-12000|biofreeze-12000|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Colorless Roll-On - 3oz"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-12000.html"|(10.99)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel, Roll-On Colorless - 3 oz
Biofreeze took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better and colorless.

Effective Natural Pain Relief for Sore Muscles and Joints.

Biofreeze is a #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic (muscle rub). It uses USP-grade menthol as an active ingredient providing a highly effective short term pain relief which then promotes faster recovery. Apply it easily to affected areas for fast and effective relief of pain related injuries (sore muscles, muscle sprains, muscle strains, sore joints, arthritis, and bruises). The newly improved formula is better in three ways:

    • It's more natural: enhanced botanical blend which contains no parabens or propylene glycol and does contain ilex, arnica, aloe, boswellia, calendula, green tea, burdock root, and lemon balm.
    • It applies easier and penetrates quicker: Biofreeze has added two effective skin conditioners (Vitamin E and aloe) into the new formula.
    • It's colorless: the new colorless Biofreeze is completely dye-free.

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer at 1-800-246-3733 or Visit: www.biofreeze.com

 

Features:

  • Applies easier and penetrates quickly
  • Enhanced and more natural formula
  • Colorless (dye-free)
  • Proprietary herbal blend
  • 100% paraben-free
  • Effective skin conditioners
  • Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent
  • Manufactured in the USA
  • Not tested on animals
  • Gel Roll-On:
    • allows for product application without the need to use hands
    • also provides a nice massage for soft tissue wherever you apply the product
    • can be used in trigger point therapy

Uses:

Biofreeze Pain Reliever delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.

Directions:

  • Shake well before use
  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Rub a thin film over affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

  • NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate
  • For external use only.
  • Flammable. Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.
  • May cause eye irritation.
  • May be harmful if swallowed.
  • FIRST AID MEASURES
    • Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell.
    • Skin Contact: Not applicable.
    • Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.
  • WHEN USING THIS PRODUCT:
    • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
    • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
    • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
    • Do not bandage.
    • Wash hands after use with cool water.
    • Do not use with heating pad or device.
  • Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur
  • If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.
  • If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Menthol USP (4%) (Cooling Pain Reliever).
Other Ingredients:Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Extract, Arnica Montana Flower Extract, Arctium Lappa Root (Burdock) Extract, Boswellia Carterii Resin Extract, Calendula Officinal's Extract, Carbomer, Camellia Sinensis (Green Tea) Leaf Extract, Camphor USP, Glycerin, Ilex Paraguariensis Leaf Extract, Isopropyl Alcohol, Isopropyl Myristate, Melissa Officinal's (Lemon Balm) Leaf Extract, Silicon Dioxide, Tocopheryl (Vitamin E) Acetate, Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP.

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Biofreeze
Akron, OH 44310
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

 
"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Colorless Roll-On - 3oz"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-12000x3|biofreeze-12000x3|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Colorless Roll-On - 3oz (3 Pack)"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-12000x3.html"|(29.95)|||"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel, Roll-On Colorless - 3 oz (3 Pack)
Biofreeze took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better and colorless.

Effective Natural Pain Relief for Sore Muscles and Joints.

Biofreeze is a #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic (muscle rub). It uses USP-grade menthol as an active ingredient providing a highly effective short term pain relief which then promotes faster recovery. Apply it easily to affected areas for fast and effective relief of pain related injuries (sore muscles, muscle sprains, muscle strains, sore joints, arthritis, and bruises). The newly improved formula is better in three ways:

    • It's more natural: enhanced botanical blend which contains no parabens or propylene glycol and does contain ilex, arnica, aloe, boswellia, calendula, green tea, burdock root, and lemon balm.
    • It applies easier and penetrates quicker: Biofreeze has added two effective skin conditioners (Vitamin E and aloe) into the new formula.
    • It's colorless: the new colorless Biofreeze is completely dye-free.

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer at 1-800-246-3733 or Visit: www.biofreeze.com

 

Features:

  • Applies easier and penetrates quickly
  • Enhanced and more natural formula
  • Colorless (dye-free)
  • Proprietary herbal blend
  • 100% paraben-free
  • Effective skin conditioners
  • Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent
  • Manufactured in the USA
  • Not tested on animals
  • Gel Roll-On:
    • allows for product application without the need to use hands
    • also provides a nice massage for soft tissue wherever you apply the product
    • can be used in trigger point therapy

Uses:

Biofreeze Pain Reliever delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.

Directions:

  • Shake well before use
  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Rub a thin film over affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

  • NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate
  • For external use only.
  • Flammable. Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.
  • May cause eye irritation.
  • May be harmful if swallowed.
  • FIRST AID MEASURES
    • Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell.
    • Skin Contact: Not applicable.
    • Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.
  • WHEN USING THIS PRODUCT:
    • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
    • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
    • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
    • Do not bandage.
    • Wash hands after use with cool water.
    • Do not use with heating pad or device.
  • Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur
  • If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.
  • If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Menthol USP (4%) (Cooling Pain Reliever).
Other Ingredients:Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Extract, Arnica Montana Flower Extract, Arctium Lappa Root (Burdock) Extract, Boswellia Carterii Resin Extract, Calendula Officinal's Extract, Carbomer, Camellia Sinensis (Green Tea) Leaf Extract, Camphor USP, Glycerin, Ilex Paraguariensis Leaf Extract, Isopropyl Alcohol, Isopropyl Myristate, Melissa Officinal's (Lemon Balm) Leaf Extract, Silicon Dioxide, Tocopheryl (Vitamin E) Acetate, Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP.

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Biofreeze
Akron, OH 44310
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

 
"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Colorless Roll-On - 3oz (3 Pack)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-11021|biofreeze-11021|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Hands Free Applicator - 4oz Tube"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-11021.html"|(12.99)|||"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Pain Relieving Gel, Hands-Free Applicator - 4 oz Tube
Biofreeze took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better and hand-free.

Effective Natural Pain Relief for Sore Muscles and Joints.

Biofreeze is a #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic (muscle rub). It uses USP-grade menthol as an active ingredient providing a highly effective short term pain relief which then promotes faster recovery. Apply it easily to affected areas for fast and effective relief of pain related injuries (sore muscles, muscle sprains, muscle strains, sore joints, arthritis, and bruises). The newly improved Biofreeze® is better in two ways:

  • The 4 fl oz Biofreeze gel tube with hands-free applicator allows the user to apply the gel either hands-free or hands-on. The delicate sponge applicator is perfect for even application of Biofreeze on sore joints, especially smaller joints like the knuckles.
  • More natural: with an enhanced botanical blend and now no parabens or propylene glycol. The new botanical blend includes ilex, arnica, aloe, boswellia, calendula, green tea, burdock root and lemon balm.
  • Applies easier and penetrates quickly: two effective skin conditioners, Vitamin E and aloe have been added
  • Gel Tube with Hands-Free Applicator Tip: The gel tube with hands-free applicator allows the user to apply the gel either hands-free or hands-on. The delicate sponge applicator is perfect for even application of Biofreeze on sore joints, especially smaller joints like the knuckles.

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

Uses:

Biofreeze Pain Reliever delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.

  • Applies easier and penetrates quickly
  • Enhanced and more natural formula
  • Proprietary herbal blend
  • 100% paraben-free
  • Effective skin conditioners
  • Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent
  • Manufactured in the USA
  • Not tested on animals

Directions:

  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Rub a thin film over affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.
  • Gel Tube with Hands-Free Applicator Tip: The gel tube with hands-free applicator allows the user to apply the gel either hands-free or hands-on. The delicate sponge applicator is perfect for even application of Biofreeze on sore joints, especially smaller joints like the knuckles.

Warnings:

  • For external use only.
  • NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate
  • Flammable. May cause eye irritation. May be harmful if swallowed.
  • First Aid Measures
    • Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell.
    • Skin Contact: Not applicable.
    • Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.
    • Ingestion: Do NOT induce vomiting. Immediately call a poison center or doctor/physician
  • Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.
  • When using this product:
    • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
    • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
    • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
    • Do not bandage.
    • Wash hands after use with cool water.
    • Do not use with heating pad or device.
  • Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur.
  • If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.
  • If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Menthol USP (4%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients: Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Extract, Arnica Montana Flower Extract, Arctium Lappa Root (Burdock) Extract, Boswellia Carterii Resin Extract, Calendula Officinal's Extract, Carbomer, Camellia Sinensis (Green Tea) Leaf Extract, Camphor USP, Glycerin, Ilex Paraguariensis Leaf Extract, Isopropyl Alcohol, Isopropyl Myristate, Melissa Officinal's (Lemon Balm) Leaf Extract, Silicone Dioxide, Tocopheryl (Vitamin E) Acetate, Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP, Blue 1, Yellow 5

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Performance Health Inc.
1245 Home Avenue,
 Akron, OH 44310
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Hands Free Applicator - 4oz Tube"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-11004|biofreeze-11004|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Pump 128 oz (1 Gallon)"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-11004.html"|(149.95)|||"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Pump - 1 Gallon (Green)
Biofreeze took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better.

Effective Natural Pain Relief for Sore Muscles and Joints.

Biofreeze is a #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic (muscle rub). It uses USP-grade menthol as an active ingredient providing a highly effective short term pain relief which then promotes faster recovery. Apply it easily to affected areas for fast and effective relief of pain related injuries (sore muscles, muscle sprains, muscle strains, sore joints, arthritis, and bruises). The newly improved formula is better in two ways:

    • It's more natural: enhanced botanical blend which contains no parabens or propylene glycol and does contain ilex, arnica, aloe, boswellia, calendula, green tea, burdock root, and lemon balm.
    • It applies easier and penetrates quicker: Biofreeze has added two effective skin conditioners (Vitamin E and aloe) into the new formula.

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer at 1-800-246-3733 or Visit: www.biofreeze.com

 

Features:

Biofreeze Pain Reliever delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.

  • Applies easier and penetrates quickly
  • Proprietary herbal blend
  • 100% paraben-free
  • Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent

Uses:

Biofreeze Pain Reliever delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.

Directions:

  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Rub a thin film over affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

  • NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate
  • For external use only.
  • Flammable. Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.
  • May cause eye irritation.
  • May be harmful if swallowed.
  • FIRST AID MEASURES
    • Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell.
    • Skin Contact: Not applicable.
    • Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.
  • WHEN USING THIS PRODUCT:
    • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes.
    • Do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
    • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
    • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
    • Do not bandage.
    • Wash hands after use with cool water.
    • Do not use with heating pad or device.
  • Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur
  • If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.
  • If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Menthol USP (4%) (Cooling Pain Reliever).
Other Ingredients: Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Extract, Arnica Montana Flower Extract, Arctium Lappa Root (Burdock) Extract, Boswellia Carterii Resin Extract, Calendula Officinal's Extract, Carbomer, Camellia Sinensis (Green Tea) Leaf Extract, Camphor USP, Glycerin, Ilex Paraguariensis Leaf Extract, Isopropyl Alcohol, Isopropyl Myristate, Melissa Officinal's (Lemon Balm) Leaf Extract, Silicone Dioxide, Tocopheryl (Vitamin E) Acetate, Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP, Blue 1, Yellow 5.

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.
Manufactured in the USA
Not tested on animals

Performance Health, LLC
1245 Home Avenue
Akron, OH 44310
©2014 Biofreeze www.biofreeze.com

 
"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Pump 128 oz (1 Gallon)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-10002x3|biofreeze-10002x3|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Pump 16 oz (Pack of 3)"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-10002x3.html"|(87.45)|(66.95)||"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Pain Relieving Gel with ILEX Pump
Biofreeze Pump - Pain Relief That Works®

Deep Penetrating, Long Lasting Pain Relief From: Arthritis, Sore Muscles & Joints, and Back Pain.

  • Greaseless
  • Stainless
  • Vanishing Scent
  • Cryotherapy - the cold method®

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

 

Uses:

Biofreeze provides temporary relief from minor aches and pains of sore muscles & joints associated with arthritis, backache, strains, and sprains.

Directions:

  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Apply to the affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

For external use only. Flammable: Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.

Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.

When using this product:

  • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
  • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
  • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
  • Do not bandage.
  • Wash hands after use with cool water.
  • Do not use with heating pad or device.

Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur

If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.

If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Natural Menthol USP (3.5%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients: Carbomer, FD&C Blue #1, FD&C Yellow #5, Glycerine, Herbal Extract (Ilex Paraguariensis), Isopropyl Alcohol USP, Methylparaben, Natural Carphor USP (For Scent), Propylene Glycol, Silicon Dioxide, Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Performance Health Inc.
1017 Boyd Road, Export, PA 15632
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Pump 16 oz (Pack of 3)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-12003-32oz-colorless|biofreeze-12003-32oz-colorless|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Pump 32 oz Colorless"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-12003-32oz-colorless.html"|(49.95)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Colorless Cold Therapy Pain Relief Gel - 32 oz

Biofreeze took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better and colorless. With its soothing vanishing scent and cooling gel this product will help you to be pain free in no time without having to use prescription drugs. Biofreeze is concentrated to help arthritis, back pain, sore muscles and joints. It comes in a new 32 ounce colorless gel pump that gives you more for a great price.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.Biofreeze.com

Features:

  • Works quickly and easily to use
  • Dye free
  • 100% paraben-free
  • Propylene glycol-free
  • Effective skin add ons
  • Greaseless and non-staining
  • Manufactured in the USA

Uses:

  • Temporary relief from minor aches and pains of core muscles and joints associated with arthritis, backache, strains and sprains.

Directions:

  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Rub a thin film over affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

  • For external use only.
  • NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate
  • Flammable. May cause eye irritation. May be harmful if swallowed.
  • First Aid Measures
    • Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell.
    • Skin Contact: Not applicable.
    • Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.
    • Ingestion: Do NOT induce vomiting. Immediately call a poison center or doctor/physician
  • Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.
  • When using this product:
    • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
    • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
    • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
    • Do not bandage.
    • Wash hands after use with cool water.
    • Do not use with heating pad or device.
  • Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur.
  • If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.
  • If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Menthol USP (4%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients:

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Performance Health Inc.
1245 Home Avenue,
Akron, OH 44310
©Performance Health Inc
www.Biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel 32 oz Pump, Colorless - 1 each"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-11003|biofreeze-11003|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Pump 32 oz Green"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-11003.html"|(49.95)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Pump - 32 oz (Green)
Biofreeze took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better.

Effective Natural Pain Relief for Sore Muscles and Joints.

Biofreeze is a #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic (muscle rub). It uses USP-grade menthol as an active ingredient providing a highly effective short term pain relief which then promotes faster recovery. Apply it easily to affected areas for fast and effective relief of pain related injuries (sore muscles, muscle sprains, muscle strains, sore joints, arthritis, and bruises). The newly improved formula is better in two ways:

    • It's more natural: enhanced botanical blend which contains no parabens or propylene glycol and does contain ilex, arnica, aloe, boswellia, calendula, green tea, burdock root, and lemon balm.
    • It applies easier and penetrates quicker: Biofreeze has added two effective skin conditioners (Vitamin E and aloe) into the new formula.

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer at 1-800-246-3733 or Visit: www.biofreeze.com

 

Features:

Biofreeze Pain Reliever delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.

  • Applies easier and penetrates quickly
  • Proprietary herbal blend
  • 100% paraben-free
  • Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent

Uses:

Biofreeze Pain Reliever delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.

Directions:

  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Rub a thin film over affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

  • NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate
  • For external use only.
  • Flammable. Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.
  • May cause eye irritation.
  • May be harmful if swallowed.
  • FIRST AID MEASURES
    • Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell.
    • Skin Contact: Not applicable.
    • Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.
  • WHEN USING THIS PRODUCT:
    • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes.
    • Do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
    • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
    • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
    • Do not bandage.
    • Wash hands after use with cool water.
    • Do not use with heating pad or device.
  • Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur
  • If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.
  • If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Menthol USP (4%) (Cooling Pain Reliever).
Other Ingredients: Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Extract, Arnica Montana Flower Extract, Arctium Lappa Root (Burdock) Extract, Boswellia Carterii Resin Extract, Calendula Officinal's Extract, Carbomer, Camellia Sinensis (Green Tea) Leaf Extract, Camphor USP, Glycerin, Ilex Paraguariensis Leaf Extract, Isopropyl Alcohol, Isopropyl Myristate, Melissa Officinal's (Lemon Balm) Leaf Extract, Silicone Dioxide, Tocopheryl (Vitamin E) Acetate, Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP, Blue 1, Yellow 5.

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.
Manufactured in the USA
Not tested on animals

Performance Health, LLC
1245 Home Avenue
Akron, OH 44310
©2014 Biofreeze www.biofreeze.com

 
"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Pump 32 oz Green"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-10000x3|biofreeze-10000x3|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Roll-On 3 oz (Pack of 3)"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-10000x3.html"|(29.95 3 85.65 6 162.9 12 311.4)|(24.95 3 72.75 6 141.3 12 275.4)|T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Pain Relieving Gel with ILEX Roll-On
Biofreeze Roll-On - Pain Relief That Works®

Important: These products are genuine BioFreeze products, suitable for consumer use. However, they may ship in International packaging, making them inappropriate for some wholesale/retail buyers.

Deep Penetrating, Long Lasting Pain Relief From: Arthritis, Sore Muscles & Joints, and Back Pain.

  • Roll-On is a great solution for touchless application
  • Greaseless
  • Stainless
  • Vanishing Scent
  • Cryotherapy - the cold method®

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

 

Uses:

Biofreeze provides temporary relief from minor aches and pains of sore muscles & joints associated with arthritis, backache, strains, and sprains.

Directions:

  • Shake well before use
  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Apply to the affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

For external use only. Flammable: Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.

Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.

When using this product:

  • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
  • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
  • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
  • Do not bandage.
  • Wash hands after use with cool water.
  • Do not use with heating pad or device.

Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur

If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.

If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Natural Menthol USP (3.5%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients: Carbomer, FD&C Blue #1, FD&C Yellow #5, Glycerine, Herbal Extract (Ilex Paraguariensis), Isopropyl Alcohol USP, Methylparaben, Natural Carphor USP (For Scent), Propylene Glycol, Silicone Doaxide, Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Performance Health Inc.
1017 Boyd Road, Export, PA 15632
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Roll-On 3 oz (Pack of 3)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-11000|biofreeze-11000|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Roll-On Green 3 oz"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-11000.html"|(12.49)|||"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel, Roll-On Green - 3 oz
We took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better.

Effective Natural Pain Relief for Sore Muscles and Joints.

Biofreeze is a #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic (muscle rub). It uses USP-grade menthol as an active ingredient providing a highly effective short term pain relief which then promotes faster recovery. Apply it easily to affected areas for fast and effective relief of pain related injuries (sore muscles, muscle sprains, muscle strains, sore joints, arthritis, and bruises). The newly improved formula is better in three ways:

    • It's more natural: enhanced botanical blend which contains no parabens or propylene glycol and does contain ilex, arnica, aloe, boswellia, calendula, green tea, burdock root, and lemon balm.
    • It applies easier and penetrates quicker: Biofreeze has added two effective skin conditioners (Vitamin E and aloe) into the new formula.
    • It can be colorless: you can choose from the original green color or the new colorless Biofreeze.

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer at 1-800-246-3733 or Visit: www.biofreeze.com

 

Features:

  • Applies easier and penetrates quickly
  • Enhanced and more natural formula
  • Colorless (dye-free) options
  • Proprietary herbal blend
  • 100% paraben-free
  • Effective skin conditioners
  • Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent
  • Manufactured in the USA
  • Not tested on animals
  • Gel Roll-On:
    • allows for product application without the need to use hands
    • also provides a nice massage for soft tissue wherever you apply the product
    • can be used in trigger point therapy

Uses:

Biofreeze Pain Reliever delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.

Directions:

  • Shake well before use
  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Rub a thin film over affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

  • NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate
  • For external use only.
  • Flammable. Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.
  • May cause eye irritation.
  • May be harmful if swallowed.
  • FIRST AID MEASURES
    • Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell.
    • Skin Contact: Not applicable.
    • Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.
  • WHEN USING THIS PRODUCT:
    • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
    • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
    • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
    • Do not bandage.
    • Wash hands after use with cool water.
    • Do not use with heating pad or device.
  • Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur
  • If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.
  • If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Menthol USP (4%) (Cooling Pain Reliever).
Other Ingredients:Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Extract, Arnica Montana Flower Extract, Arctium Lappa Root (Burdock) Extract, Boswellia Carterii Resin Extract, Calendula Officinal's Extract, Carbomer, Camellia Sinensis (Green Tea) Leaf Extract, Camphor USP, Glycerin, Ilex Paraguariensis Leaf Extract, Isopropyl Alcohol, Isopropyl Myristate, Melissa Officinal's (Lemon Balm) Leaf Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP, Blue 1, Yellow 5.

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Biofreeze
Akron, OH 44310
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

 
"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Roll-On Green 3 oz"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-11000x3|biofreeze-11000x3|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Roll-On Green 3 oz - Pack of 3"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-11000x3.html"|(33.95)|||"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel, Roll-On Green - 3 oz
We took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better.

Effective Natural Pain Relief for Sore Muscles and Joints.

Biofreeze is a #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic (muscle rub). It uses USP-grade menthol as an active ingredient providing a highly effective short term pain relief which then promotes faster recovery. Apply it easily to affected areas for fast and effective relief of pain related injuries (sore muscles, muscle sprains, muscle strains, sore joints, arthritis, and bruises). The newly improved formula is better in three ways:

    • It's more natural: enhanced botanical blend which contains no parabens or propylene glycol and does contain ilex, arnica, aloe, boswellia, calendula, green tea, burdock root, and lemon balm.
    • It applies easier and penetrates quicker: Biofreeze has added two effective skin conditioners (Vitamin E and aloe) into the new formula.
    • It can be colorless: you can choose from the original green color or the new colorless Biofreeze.

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer at 1-800-246-3733 or Visit: www.biofreeze.com

 

Features:

  • Applies easier and penetrates quickly
  • Enhanced and more natural formula
  • Colorless (dye-free) options
  • Proprietary herbal blend
  • 100% paraben-free
  • Effective skin conditioners
  • Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent
  • Manufactured in the USA
  • Not tested on animals
  • Gel Roll-On:
    • allows for product application without the need to use hands
    • also provides a nice massage for soft tissue wherever you apply the product
    • can be used in trigger point therapy

Uses:

Biofreeze Pain Reliever delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.

Directions:

  • Shake well before use
  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Rub a thin film over affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

  • NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate
  • For external use only.
  • Flammable. Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.
  • May cause eye irritation.
  • May be harmful if swallowed.
  • FIRST AID MEASURES
    • Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell.
    • Skin Contact: Not applicable.
    • Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.
  • WHEN USING THIS PRODUCT:
    • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
    • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
    • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
    • Do not bandage.
    • Wash hands after use with cool water.
    • Do not use with heating pad or device.
  • Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur
  • If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.
  • If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Menthol USP (4%) (Cooling Pain Reliever).
Other Ingredients:Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Extract, Arnica Montana Flower Extract, Arctium Lappa Root (Burdock) Extract, Boswellia Carterii Resin Extract, Calendula Officinal's Extract, Carbomer, Camellia Sinensis (Green Tea) Leaf Extract, Camphor USP, Glycerin, Ilex Paraguariensis Leaf Extract, Isopropyl Alcohol, Isopropyl Myristate, Melissa Officinal's (Lemon Balm) Leaf Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP, Blue 1, Yellow 5.

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Biofreeze
Akron, OH 44310
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

 
"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Roll-On Green 3 oz - Pack of 3"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-10020|biofreeze-10020|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Spray 16 oz"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-10020.html"|(35.95 3 104.7 6 203.1 12 395.4)|(29.95)|T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Pain Relieving Gel, Spray
Biofreeze Spray - Pain Relief That Works®

Deep Penetrating, Long Lasting Pain Relief From: Arthritis, Sore Muscles & Joints, and Back Pain.

  • Greaseless
  • Stainless
  • Vanishing Scent
  • Cryotherapy - the cold method®

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

 

Uses:

Biofreeze provides temporary relief from minor aches and pains of sore muscles & joints associated with arthritis, backache, strains, and sprains.

Directions:

  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Apply to the affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

For external use only. Flammable: Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.

Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.

When using this product:

  • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
  • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
  • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
  • Do not bandage.
  • Wash hands after use with cool water.
  • Do not use with heating pad or device.

Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur

If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.

If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Natural Menthol USP (10%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients: Arnica Montana, Celendula, Chamomile, Citric Acid, Dimethyl Sulfone, Echinacea, Ethanol, Ilex Paraguarenis, Isopropyl Mystate, Juniper Berry, White Tea

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Performance Health Inc.
1017 Boyd Road, Export, PA 15632
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Spray 16 oz"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-10020x3|biofreeze-10020x3|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Spray 16 oz (3 Pack)"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-10020x3.html"|(94.95 3 281.7 6 557.1 12 1103.4)|(87.95)|T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Pain Relieving Gel, Spray
Biofreeze Spray - Pain Relief That Works®

Deep Penetrating, Long Lasting Pain Relief From: Arthritis, Sore Muscles & Joints, and Back Pain.

  • Tube allows greater amount of product in the hand for application
  • Greaseless
  • Stainless
  • Vanishing Scent
  • Cryotherapy - the cold method®

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

 

Uses:

Biofreeze provides temporary relief from minor aches and pains of sore muscles & joints associated with arthritis, backache, strains, and sprains.

Directions:

  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Apply to the affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

For external use only. Flammable: Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.

Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.

When using this product:

  • avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
  • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
  • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
  • Do not bandage.
  • Wash hands after use with cool water.
  • Do not use with heating pad or device.

Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur

If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.

If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Natural Menthol USP 10% (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients: Arnica Montana, Celendula, Chamomile, Citric Acid, Dimethyl Sulfone, Echinacea, Ethanol, Ilex Paraguarenis, Isopropyl Mystate, Juniper Berry, White Tea

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Performance Health Inc.
1017 Boyd Road, Export, PA 15632
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Spray 16 oz (3 Pack)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-10001x3|biofreeze-10001x3|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Tube 4 oz (Pack of 3)"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-10001x3.html"|(29.95 3 85.65 6 162.9 12 311.4)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Pain Relieving Gel with ILEX Tube
Biofreeze Tube - Pain Relief That Works®

Important: These products are genuine BioFreeze products, suitable for consumer use. However, they may ship in International packaging, making them inappropriate for some wholesale/retail buyers.

Deep Penetrating, Long Lasting Pain Relief From: Arthritis, Sore Muscles & Joints, and Back Pain.

  • Tube allows greater amount of product in the hand for application
  • Greaseless
  • Stainless
  • Vanishing Scent
  • Cryotherapy - the cold method®

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

 

Uses:

Biofreeze provides temporary relief from minor aches and pains of sore muscles & joints associated with arthritis, backache, strains, and sprains.

Directions:

  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Apply to the affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

For external use only. Flammable: Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.

Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.

When using this product:

  • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
  • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
  • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
  • Do not bandage.
  • Wash hands after use with cool water.
  • Do not use with heating pad or device.

Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur

If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.

If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Natural Menthol USP (3.5%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients: Carbomer, FD&C Blue #1, FD&C Yellow #5, Glycerine, Herbal Extract (Ilex Paraguariensis), Isopropyl Alcohol USP, Methylparaben, Natural Carphor USP (For Scent), Propylene Glycol, Silicon Dioxide, Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Performance Health Inc.
1017 Boyd Road, Export, PA 15632
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Tube 4 oz (Pack of 3)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-11021x3|biofreeze-11021x3|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel, Hands Free Applicator - 4oz Tube 3 Pack"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-11021x3.html"|(31.95)|||"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Pain Relieving Gel, Hands-Free Applicator - 4 oz Tube (3 Pack)
Biofreeze took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better and hand-free.

Effective Natural Pain Relief for Sore Muscles and Joints.

Biofreeze is a #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic (muscle rub). It uses USP-grade menthol as an active ingredient providing a highly effective short term pain relief which then promotes faster recovery. Apply it easily to affected areas for fast and effective relief of pain related injuries (sore muscles, muscle sprains, muscle strains, sore joints, arthritis, and bruises). The newly improved Biofreeze® is better in two ways:

  • The 4 fl oz Biofreeze gel tube with hands-free applicator allows the user to apply the gel either hands-free or hands-on. The delicate sponge applicator is perfect for even application of Biofreeze on sore joints, especially smaller joints like the knuckles.
  • More natural: with an enhanced botanical blend and now no parabens or propylene glycol. The new botanical blend includes ilex, arnica, aloe, boswellia, calendula, green tea, burdock root and lemon balm.
  • Applies easier and penetrates quickly: two effective skin conditioners, Vitamin E and aloe have been added
  • Gel Tube with Hands-Free Applicator Tip: The gel tube with hands-free applicator allows the user to apply the gel either hands-free or hands-on. The delicate sponge applicator is perfect for even application of Biofreeze on sore joints, especially smaller joints like the knuckles.

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

Uses:

Biofreeze Pain Reliever delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.

  • Applies easier and penetrates quickly
  • Enhanced and more natural formula
  • Proprietary herbal blend
  • 100% paraben-free
  • Effective skin conditioners
  • Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent
  • Manufactured in the USA
  • Not tested on animals

Directions:

  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Rub a thin film over affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.
  • Gel Tube with Hands-Free Applicator Tip: The gel tube with hands-free applicator allows the user to apply the gel either hands-free or hands-on. The delicate sponge applicator is perfect for even application of Biofreeze on sore joints, especially smaller joints like the knuckles.

Warnings:

  • For external use only.
  • NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate
  • Flammable. May cause eye irritation. May be harmful if swallowed.
  • First Aid Measures
    • Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell.
    • Skin Contact: Not applicable.
    • Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.
    • Ingestion: Do NOT induce vomiting. Immediately call a poison center or doctor/physician
  • Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.
  • When using this product:
    • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
    • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
    • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
    • Do not bandage.
    • Wash hands after use with cool water.
    • Do not use with heating pad or device.
  • Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur.
  • If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.
  • If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Menthol USP (4%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients: Aloe Barbadensis Leaf Extract, Arnica Montana Flower Extract, Arctium Lappa Root (Burdock) Extract, Boswellia Carterii Resin Extract, Calendula Officinalis Extract, Carbomer, Camellia Sinensis (Green Tea) Leaf Extract, Camphor USP, Glycerin, Ilex Paraguariensis Leaf Extract, Isopropyl Alcohol, Isopropyl Myristate, Melissa Officinalis (Lemon Balm) Leaf Extract, Silicone Dioxide, Tocopheryl (Vitamin E) Acetate, Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP, Blue 1, Yellow 5

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Performance Health Inc.
1245 Home Avenue,
 Akron, OH 44310
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Hands Free Applicator - 4oz Tube (3 Pack)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-10003|biofreeze-10003|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel, Pump - 32 oz # 11919"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-10003.html"|(45.95 3 131.55 6 250.5 12 479.4)|(29.95)|T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Pain Relieving Gel, 32 oz Pump
Biofreeze® Pump - Pain Relief That Works®

Biofreeze® is a long lasting, deep penetrating pain relief gel. It combines ILEX with Natural Menthol into the greaseless, stainless formula. Biofreeze® can help to provide temporary relief from multiple different types of minor aches and pains, arthritic pains, sore muscles and joins, backaches, strains and sprains. Biofreeze® 32 oz Pain Relieving Gel comes in an easy-to-use pump bottle.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

Features:

  • Greaseless and Stainless
  • Contains Menthol & ILEX
  • Long Lasting Relief
  • Vanishing Scent

Uses:

  • Biofreeze® provides temporary relief from minor aches and pains of sore muscles & joints associated with:
    • Back Pain
    • Strains
    • Sprains
    • Arthritis Pain

Directions:

  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Apply to the affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

For external use only. Flammable: Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.

Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.

When using this product:

  • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
  • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
  • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
  • Do not bandage.
  • Wash hands after use with cool water.
  • Do not use with heating pad or device.

Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur

If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.

If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

  • Active Ingredients: Natural Menthol USP (3.5%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
  • Other Ingredients: Carbomer, FD&C Blue #1, FD&C Yellow #5, Glycerine, Herbal Extract (Ilex Paraguariensis), Isopropyl Alcohol USP, Methylparaben, Natural Camphor USP (For Scent), Propylene Glycol, Silicon Dioxide, Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP

Performance Health Inc.
1245 Home Ave, Akron, OH 44310
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Cold Therapy Pain Relief Gel, Pump - 32 oz (#11919)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-10040|biofreeze-10040|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Singles On the Go 10 ea"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-10040.html"|(10.95 3 31.83 6 61.68 12 119.88)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Pain Relieving On-The-Go Singles - (10 Applications Each)
Biofreeze® took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better and portable for on-the-go.

Effective Natural Pain Relief for Sore Muscles and Joints.

Biofreeze® is a #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic (muscle rub). It uses USP-grade menthol as an active ingredient providing a highly effective short term pain relief which then promotes faster recovery. Apply it easily to affected areas for fast and effective relief of pain related injuries (sore muscles, muscle sprains, muscle strains, sore joints, arthritis, and bruises). Biofreeze® Singles contain the power of Biofreeze in a stamp-sized package that is perfect to take with you wherever you go. You can have pain relief with you - anytime, anywhere! The formula is a botanical blend including MSM, Ilex, Arnica, Calendula, Chamomile, Echinacea, Juniper Berry, and White Tea. To use the Singles, simple hold the edges, fold them together, apply it, and continue on your day. It's easy to use, mess-free, and fits anywhere.

    • Perfect when you're always "On-The-Go"
    • Singles come in a convenient 10 count dispenser box.
    • Paraben free

Biofreeze® is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer at 1-800-246-3733 or Visit: www.biofreeze.com

Features:

  • Applies easily and penetrates quickly
  • Proprietary herbal blend
  • 100% paraben-free
  • Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent
  • A no mess topical pain reliever that goes wherever you go: for arthritis, sore muscles, and joint discomfort.

Uses:

Biofreeze® Pain Relieving Singles delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.

The Singles are the ideal size for:

  • Running
  • Hiking
  • Biking
  • Travel
  • Purse
  • Golf Bag
  • Pocket
  • Gym Bag
  • Desk
  • Backpack
  • Car
  • And More...
Anytime. Anywhere.

Directions:

  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Apply on to the affected areas not more than 4 times daily.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.
  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
    • Step 1: Hold on Opposite Sides
    • Step 2: Fold Sides Down Away From Pad
    • Step 3: Apply Squeeze Liquid Into Pad and Apply

Warnings:

  • NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate
  • For external use only.
  • Flammable. Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.
  • May cause eye irritation.
  • May be harmful if swallowed.
  • FIRST AID MEASURES
    • Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell.
    • Skin Contact: Not applicable.
    • Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.
  • WHEN USING THIS PRODUCT:
    • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes.
    • Do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
    • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
    • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
    • Do not bandage.
    • Wash hands after use with cool water.
    • Do not use with heating pad or device.
  • Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur
  • If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.
  • If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Menthol USP (10%) (Cooling Pain Reliever).
Other Ingredients: Arnica Montana, Calendula, Chamomile, Dimethyl Sulfone, Echinacea, Ethanol, ILEX Paraguarenis, Isopropyl Myristate, Juniper Berry, Water, White Tea

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.
Manufactured in the USA
Not tested on animals

Performance Health, LLC
1245 Home Avenue
Akron, OH 44310
©2014 Biofreeze www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Singles On the Go 10 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-10040x3|biofreeze-10040x3|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Singles On the Go 10 ea (3 Pack)"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-10040x3.html"|(28.95)|(25.95)||"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Pain Relieving On-The-Go Singles - (10 Applications Each) (3 Pack)
Biofreeze® took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better and portable for on-the-go.

Effective Natural Pain Relief for Sore Muscles and Joints.

Biofreeze® is a #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic (muscle rub). It uses USP-grade menthol as an active ingredient providing a highly effective short term pain relief which then promotes faster recovery. Apply it easily to affected areas for fast and effective relief of pain related injuries (sore muscles, muscle sprains, muscle strains, sore joints, arthritis, and bruises). Biofreeze® Singles contain the power of Biofreeze in a stamp-sized package that is perfect to take with you wherever you go. You can have pain relief with you - anytime, anywhere! The formula is a botanical blend including MSM, Ilex, Arnica, Calendula, Chamomile, Echinacea, Juniper Berry, and White Tea. To use the Singles, simple hold the edges, fold them together, apply it, and continue on your day. It's easy to use, mess-free, and fits anywhere.

    • Perfect when you're always "On-The-Go"
    • Singles come in a convenient 10 count dispenser box.
    • Paraben free

Biofreeze® is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer at 1-800-246-3733 or Visit: www.biofreeze.com

Features:

  • Applies easily and penetrates quickly
  • Proprietary herbal blend
  • 100% paraben-free
  • Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent
  • A no mess topical pain reliever that goes wherever you go: for arthritis, sore muscles, and joint discomfort.

Uses:

Biofreeze® Pain Relieving Singles delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.

The Singles are the ideal size for:

  • Running
  • Hiking
  • Biking
  • Travel
  • Purse
  • Golf Bag
  • Pocket
  • Gym Bag
  • Desk
  • Backpack
  • Car
  • And More...
Anytime. Anywhere.

Directions:

  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Apply on to the affected areas not more than 4 times daily.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.
  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
    • Step 1: Hold on Opposite Sides
    • Step 2: Fold Sides Down Away From Pad
    • Step 3: Apply Squeeze Liquid Into Pad and Apply

Warnings:

  • NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate
  • For external use only.
  • Flammable. Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.
  • May cause eye irritation.
  • May be harmful if swallowed.
  • FIRST AID MEASURES
    • Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell.
    • Skin Contact: Not applicable.
    • Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.
  • WHEN USING THIS PRODUCT:
    • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes.
    • Do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
    • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
    • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
    • Do not bandage.
    • Wash hands after use with cool water.
    • Do not use with heating pad or device.
  • Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur
  • If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.
  • If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Menthol USP (10%) (Cooling Pain Reliever).
Other Ingredients: Arnica Montana, Calendula, Chamomile, Dimethyl Sulfone, Echinacea, Ethanol, ILEX Paraguarenis, Isopropyl Myristate, Juniper Berry, Water, White Tea

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.
Manufactured in the USA
Not tested on animals

Performance Health, LLC
1245 Home Avenue
Akron, OH 44310
©2014 Biofreeze www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Singles On the Go 10 ea (3 Pack)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-10012|biofreeze-10012|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Spray - 2 oz"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-10012.html"|(9.95)|||"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Pain Relieving Spray
Biofreeze Spray - Pain Relief That Works®

Deep Penetrating, Long Lasting Pain Relief From: Arthritis, Sore Muscles & Joints, and Back Pain.

  • Tube allows greater amount of product in the hand for application
  • Greaseless
  • Stainless
  • Vanishing Scent
  • Cryotherapy - the cold method®

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

 

Uses:

Biofreeze provides temporary relief from minor aches and pains of sore muscles & joints associated with arthritis, backache, strains, and sprains.

Directions:

  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Apply to the affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

For external use only. Flammable: Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.

Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.

When using this product:

  • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
  • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
  • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
  • Do not bandage.
  • Wash hands after use with cool water.
  • Do not use with heating pad or device.

Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur

If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.

If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Natural Menthol USP 10%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients: Arnica Montana, Celendula, Chamomile, Citric Acid, Dimethyl Sulfone, Echinacea, Ethanol, Ilex Paraguarenis, Isopropyl Mystate, Juniper Berry, White Tea

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Performance Health Inc.
1017 Boyd Road, Export, PA 15632
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Spray - 2 oz"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-10012x3|biofreeze-10012x3|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Spray - 2 oz - Pack of 3"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-10012x3.html"|(29.95)|||"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Pain Relieving Spray
Biofreeze Spray - Pain Relief That Works®

Deep Penetrating, Long Lasting Pain Relief From: Arthritis, Sore Muscles & Joints, and Back Pain.

  • Tube allows greater amount of product in the hand for application
  • Greaseless
  • Stainless
  • Vanishing Scent
  • Cryotherapy - the cold method®

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

 

Uses:

Biofreeze provides temporary relief from minor aches and pains of sore muscles & joints associated with arthritis, backache, strains, and sprains.

Directions:

  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Apply to the affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

For external use only. Flammable: Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.

Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.

When using this product:

  • avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
  • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
  • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
  • Do not bandage.
  • Wash hands after use with cool water.
  • Do not use with heating pad or device.

Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur

If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.

If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Natural Menthol USP 10%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients: Arnica Montana, Celendula, Chamomile, Citric Acid, Dimethyl Sulfone, Echinacea, Ethanol, Ilex Paraguarenis, Isopropyl Mystate, Juniper Berry, White Tea

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Performance Health Inc.
1017 Boyd Road, Export, PA 15632
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Spray - 2 oz - Pack of 3"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-10015x3|biofreeze-10015x3|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Spray - 4 oz (Pack of 3) # BUSASN04-001"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-10015x3.html"|(33.95 3 95.55 6 178.5 12 335.4)|(25.95)|T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Pain Relieving Spray - 3 Pack
Biofreeze Spray - Pain Relief That Works®

Deep Penetrating, Long Lasting Pain Relief From: Arthritis, Sore Muscles & Joints, and Back Pain.

  • Greaseless
  • Stainless
  • Vanishing Scent
  • Cryotherapy - the cold method®

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

 

Uses:

Biofreeze provides temporary relief from minor aches and pains of sore muscles & joints associated with arthritis, backache, strains, and sprains.

Directions:

  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Apply to the affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

For external use only. Flammable: Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.

Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.

When using this product:

  • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
  • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
  • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
  • Do not bandage.
  • Wash hands after use with cool water.
  • Do not use with heating pad or device.

Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur

If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.

If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Natural Menthol USP (10%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients: Arnica Montana, Celendula, Chamomile, Citric Acid, Dimethyl Sulfone, Echinacea, Ethanol, Ilex Paraguarenis, Isopropyl Mystate, Juniper Berry, White Tea

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Performance Health Inc.
1017 Boyd Road, Export, PA 15632
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Spray - 4 oz (Pack of 3) # BUSASN04-001"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-10002|biofreeze-10002|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pump Pain Relieving Gel 16 oz"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-10002.html"|(29.95 3 87.75 6 171.3 12 335.4)|(22.95)|T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Pain Relieving Gel, Pump
Biofreeze Pump - Pain Relief That Works®

Deep Penetrating, Long Lasting Pain Relief From: Arthritis, Sore Muscles & Joints, and Back Pain.

  • Greaseless
  • Stainless
  • Vanishing Scent
  • Cryotherapy - the cold method®

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

 

Uses:

Biofreeze provides temporary relief from minor aches and pains of sore muscles & joints associated with arthritis, backache, strains, and sprains.

Directions:

  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Apply to the affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

For external use only. Flammable: Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.

Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.

When using this product:

  • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
  • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
  • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
  • Do not bandage.
  • Wash hands after use with cool water.
  • Do not use with heating pad or device.

Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur

If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.

If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Natural Menthol USP (3.5%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients: Carbomer, FD&C Blue #1, FD&C Yellow #5, Glycerine, Herbal Extract (Ilex Paraguariensis), Isopropyl Alcohol USP, Methylparaben, Natural Carphor USP (For Scent), Propylene Glycol, Silicon Dioxide, Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Performance Health Inc.
1017 Boyd Road, Export, PA 15632
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Pump 16 oz"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-10000|biofreeze-10000|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Roll-On Pain Relieving Gel 3 oz"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-10000.html"|(9.49 3 26.79 6 50.28 12 94.8)|(8.95 3 25.74 6 49.32 12 94.8)|T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Pain Relieving Gel, Roll-On
Biofreeze Roll-On - Pain Relief That Works®

Deep Penetrating, Long Lasting Pain Relief From: Arthritis, Sore Muscles & Joints, and Back Pain.

Important: These products are genuine BioFreeze products, suitable for consumer use. However, they may ship in International packaging, making them inappropriate for some wholesale/retail buyers.

  • Roll-On is a great solution for touchless application
  • Greaseless
  • Stainless
  • Vanishing Scent
  • Cryotherapy - the cold method®

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

 

Uses:

Biofreeze provides temporary relief from minor aches and pains of sore muscles & joints associated with arthritis, backache, strains, and sprains.

Directions:

  • Shake well before use
  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Apply to the affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

For external use only. Flammable: Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.

Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.

When using this product:

  • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
  • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
  • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
  • Do not bandage.
  • Wash hands after use with cool water.
  • Do not use with heating pad or device.

Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur

If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.

If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Natural Menthol USP (3.5%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients: Carbomer, FD&C Blue #1, FD&C Yellow #5, Glycerine, Herbal Extract (Ilex Paraguariensis), Isopropyl Alcohol USP, Methylparaben, Natural Carphor USP (For Scent), Propylene Glycol, Silicone Doaxide, Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Performance Health Inc.
1017 Boyd Road, Export, PA 15632
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Roll-On 3 oz"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-10015|biofreeze-10015|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Spray - 4 oz # BUSASN04-001"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-10015.html"|(11.95 3 33.75 6 63.3 12 119.4)|(8.95)|T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Pain Relieving Spray
Biofreeze Spray - Pain Relief That Works®

Deep Penetrating, Long Lasting Pain Relief From: Arthritis, Sore Muscles & Joints, and Back Pain.

  • Greaseless
  • Stainless
  • Vanishing Scent
  • Cryotherapy - the cold method®

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

 

Uses:

Biofreeze provides temporary relief from minor aches and pains of sore muscles & joints associated with arthritis, backache, strains, and sprains.

Directions:

  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Apply to the affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

For external use only. Flammable: Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.

Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.

When using this product:

  • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
  • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
  • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
  • Do not bandage.
  • Wash hands after use with cool water.
  • Do not use with heating pad or device.

Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur

If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.

If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Natural Menthol USP (10%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients: Arnica Montana, Celendula, Chamomile, Citric Acid, Dimethyl Sulfone, Echinacea, Ethanol, Ilex Paraguarenis, Isopropyl Mystate, Juniper Berry, White Tea

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Performance Health Inc.
1017 Boyd Road, Export, PA 15632
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Spray - 4 oz # BUSASN04-001"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biofreeze-10001|biofreeze-10001|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Tube Pain Relieving Gel 4 oz"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-10001.html"|(9.49 3 26.79 6 50.28 12 94.8)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Pain Relieving Gel, Tube
Biofreeze Tube - Pain Relief That Works®

Deep Penetrating, Long Lasting Pain Relief From: Arthritis, Sore Muscles & Joints, and Back Pain.

Important: These products are genuine BioFreeze products, suitable for consumer use. However, they may ship in International packaging, making them inappropriate for some wholesale/retail buyers.

  • Tube allows greater amount of product in the hand for application
  • Greaseless
  • Stainless
  • Vanishing Scent
  • Cryotherapy - the cold method®

Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.

Questions: Manufacturer 1-800-246-3733 or www.biofreeze.com

 

Uses:

Biofreeze provides temporary relief from minor aches and pains of sore muscles & joints associated with arthritis, backache, strains, and sprains.

Directions:

  • Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
  • Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Apply to the affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
  • Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.

Warnings:

For external use only. Flammable: Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.

Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.

When using this product:

  • Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
  • Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
  • Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
  • Do not bandage.
  • Wash hands after use with cool water.
  • Do not use with heating pad or device.

Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur

If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.

If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

Ingredients:

Active Ingredients: Natural Menthol USP (3.5%) (Cooling Pain Reliever)
Other Ingredients: Carbomer, FD&C Blue #1, FD&C Yellow #5, Glycerine, Herbal Extract (Ilex Paraguariensis), Isopropyl Alcohol USP, Methylparaben, Natural Carphor USP (For Scent), Propylene Glycol, Silicon Dioxide, Triethanolamine, Purified Water USP

Other Information:

Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly.

Performance Health Inc.
1017 Boyd Road, Export, PA 15632
©Performance Health Inc www.biofreeze.com

"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Tube 4 oz"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| biomedical-life-systems|biomedical-life-systems|SECTIONS|"Biomedical Life Systems"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"

If you suffer from chronic pain, you know just how difficult it can be to get the relief you need. At OTC Wholesale, we offer Transcutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulator (TENS) units from Biomedical Life Systems and others to ensure that every customer has a chance at a pain-free life. TENS units stimulate nerve endings in the body to reduce pain caused by arthritis and other health conditions. You can now get an at-home TENS unit for yourself at a discount price by shopping online at OTC Wholesale.

Biomedical Life Systems provides high-quality TENS units that can help you deal with the pain you suffer from by providing quick, easy relief. These units are easy to operate and will last for many uses to come. At OTC Wholesale, we don't want your budget to keep you from living a life with less pain. That's why we offer discount prices every day on the healthcare products you need. Place your order for Biomedical Life Systems TENS units and other medical wholesale items at OTC Wholesale today.

"|"BioMedical"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BIOMEDICAL-00301 :BIOMEDICAL-00302)"|""||| bionime||SECTIONS|"Bionime"|""||||""|""|""|""|"The new blood glucose monitoring system presented by BIONIME Corporation -- the Bionime Rightest GM300 Blood Glucose Monitoring System, is accurate in testing patients' blood glucose level. The Bionime monitor will save the readings in the system to ensure overall blood glucose stabile management. Its design is safe, convenient and user-friendly. Diabetes patients can rest assured and trust the safety of the Bionime GM300.

We buy Bionime and other diabetic supplies in quantity and pass the savings along to our on-line retail customers. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here.
"|"Bionime Diabetic Supply Center
Bionime GM300 Rightest Blood Glucose Meter Kit
Bionime GS300 Diabetic Test Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BIONIME-00002 :BIONIME-00028 :BIONIME-00005 :BIONIME-00029 :BIONIME-00005-100 :BIONIME-00029-100 :BIONIME-00037 :BIONIME-00038 :BIONIME-00038-100 :BIONIME-00029EXP0217)"|""||| bionime-00028|bionime-00028|PRODUCTS|"Bionime Rightest GM100 Blood Glucose Monitoring System"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bionime-00028.html"|(19.95)|||"Bionime"|""|""|""|"

Bionime Rightest GM100 Blood Glucose Monitoring System
New! Noble Metal Electrode Strip

The Bionime Rightest GM 100 Blood Glucose Monitoring System's ergonomic design makes it easy to handle, especially for those who suffer from arthritis, obesity, lost movement from stroke, or any other paralysis.

  • Proven Reliable and Accurate Results
  • Easy to Handle, Easy to Fill Test Strips
  • Results Available in Seconds
  • Test From Multiple Locations with Less Pain

The new blood glucose monitoring system presented by BIONIME Corporation -- the Rightest GM100 Blood Glucose Monitoring System, is accurate in testing patients' blood glucose level. The device will save the readings in the system to ensure overall blood glucose stabile management. Its design is safe, convenient and user-friendly. Diabetes patients can rest assured and trust the safety of GM100.

View the full operations manual: Bionime GM100 Instructions

View the full operations manual: Bionime GM100 Technical Data

View the full operations manual: Bionime GM100 Pamphlet

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-858-481-8485 or Visit: www.bionime.com

Features:

  • Ultra Slim and Stylish design
  • Large display
  • No coding, no need to select calibration code
  • Only a tiny sample required (1.4ul)
  • Stable punching lancing device with safety switch and lancet eject function

Package Includes:

Your Rightest System Kit Includes:

  • Rightest Meter
  • 10 pcs of Rightest Test Strips
  • Rightest Control Solution
  • Rightest Instructions for use
  • Rightest Test Strips insert
  • Rightest Lancing Device
  • 10 pcs of Lancets
  • Lancet Device insert
  • Log Book
  • Warranty Card + Emergency Card
  • One CR2032 battery
  • Carrying Case

Bionime Corporation
No. 694, Renhua Rd.
Dali City, Taichung County, Taiwan
©BIONIME www.bionime.com

USA Service Center
10865 Rancho Bernardo Rd. Ste 100
San Diego, CA 92127
1-888-481-8485
www.bionimeusa.com

"|"Bionime Rightest GM100 Blood Glucose Monitoring System"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bionime-00002|bionime-00002|PRODUCTS|"Bionime Rightest GM300 Blood Glucose Monitoring System"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bionime-00002.html"|(17.95)|||"Bionime"|""|""|""|"
Bionime Rightest GM300 Blood Glucose Monitoring System
New! Noble Metal Electrode Strip

The Bionime Rightest GM 300 Blood Glucose Monitoring System's ergonomic design makes it easy to handle, especially for those who suffer from arthritis, obesity, lost movement from stroke, or any other paralysis.

  • Proven Reliable and Accurate Results
  • Easy to Handle, Easy to Fill Test Strips
  • Results Available in Seconds
  • Test From Multiple Locations with Less Pain
  • Only a tiny sample required (1.4 microliters)

The new blood glucose monitoring system presented by BIONIME Corporation -- the Rightest GM300 Blood Glucose Monitoring System, is accurate in testing patients' blood glucose level. The device will save the readings in the system to ensure overall blood glucose stabile management. Its design is safe, convenient and user-friendly. Diabetes patients can rest assured and trust the safety of GM300.

View the full operations manual: Bionime GM300 Manual

View the full operations manual: Bionime GM300 QuickStart Guide

View the full operations manual: Bionime GM300 Technical Data

View the full operations manual: Bionime GM300 Pamphlet

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-858-481-8485 or Visit: www.bionime.com

Features:

  • Top-notch CV value (Coefficient of Variation) making GM300 one of the most accurate units in the world.
  • Smart Accuracy Testing with Smart code Key auto-corrects the data. It is more convenient for users since they do not have to worry about manual configuration.
  • Responds in a very short time (less than 8 seconds). Quick and accurately measures the blood glucose level.
  • Big LCD screen to lay out all information at a glance.
  • Auto-start when the test strip is inserted.
  • Inserting and withdrawing test strips from different directions to avoid fingers touching the blood sample, helps keep the blood sample from being contaminated.
  • Stores 300 sets of readings including dates and time stamp. Browsing saved data is made easy with the up and down scrolling button.
  • Unique multiple sampling location function . Whether you take your blood sample from forearm, palm or finger tip, all readings will be auto-corrected as vein plasma readings.

Package Includes:

Your Rightest System Kit Includes:

  • Rightest Meter
  • Rightest Dummy Code Key
  • Rightest Control Solution
  • Rightest Key Check
  • Users Manual
  • Getting Started Guide
  • Two AAA Batteries
  • Carrying Case
  • Log Book

Bionime Corporation
No. 694, Renhua Rd.
Dali City, Taichung County, Taiwan
©BIONIME www.bionime.com

USA Service Center
10865 Rancho Bernardo Rd. Ste 100
San Diego, CA 92127
1-888-481-8485
www.bionimeusa.com

"|"Bionime Rightest GM300 Blood Glucose Monitoring System"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bionime-00037|bionime-00037|PRODUCTS|"Bionime Rightest GM550 Blood Glucose Monitoring System"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bionime-00037.html"|(22.95)|||"Bionime"|""|""|""|"
Bionime Rightest GM550 Blood Glucose Monitoring System
500 test memory with 7,14, 30 and 90-day averaging

The GM550 has a large, easy-to-read LCD screen. The display is crystal clear and backlit so it can be read even in low light. The GM550 also has a 500 test memory with 7, 14, 30 and 90 day averaging and it uses our patented, large-sized, rigid test strips, which add to its ease of use.

  • Proven Reliable and Accurate Results
  • Easy to Handle, Easy to Fill Test Strips
  • Results Available in Seconds
  • Test From Multiple Locations with Less Pain

Using nano technology precious metal electrode, injection molding test strips, and non-wire design features, diabetes patients only need to take a minute amount of blood sample (less than 1.4 microliters) to perform a blood glucose test in a simple, convenient and safe manner.

View the full operations manual: Bionime GM550 Manual

View the full operations manual: Bionime GM550 QuickStart Guide

View the full operations manual: Bionime GM550 Technical Data

View the full operations manual: Bionime GM550 Pamphlet

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-858-481-8485 or Visit: www.bionime.com

Uses:

  • Proven accuracy
  • Large, injection molded test strips
  • Large, easy-to-read, backlit display
  • 1.0 microliter blood sample size required
  • Auto coding
  • Energy-saving auto-start & shut-off
  • Ergonomic design
  • 500 test memory with 7,14, 30 and 90-day averaging
  • Downloadable results

View the full Tech Specs: Bionime GM550 Tech Specs Sheet

Features:

  • Injection molding test strips make the production quality very stable.
  • Exclusive blade handle design. Easy to use.
  • Safety design prevents the blood sample from contamination. No blood will get on your hands.
  • Uses precious metal electrodes that have a superb electrochemical structure that can transmit the message quickly with minimum error.
  • Wireless design can avoid the risks of weak signals.
  • Only a minute amount of blood sample (less than 1.4 microliters) is needed for testing.

Bionime Corporation
No. 694, Renhua Rd.
Dali City, Taichung County, Taiwan
©BIONIME www.bionime.com

USA Service Center
10865 Rancho Bernardo Rd. Ste 100
San Diego, CA 92127
1-888-481-8485
www.bionimeusa.com

"|"Bionime Rightest GM550 Blood Glucose Monitoring System"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bionime-00029-100|bionime-00029-100|PRODUCTS|"Bionime Rightest GS100 Blood Glucose Test Strips - 100 Strips"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bionime-00029-100.html"|(32.95)|(23.95)||"Bionime"|""|""|""|"
Bionime Rightest GS100 Blood Glucose Test Strips
New! Noble Metal Electrode Strip

The GS100 test strip applies patented precious metal electrodes which have excellent conductivity and catalytic effect. It is an excellent electro-transmission medium, and laboratory-grade electrode made cheap and affordable for disposable test strips. Working with GM100 Blood Glucose Monitoring System, the blood glucose level can be accurately measured in turn giving diabetes patients the most considerate care.

  • Proven Reliable and Accurate Results
  • Easy to Handle, Easy to Fill Test Strips
  • Results Available in Seconds
  • Test From Multiple Locations with Less Pain

Using nano technology precious metal electrode, injection molding test strips, and non-wire design features, diabetes patients only need to take a minute amount of blood sample (less than 1.4 microliters) to perform a blood glucose test in a simple, convenient and safe manner.

View the full operations manual: Bionime GS100 Test Strip Insert

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-858-481-8485 or Visit: www.bionime.com

Features:

  • Injection molding test strips make the production quality very stable.
  • Exclusive blade handle design. Easy to use.
  • Safety design prevents the blood sample from contamination. No blood will get on your hands.
  • Uses precious metal electrodes that have a superb electrochemical structure that can transmit the message quickly with minimum error.
  • Wireless design can avoid the risks of weak signals.
  • Only a minute amount of blood sample (less than 1.4 microliters) is needed for testing.

Bionime Corporation
No. 694, Renhua Rd.
Dali City, Taichung County, Taiwan
©BIONIME www.bionime.com

USA Service Center
10865 Rancho Bernardo Rd. Ste 100
San Diego, CA 92127
1-888-481-8485
www.bionimeusa.com

"|"Bionime Rightest GS100 Blood Glucose Test Strips - 100 Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bionime-00029|bionime-00029|PRODUCTS|"Bionime Rightest GS100 Blood Glucose Test Strips - 50 Strips"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bionime-00029.html"|(16.45)|(12.99)||"Bionime"|""|""|""|"
Bionime Rightest GS100 Blood Glucose Test Strips
New! Noble Metal Electrode Strip

The GS100 test strip applies patented precious metal electrodes which have excellent conductivity and catalytic effect. It is an excellent electro-transmission medium, and laboratory-grade electrode made cheap and affordable for disposable test strips. Working with GM100 Blood Glucose Monitoring System, the blood glucose level can be accurately measured in turn giving diabetes patients the most considerate care.

  • Proven Reliable and Accurate Results
  • Easy to Handle, Easy to Fill Test Strips
  • Results Available in Seconds
  • Test From Multiple Locations with Less Pain

Using nano technology precious metal electrode, injection molding test strips, and non-wire design features, diabetes patients only need to take a minute amount of blood sample (less than 1.4 microliters) to perform a blood glucose test in a simple, convenient and safe manner.

View the full operations manual: Bionime GS100 Test Strip Insert

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-858-481-8485 or Visit: www.bionime.com

Features:

  • Injection molding test strips make the production quality very stable.
  • Exclusive blade handle design. Easy to use.
  • Safety design prevents the blood sample from contamination. No blood will get on your hands.
  • Uses precious metal electrodes that have a superb electrochemical structure that can transmit the message quickly with minimum error.
  • Wireless design can avoid the risks of weak signals.
  • Only a minute amount of blood sample (less than 1.4 microliters) is needed for testing.

Package Includes:

  • 50 Noble Metal Electrode Strips - 2 vials of 25

Bionime Corporation
No. 694, Renhua Rd.
Dali City, Taichung County, Taiwan
©BIONIME www.bionime.com

"|"Bionime Rightest GS100 Blood Glucose Test Strips - 50 Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bionime-00005-100|bionime-00005-100|PRODUCTS|"Bionime Rightest GS300 Blood Glucose Test Strips - 100 Strips"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bionime-00005-100.html"|(33.95)|(23.95)||"Bionime"|""|""|""|"
Bionime Rightest GS300 Blood Glucose Test Strips
New! Noble Metal Electrode Strip

The GS300 test strip applies patented precious metal electrodes which have excellent conductivity and catalytic effect. It is an excellent electro-transmission medium, and laboratory-grade electrode made cheap and affordable for disposable test strips. Working with GM300 Blood Glucose Monitoring System, the blood glucose level can be accurately measured in turn giving diabetes patients the most considerate care.

  • Proven Reliable and Accurate Results
  • Easy to Handle, Easy to Fill Test Strips
  • Results Available in Seconds
  • Test From Multiple Locations with Less Pain

Using nano technology precious metal electrode, injection molding test strips, and non-wire design features, diabetes patients only need to take a minute amount of blood sample (less than 1.4 microliters) to perform a blood glucose test in a simple, convenient and safe manner.

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-858-481-8485 or Visit: www.bionime.com

Features:

  • Injection molding test strips make the production quality very stable.
  • Exclusive blade handle design. Easy to use.
  • Safety design prevents the blood sample from contamination. No blood will get on your hands.
  • Uses precious metal electrodes that have a superb electrochemical structure that can transmit the message quickly with minimum error.
  • Wireless design can avoid the risks of weak signals.
  • Only a minute amount of blood sample (less than 1.4 microliters) is needed for testing.

Bionime Corporation
No. 694, Renhua Rd.
Dali City, Taichung County, Taiwan
©BIONIME www.bionime.com

USA Service Center
10865 Rancho Bernardo Rd. Ste 100
San Diego, CA 92127
1-888-481-8485
www.bionimeusa.com

"|"Bionime Rightest GS300 Blood Glucose Test Strips - 100 Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bionime-00005|bionime-00005|PRODUCTS|"Bionime Rightest GS300 Blood Glucose Test Strips - 50 Strips"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bionime-00005.html"|(16.95)|(12.99)||"Bionime"|""|""|""|"
Bionime Rightest GS300 Blood Glucose Test Strips
New! Noble Metal Electrode Strip

The GS300 test strip applies patented precious metal electrodes which have excellent conductivity and catalytic effect. It is an excellent electro-transmission medium, and laboratory-grade electrode made cheap and affordable for disposable test strips. Working with GM300 Blood Glucose Monitoring System, the blood glucose level can be accurately measured in turn giving diabetes patients the most considerate care.

  • Proven Reliable and Accurate Results
  • Easy to Handle, Easy to Fill Test Strips
  • Results Available in Seconds
  • Test From Multiple Locations with Less Pain

Using nano technology precious metal electrode, injection molding test strips, and non-wire design features, diabetes patients only need to take a minute amount of blood sample (less than 1.4 microliters) to perform a blood glucose test in a simple, convenient and safe manner.

View the full operations manual: Bionime GS300 Test Strip Insert

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-858-481-8485 or Visit: www.bionime.com

Features:

  • Injection molding test strips make the production quality very stable.
  • Exclusive blade handle design. Easy to use.
  • Safety design prevents the blood sample from contamination. No blood will get on your hands.
  • Uses precious metal electrodes that have a superb electrochemical structure that can transmit the message quickly with minimum error.
  • Wireless design can avoid the risks of weak signals.
  • Only a minute amount of blood sample (less than 1.4 microliters) is needed for testing.

Package Includes:

  • 50 Noble Metal Electrode Strips - 2 vials of 25

Bionime Corporation
No. 694, Renhua Rd.
Dali City, Taichung County, Taiwan
©BIONIME www.bionime.com

USA Service Center
10865 Rancho Bernardo Rd. Ste 100
San Diego, CA 92127
1-888-481-8485
www.bionimeusa.com

"|"Bionime Rightest GS300 Blood Glucose Test Strips - 50 Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bionime-00038-100|bionime-00038-100|PRODUCTS|"Bionime Rightest GS550 Blood Glucose Test Strips - 100 Strips"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bionime-00038-100.html"|(34.95)|(25.49)||"Bionime"|""|""|""|"
Bionime Rightest GS550 Blood Glucose Test Strips
New! Noble Metal Electrode Strip

The GS550 test strip applies patented precious metal electrodes which have excellent conductivity and catalytic effect. It is an excellent electro-transmission medium, and laboratory-grade electrode made cheap and affordable for disposable test strips. Working with GS550 Blood Glucose Monitoring System, the blood glucose level can be accurately measured in turn giving diabetes patients the most considerate care.

  • Proven Reliable and Accurate Results
  • Easy to Handle, Easy to Fill Test Strips
  • Results Available in Seconds
  • Test From Multiple Locations with Less Pain

Using nano technology precious metal electrode, injection molding test strips, and non-wire design features, diabetes patients only need to take a minute amount of blood sample (less than 1.4µl) to perform a blood glucose test in a simple, convenient and safe manner.

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-858-481-8485 or Visit: www.bionime.com

Features:

  • Injection molding test strips make the production quality very stable.
  • Exclusive blade handle design. Easy to use.
  • Safety design prevents the blood sample from contamination. No blood will get on your hands.
  • Uses precious metal electrodes that have a superb electrochemical structure that can transmit the message quickly with minimum error.
  • Wireless design can avoid the risks of weak signals.
  • Only a minute amount of blood sample (less than 1.4µl) is needed for testing.

Bionime Corporation
No. 694, Renhua Rd.
Dali City, Taichung County, Taiwan
©BIONIME www.bionime.com

"|"Bionime Rightest GS550 Blood Glucose Test Strips - 100 Strips Expires 8/16"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bionime-00038|bionime-00038|PRODUCTS|"Bionime Rightest GS550 Blood Glucose Test Strips - 50 Strips"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bionime-00038.html"|(16.95)|(13.99)||"Bionime"|""|""|""|"
Bionime Rightest GS550 Blood Glucose Test Strips
New! Noble Metal Electrode Strip

The GS550 test strip applies patented precious metal electrodes which have excellent conductivity and catalytic effect. It is an excellent electro-transmission medium, and laboratory-grade electrode made cheap and affordable for disposable test strips. Working with GS550 Blood Glucose Monitoring System, the blood glucose level can be accurately measured in turn giving diabetes patients the most considerate care.

  • Proven Reliable and Accurate Results
  • Easy to Handle, Easy to Fill Test Strips
  • Results Available in Seconds
  • Test From Multiple Locations with Less Pain

Using nano technology precious metal electrode, injection molding test strips, and non-wire design features, diabetes patients only need to take a minute amount of blood sample (less than 1.4 microliters) to perform a blood glucose test in a simple, convenient and safe manner.

View the Test Strip Insert: Bionime GS550 Test Strip Insert

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-858-481-8485 or Visit: www.bionime.com

Features:

  • Injection molding test strips make the production quality very stable.
  • Exclusive blade handle design. Easy to use.
  • Safety design prevents the blood sample from contamination. No blood will get on your hands.
  • Uses precious metal electrodes that have a superb electrochemical structure that can transmit the message quickly with minimum error.
  • Wireless design can avoid the risks of weak signals.
  • Only a minute amount of blood sample (less than 1.4 microliteres) is needed for testing.

Bionime Corporation
No. 694, Renhua Rd.
Dali City, Taichung County, Taiwan
©BIONIME www.bionime.com

USA Service Center
10865 Rancho Bernardo Rd. Ste 100
San Diego, CA 92127
1-888-481-8485
www.bionimeusa.com

"|"Bionime Rightest GS550 Blood Glucose Test Strips - 50 Strips Expires 8/16"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| blog-home||BLOGMAIN|"Blog Home Page"|""||||""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| diabetic-meters|diabetic-meters|SECTIONS|"Blood Glucose Meters"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"

In today's busy day and age, it's important to be able to find precisely what you want as quickly as possible. And that's even truer when you're grappling with a condition like diabetes. Thankfully, OTC Wholesale makes it simple and easy to shop for blood glucose testing meters. And, as always, when shopping with OTC Wholesale, you know you'll get the best prices around. Look for glucose monitoring systems and standard and talking blood glucose meters from trusted brands like Accu-Chek, which is the company behind the Accu-Check Blood Glucose Meter, as well as Easy Touch, Home Aide and Prodigy, which manufactures the Prodigy Blood Glucose Monitoring System. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here.

"|"Glucometers"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:DDI-51900 :BIONIME-00002 :BIONIME-00028 :ASCENSIA-54501 :DDI-51850 :DDI-50300 :DDI-50301 :DDI-50302 :DDI-50303 :ACCU-CHEK-19210 :ACCU-CHEK-19310 :BIONIME-00037 :EASYTOUCH-80701 :ACCU-CHEK-48210 :ACCU-CHEK-10210 :ACCU-CHEK-48610 :EASYTOUCH-80901 :FREESTYLE-70804 :FREESTYLE-70920 :LIFESCAN-00027 :LIFESCAN-00048 :LIFESCAN-00128 :LIFESCAN-00129)"|""||| medical-blood-pressure-monitors|medical-blood-pressure-monitors|SECTIONS|"Blood Pressure Monitors"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"

Knowing your blood pressure, particularly if you are a patient with a medical condition, is always important. And OTC Wholesale makes it incredibly easy to pinpoint precisely where your blood pressure stands at any time thanks to a variety of at-home blood pressure monitors from brands like Home Aide and SureLife. We offer basic blood pressure monitors, as well as more advanced automatic and even talking units. And, as always, each blood pressure monitor we carry comes at an incredibly low wholesale price. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here.

"|"Blood Pressure Monitors"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:HOMEAIDE-00106 :SURELIFE-21401 :SURELIFE-21301 :SURELIFE-21201 :SURELIFE-21101 :DRIVE-BP2000 :DRIVE-BP2400 :DRIVE-BP2600 :DRIVE-BP2200)"|""||| bodysport-03150|bodysport-03150|PRODUCTS|"Body Sport Balance Disc ZRVDBL Blue 13.5 in Diameter"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bodysport-03150.html"|(44.95)||T|"Body Sport"|""|""|""|"
BodySport Balance Disc ZRVDBL Blue 13.5" Diameter
Improves stability, balance & coordination!

BodySport Balance Disc is a 13.8 in. (35 cm.) in diameter inflatable blue disc that can be used as a dynamic cushion to activate major muscle groups, or as a standing disc for balance training and lower extremity strengthening. It is similar in shape and movement to that of a fitness ball when used on any seat. It features one tactile side and one smooth side and is easily inflated with a standard pump. It can either be deflated to a 1 in. thickness or inflated to a 2 in. thickness.

View the Full Operations Manual: BodySport Balance Disc Manual

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-409-2848 or Visit: www.bodysportproducts.com

Features:

  • Latex-Free.
  • Can be used standing, sitting, kneeling, or lying down.
  • Can withstand up to 500 lbs of pressure.
  • Pre-inflated.
  • Can be inflated using standard bicycle pump and pump adapter (not included).
  • An alternative to inflatable fitness balls.
  • Knobbed surface on one side and a ribbed surface on the other far easy grip on any surface.
  • Perfect for back pain sufferers to use in therapy, at home, or at the office.

Package Includes:

  • One Balance Disc

 

Directions:

  • Place balance ball on a chair and use for stability exercises while sitting
  • Place on floor for balance and stability exercises while standing or sitting
  • Use the nubby side as a back or foot massager
  • May be inflated or deflated by using a sport ball needle (not included)

Warnings:

  • As with any exercise program, consult your physician or medical professional before beginning a workout routine.
  • BodySport Balance Discs are to be used only by adult consumers. Anyone under the age of 18 should have adult supervision. BodySport reserves the right to modify product content without any notice.
  • Exercise programs of any kind pose an inherent danger to the participant. Serious or fatal injuries can occur. Use proper techniques and common sense when exercising. Check your equipment thoroughly and inspect for cracks in rubber, leaks, etc. If any defects are found, discontinue use of the product.
  • The manufacture and distributer assume no liability for accidents or injury to persons or property that result in connection with the exercises and use of BodySport Balance Discs. Please read instructions before use.

BodySport
Hudson, OH 44236
1-800-409-2848
©Bodysport

"|"Body Sport Balance Disc ZRVDBL Blue 13.5 in Diameter"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bodysport-08401|bodysport-08401|PRODUCTS|"Body Sport Cover for Cervical Roll Pillow White Cotton"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bodysport-08401.html"|(12.95)|||"Body Sport"|""|""|""|"
Body Sport® White Cotton Pillow Case - 1 ea.
For use with the 17" by 7" Roll Pillow.

Help increase the life of your roll pillow by using the BodySport White 100% Cotton White 17" by 7" Pillow Case. It's removable, washable, and comfortable!

  • White Cotton
  • Fits the 17" x 7" Roll Pillow
  • Does not include pillow.

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-866-528-2152 or Visit: www.BodySportProducts.com

BodySport
Hudson, OH 44236
©www.BodySportProducts.com

"|"Body Sport Cover for Cervical Roll Pillow White Cotton"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bodysport-omp112lrg|bodysport-omp112lrg|PRODUCTS|"Body Sport TracCollar Neck Traction Device Large - 16 to 18 inch"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bodysport-omp112lrg.html"|(74.95)||T|"Body Sport"|""|""|""|"
BodySport® TracCollar Neck Traction Device, Blue, Large - 16" to 18"
Developed by orthopedic engineers

The BodySport TracCollar Neck Traction Device is a portable therapeutic traction collar that inflates to gently stretch, relax, and take pressure off muscles and joints. Comfortable and lightweight, the BodySport TracCollar Neck Traction Device uses air traction to help improve posture, mobility, and circulation by relieving pressure from the neck, shoulders and arms.

Easy and effective, the BodySport TracCollar is operated by two hand held inflation pumps that individually inflate the left and right sides of the collar. This Inflation allows you to regulate and control the amount of traction to provide more comfort and stability. When combined, the two sides of the BodySport TracCollar Neck Traction Device create an upward pressure on the head, providing traction and relieving pressure from pinched nerves, herniated discs, pain caused by arthritis, and even headaches.

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-866-528-2152 or Visit: www.bodysportproducts.com

 

Features:

  • 97% cotton and 3% Lycra fabric covering
  • Washable with warm water and mild soap
  • Does not require assembly or batteries
  • Available in small/medium (RED) 14""-16"" or medium/large (BLUE) 16""-18"" sizes
  • 4.8lbs traction pressure on either side
  • Height 4.5"" and inflates to 7"" maximum
  • 1 year manufacturer's warranty

Uses:

  • Two hand held inflation pumps to inflate sides of collar
  • Ideal for professional or home use
  • Portable for use during travel
  • Constructed from plastic foam
  • Internal Inflatable bladders contain natural rubber latex
  • Easy to use, comfortable, safe and effective
  • Fastens easily with buckles
  • Includes carrying case

Directions:

  1. Place the BodySport TracCollar on your neck with the opening in the back and the inflation pumps in the front. Place your chin in the groove at the front of the collar.
  2. Fasten and adjust the traction collar with the buckles and Velcro closures. The collar should only rest against the front and back of the neck. The ends of collar may not necessarily touch, however, the bladders will still inflate the device evenly.
  3. To use while sitting, your head should be in a level position facing forward. For use lying down, a pillow is recommended.
  4. Inflate the TracCollar by squeezing the pumps until a light stretch is felt in your neck, adjusting the right and left sides by inflating the appropriate pump to find the perfect level of neck traction. The pumps should not be pumped more than 15 times on either side.
  5. When finished, press the valves to release the air pressure and remove collar.

Warnings:

Please note: Not for recent sprains and/or strains, neck injury or acute conditions. ActiveForever recommends that if you feel light headed, dizzy, and nauseous or experience any pain you should discontinue use.

BodySport
Hudson, OH 44236
©2014 BodySport www.bodysportproducts.com

"|"Body Sport TracCollar Neck Traction Device Large - 16 to 18 inch"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bodysport-omp111reg|bodysport-omp111reg|PRODUCTS|"Body Sport TracCollar Neck Traction Device Regular - 14 to 16 inch"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bodysport-omp111reg.html"|(74.95)||T|"Body Sport"|""|""|""|"
BodySport® TracCollar Neck Traction Device, Red, Regular - 14" to 16"
Developed by orthopedic engineers

The BodySport TracCollar Neck Traction Device is a portable therapeutic traction collar that inflates to gently stretch, relax, and take pressure off muscles and joints. Comfortable and lightweight, the BodySport TracCollar Neck Traction Device uses air traction to help improve posture, mobility, and circulation by relieving pressure from the neck, shoulders and arms.

Easy and effective, the BodySport TracCollar is operated by two hand held inflation pumps that individually inflate the left and right sides of the collar. This Inflation allows you to regulate and control the amount of traction to provide more comfort and stability. When combined, the two sides of the BodySport TracCollar Neck Traction Device create an upward pressure on the head, providing traction and relieving pressure from pinched nerves, herniated discs, pain caused by arthritis, and even headaches.

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-866-528-2152 or Visit: www.bodysportproducts.com

 

Features:

  • 97% cotton and 3% Lycra fabric covering
  • Washable with warm water and mild soap
  • Does not require assembly or batteries
  • Available in small/medium (RED) 14""-16"" or medium/large (BLUE) 16""-18"" sizes
  • 4.8lbs traction pressure on either side
  • Height 4.5"" and inflates to 7"" maximum
  • 1 year manufacturer's warranty

Uses:

  • Two hand held inflation pumps to inflate sides of collar
  • Ideal for professional or home use
  • Portable for use during travel
  • Constructed from plastic foam
  • Internal Inflatable bladders contain natural rubber latex
  • Easy to use, comfortable, safe and effective
  • Fastens easily with buckles
  • Includes carrying case

Directions:

  1. Place the BodySport TracCollar on your neck with the opening in the back and the inflation pumps in the front. Place your chin in the groove at the front of the collar.
  2. Fasten and adjust the traction collar with the buckles and Velcro closures. The collar should only rest against the front and back of the neck. The ends of collar may not necessarily touch, however, the bladders will still inflate the device evenly.
  3. To use while sitting, your head should be in a level position facing forward. For use lying down, a pillow is recommended.
  4. Inflate the TracCollar by squeezing the pumps until a light stretch is felt in your neck, adjusting the right and left sides by inflating the appropriate pump to find the perfect level of neck traction. The pumps should not be pumped more than 15 times on either side.
  5. When finished, press the valves to release the air pressure and remove collar.

Warnings:

Please note: Not for recent sprains and/or strains, neck injury or acute conditions. ActiveForever recommends that if you feel light headed, dizzy, and nauseous or experience any pain you should discontinue use.

BodySport
Hudson, OH 44236
©2014 BodySport www.bodysportproducts.com

"|"Body Sport TracCollar Neck Traction Device Regular - 14 to 16 inch"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bodysport-05620|bodysport-05620|PRODUCTS|"Body Sport Two Speed Professional Massager BDSM100"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bodysport-05620.html"|(165.95)|(149.95)|T|"Body Sport"|""|""|""|"
Body Sport® Two Speed Professional Massager
Improves muscle tone and helps reduce tension.
  • Oscillating movement relieves tension and relaxes muscles.
  • Ideal for personal health, fitness and sports massage.
  • Increases circulation.
  • Lightweight and portable. Ideal for home or clinical use.

View the Full Operations Manual: BodySport Therapeutic Massager Manual

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-409-2848

Features:

  • Solid Metal Handles with Rubber Grips
  • Comfortable Sturdy Padding
  • High and Low Intensity Control

Warnings:

As with any therapeutic program, consult your physician or medical professional before beginning physical therapy. This manual and product are not meant to be a substitute for advice provided by a physician or medical professional. BodySport Therapeutic Massagers are to be used only by adult consumers. anyone under the age of 18 should have adult supervision. BodySport reserves the right to modify product content without any notice.

Therapeutic programs of any kind pose an inherent danger to the participant. Serious or fatal injury can occur. use proper techniques and common sense when using the product. check your equipment thoroughly and inspect for cracks, breaks, etc. If any defects are found, discontinue use of the product. The manufacturer and distributor assume no liability or responsibility for accidents or injury to persons or property that result in connection with the use of BodySport therapeutic Massagers. Please read the instructions before use.

BodySport
Ft Worth, TX 76106
©2014 BodySport

"|"Body Sport Two Speed Professional Massager BDSM100"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| body-sport|body-sport|SECTIONS|"Body-Sport"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"

Whether you're recovering from an injury or dealing with chronic pain, massages can give you fast, effective pain relief. When you don't have the time or the money to visit a masseuse daily, these BodySport rehabilitation and fitness products can help you out. And thanks to our discount prices at OTC Wholesale, getting BodySport products is more affordable than ever before. You'll be able to get these high-quality effective products at wholesale prices that the retail stores simply can't beat.

BodySport has a number of great massaging and traction products to help you feel better fast. Their professional massagers and cervical roll pillows help to relieve tension in your muscles. Meanwhile, you can build muscle tone with the expertly designed BodySport balance disc. And with a BodySport TracCollar, you can stretch and relax muscles and joints in your neck, shoulders and arms. Shop for these and other affordable pain relief products online today at OTC Wholesale.

"|"BodySport"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BODYSPORT-05620 :BODYSPORT-OMP111REG :BODYSPORT-OMP112LRG :BODYSPORT-03150 :BODYSPORT-08401)"|""||| bodymed|bodymed|SECTIONS|"BodyMed"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"BodyMed has a variety TENS, EMS, IF and Ultrasound devices as well as TENS accessories. All of the TENS, EMS and IF units come with a carrying case and safety covers to protect the settings from accidental bumps and changes. BodyMed’s Self-Adhering Electrodes can be used with TENS, EMS, IF and other electrotherapy devices. They feature a MultiStick Gel and are flexible, reusable and latex-free.

We buy Bodymed products and other over counter medical supplies in quantity and pass the savings along to our on-line retail customers. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here.
"|"BodyMed Electrotherapy Units and Accessories"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BODYMED-01024X4 :BODYMED-01024 :BODYMED-01019X4 :BODYMED-01018X4 :BODYMED-01017X4 :BODYMED-01019 :BODYMED-01018 :BODYMED-01017 :BODYMED-01027 :BODYMED-01027X4 :BODYMED-01003 :BODYMED-01023 :BODYMED-01025 :BODYMED-01002 :BODYMED-01022 :BODYMED-ZZAEV820OTC :BODYMED-ZZAEV906-TENS-EMS-UNIT :BODYMED-ZZA900-TENS-EMS-IF-UNIT :BODYMED-ZZAEV804-TENS-UNIT :BODYMED-ZZAEV805-EMS-UNIT :BODYMED-ZZAEV806-TENS-EMS-UNIT :BODYMED-ZZA550-EMS-UNIT :BODYMED-ZZA250-TENS-UNIT :BODYMED-01018EXP1116)"|""||| bodymed-zzaev820otc|bodymed-zzaev820otc|PRODUCTS|"BodyMed OTC TENS Unit - Model: ZZAEV820OTC"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bodymed-zzaev820otc.html"|(39.95 3 109.35 6 197.7 12 359.4)|(29.89 3 87.63 6 171.18 12 335.4)|T|"BodyMed"|""|""|""|"

BodyMed OTC TENS Unit - Model: ZZAEV820OTC

 

Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-866-528-2152 or Visit: www.bodymedproducts.com

Package Includes:

  • ZZAEV820OTC Unit
  • Carrying Case
  • Lead Wires
  • Electrodes
  • 9v Battery
  • User Manual
  • BodyMed OTC TENS Unit - Model: ZZAEV820OTC
  • BodyMed© Products
    Hudson OH, 44236
    www.bodymedproducts.com

    "|"BodyMed OTC TENS Unit - Model: ZZAEV820OTC"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bodymed-zza250-tens-unit|bodymed-zza250-tens-unit|PRODUCTS|"BodyMed ZZA250 Analog TENS Unit"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bodymed-zza250-tens-unit.html"|(29.95)||T|"BodyMed"|""|""|""|"
    BodyMed® Dual Channel Analog TENS Unit - Model: ZZA250

    BodyMed's® ZZA250 is a dual channel, analog tens unit . It features a timer and 3 adjustable modes - burst, continuous and modulation. The ZZA250 also incorporates a slide cover to protect from accidental changes in it's design. The BodyMed® ZZA250 is also includes a belt clip and carrying case for use at home or on the go.

    View the Full Manual: BodyMed ZZA250 User Manual

    Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-866-528-2152 or Visit: www.bodymedproducts.com

    Technical Specifications:

    • Waveform: Asymmetrical Biphasic Square Pulse.
    • Channel: Dual, isolated between channels.
    • Pulse Intensity: Adjustable 0-80 mA peak into 500 Ω load each channel, constant current.
    • Pulse Rate: 2-120 Hz (adjustable).
    • Pulse Width: 40µs - 260µs (adjustable).
    • Timer: 30-, 60-minute and continuous mode.
    • Voltage: 0-110 Volt (open circuit).
    • Power Source: 9-volt battery.
    • Function Modes:
      • Burst (B)
      • Continuous (C)
      • Modulation (M)

    Package Includes:

    • ZZA250 Unit
    • Carrying Case
    • Lead Wires
    • Electrodes
    • 9-Volt Battery
    • User Manual

    BodyMed© Products
    Hudson OH, 44236
    www.bodymedproducts.com

    "|"BodyMed Dual Channel Analog TENS Unit - ZZA250"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bodymed-01003|bodymed-01003|PRODUCTS|"BodyMed ZZA500 EMS Electric Muscle Stimulator Unit- 3 Modes"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bodymed-01003.html"|(67.95 3 199.65 6 390.9 12 767.4)|(62.95)|T|"BodyMed"|""|""|""|"

    BodyMed™ Dual Channel Dual Channel Electric Muscle Stimulator Unit, EMS-500
    Extra-thick, soft pads

    Electronic muscle stimulators (EMS) are used for both medical treatment and cosmetic purposes (conditioning and toning). Medical conditions treated by Muscle Stimulation include: Muscle Spasms, Long-term Disuse after Fracture or Prolonged Bed Rest, Strengthening for Joint or Muscle Injury, Immobilized Limbs, Atrophy Prevention, Bell's Palsy, Stress Incontinence, Muscle Weakness, Improving Muscle Tone, Muscle Spasticity following a Stroke, and Personal Fitness Training.

    • All BodyMed EMS units have protective caps over the amplitude adjustment knobs to prevent unintended changes to the pulse amplitude
    • All Digital BodyMed units have a patient compliance feature that allows the prescribing doctor to monitor the patient's usage of the device
    • All BodyMed Electrotherapy units come in hard-sided protective plastic cases
    • BodyMed® electrotherapy units utilize standard lead wires and “pigtail’-style electrodes
    • All units include two lead wires, one pack (4) electrodes, manual and 9-volt battery

    What is TENS?

    View the full operations manual: BodyMed EMS 500 Operations Manual

    Questions: Manufacturer 1-866-528-2152

     

    Features:

    • Channel: Dual, isolated between channels
    • Pulse Amplitude: Adjustable 0-80mA peak into 500 load each channel, constant current.
    • Pulse Rate: 1Hz- 160Hz (adjustable), 1Hz/step
    • Pulse Width: 250 us fixed.
    • Patient Compliance Meter: Shows the treatment time in hours.
    • Timer: 15, 30, 60 minute and continuous mode selectable
    • LCD: Shows modes, Pulse Rate/On/Ramp/Off time, timer, CH1/CH2
    • ON Ramp: Adjustable 1-8 seconds. 1 sec/step
    • Cycle ON Time: Adjustable 1-30 seconds. 1sec/step
    • Cycle OFF Time: Adjustable 1-30 seconds. 1sec/step
    • Function Modes: S-Synchronous, C-Constant, A-Alternation
    • Wave Form: Asymmetrical bi-phasic square pulse.
    • Max charge per pulse: 20 micro-coulombs
    • Voltage: 0-110 Volt (Open Circuit)
    • Power Source: 9-volt battery
    • Dimensions: 108mm(H) x61.5mm(W) x25mm(T)
    • Weight: 140 grams (battery included)

    Uses:

    • Immediate relief of acute or chronic pain
    • Pain relief for back, foot, shoulder, neck, virtually any acute or chronic pain
    • Relaxation of muscle spasms
    • Increasing local blood circulation
    • Immediate post-surgical stimulation
    • Maintaining or increasing range of motion
    • Prevention of retardation of disuse atrophy
    • Muscle re-education
    • Immediate post-surgical stimulation of calf muscles to prevent deep vein thrombosis (DVT)

    Package Includes:

    • All units include two lead wires, one pack (4) electrodes, manual and 9-volt battery

    Directions:

    • Place Electrodes on or around where you are experiencing pain
    • Change the batteries when needed
    • Vary the controls and settings (both the frequency and voltage)
    • Determine and set the proper duration and intensity of the stimulation for you
    • Follow instruction manual

    Warnings:

    • Long term effects of chronic electrical stimulation are unknown.
    • Stimulation should not be applied over the carotid sinus nerves, particularly in patients with a known sensitivity to the carotid sinus reflex.
    • Stimulation should not be applied over the neck or mouth. Severe spasm of the laryngeal and pharyngeal muscles may occur and the contractions may be strong to close the airway or cause difficulty in breathing.
    • Stimulation should not be applied transthoracically in that the introduction of electrical current into the heart may cause cardiac arrhythmias.
    • Stimulation should not be applied transcerebrally.
    • Stimulation should not be applied over swollen, infected, or inflamed areas or skin eruptions.
    • Stimulation should not be applied over, or in proximity to, cancerous lesions.

    BodyMed
    Hudson, OH 44236
    ©BodyMed

    "|"BodyMed ZZA500 EMS Electric Muscle Stimulator Unit- 3 Modes"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bodymed-zza550-ems-unit|bodymed-zza550-ems-unit|PRODUCTS|"BodyMed ZZA550 Analog EMS Unit"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bodymed-zza550-ems-unit.html"|(44.95 3 131.7 6 257.1 12 503.4)||T|"BodyMed"|""|""|""|"
    BodyMed® Dual Channel Analog EMS Unit - Model: ZZA550

    BodyMed's® ZZA550 is a Dual Channel Analog EMS unit. It comes equipped with a belt clip and carrying case. The ZZA550 features three function modes: Constant, Synchronous and Alteration. It also has adjustable settings, which include amplitude, pulse rate and timer settings.

    View the Full Manual: BodyMed ZZA550 User Manual

    Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-866-528-2152 or Visit: www.bodymedproducts.com

    Technical Specifications:

    • Waveform: Asymmetrical Biphasic Square Pulse.
    • Channel: Dual, isolated between channels.
    • Pulse Intensity: Adjustable 0-80 mA.
    • Pulse Rate: 2-120 Hz (adjustable).
    • Pulse Width: 250µs (fixed).
    • On Ramp: Adjustable, 1-2 seconds.
    • Cycle On Time: Adjustable, 1-30 seconds.
    • Cycle Off Time: Adjustable, 1-30 seconds.
    • Voltage: 0-110 Volt (open circuit).
    • Power Source: 9-Volt battery.
    • Function Modes:
      • Synchronous (S)
      • Constant (C)
      • Alternation (A)

    Package Includes:

    • ZZA550 Unit
    • Carrying Case
    • Lead Wires
    • Electrodes
    • 9-Volt Battery
    • User Manual

    BodyMed© Products
    Hudson OH, 44236
    www.bodymedproducts.com

    "|"BodyMed Dual Channel Analog EMS Unit - ZZA550"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bodymed-zza900-tens-ems-if-unit|bodymed-zza900-tens-ems-if-unit|PRODUCTS|"BodyMed ZZA900 2 Channel Digital TENS/EMS/IF Device"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bodymed-zza900-tens-ems-if-unit.html"|(118.95 3 354.75 6 705.3 12 1403.4)||T|"BodyMed"|""|""|""|"
    BodyMed® Digital TENS, EMS and IF Unit - Model ZZA900

    BodyMed's® ZZA900 dual channel, digital TENS, EMS and IF unit has 11 adjustable function modes, an adjustable timer, patient lock and patient compliance meter. The ZZA900 features an LCD screen panel, easy-to-use controls and a belt clip for use on-the-go.

    View the Full Manual: BodyMed ZZA900 User Manual

    Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-866-528-2152 or Visit: www.bodymedproducts.com

    Technical Specifications:

    • TENS/EMS/IF Settings:
      • Channel: Dual, isolated between channels.
      • Power Source: 9-Volt battery.
      • Max Charge Per Pulse:
        • TENS: 21 micro-coulombs
        • EMS: 24 micro-coulombs
        • IF: 22.5 micro-coulombs
      • Size (HxWxT): 5.04" x 2.76" x 1.02" in
      • Weight: 0.385 lbs (175 grams)
      • Waveform:
        • TENS/EMS: Asymmetrical Biphasic Square Pulse.
        • IF: Symmetrical balanced sine wave.
      • Timer:
        • TENS/EMS: 30, 60-minute and continuous mode selectable.
        • IF: 15, 30 minute selectable.
      • Function Modes:
        • TENS:
          • Burst (B)
          • Continuous (C)
          • Modulated Width (M)
          • Modulated Rate (H1 MR)
          • Modulated Rate/Width (H3 MRW)
        • EMS:
          • Synchronous (S)
          • Constant (C)
          • Alternation (A)
        • IF:
          • Constant (C)
          • Auto Sweep (A)
          • Frequency Shift (S)
    • TENS/EMS Only Settings:
      • Voltage: 0-110 Volt (open circuit).
      • Pulse Amplitude: Adjustable 0-80 mA peak into 500 Ω load each channel, constant current.
      • Pulse Rate: 2-120 Hz (adjustable).
      • Pulse Width:
        • TENS: 40 - 260µs (adjustable).
        • EMS: 250µs (fixed).
    • EMS Only Settings:
      • On Ramp: Adjustable, 1-8 seconds.
      • Cycle On Time: Adjustable, 1-30 seconds.
      • Cycle Off Time: Adjustable, 1-30 seconds.
    • IF Only Settings:
      • Pulse Intensity: 0 - 90 mA, adjustable.
      • Carrier Frequency: 4000 Hz fixed (CH1).
      • Modulating Frequency: 4004 - 4160Hz, adjustable (CH2).
      • Sweep Time: 15 seconds.
      • Pulse Duration: 125µs maximum.

    Package Includes:

    • ZZA900 Unit
    • Carrying Case
    • Lead Wires
    • Electrodes
    • 9-Volt Battery
    • Adapter
    • User Manual

    BodyMed© Products
    Hudson OH, 44236
    www.bodymedproducts.com

    "|"BodyMed Dual Channel Digital TENS, EMS and IF Unit - ZZA900"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bodymed-zzaev804-tens-unit|bodymed-zzaev804-tens-unit|PRODUCTS|"BodyMed ZZAEV804 EV8 Digital TENS Unit (2 Channel)"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bodymed-zzaev804-tens-unit.html"|(65.95 3 191.55 6 370.5 12 719.4)||T|"BodyMed"|""|""|""|"
    BodyMed® Digital TENS Unit - Model ZZAEV804

    BodyMed's® Dual Channel Digital TENS Unit ZZAEV804 has 5 output modes: Burst, Normal, Modulation, Strength Duration 1 and Strength Duration 2. Featuring a patient compliance meter, low battery indicator, the ZZAEV804 has adjustable settings for pulse amplitude, pulse rate, pulse width and timer. The BodyMed® ZZAEV804 also includes a built-in belt clip and carrying case for use at home or on-the-go.

    View the Full Manual: BodyMed ZZAEV804 User Manual

    Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-866-528-2152 or Visit: www.bodymedproducts.com

    Technical Specifications:

    • Channel: Dual, isolated between channels
    • Pulse Amplitude: Adjustable 0-100 mA peak into 500 ohm load each channel
    • Output Voltage: Adjustable 0-50V, Max output 50V
    • Waveform: Asymmetrical Rectangular Biphasic Pulse
    • Power Source: 1 9V Battery
    • Size (LxWxH): 3.98" x 2.4" x 0.96" in
    • Weight: 0.33 lbs (150 grams) with battery
    • Pulse Rate: Adjustable, 2 - 150 Hz
    • Pulse Width: Adjustable, 50 - 300µs
    • Output Modes:
      • Burst (B)
      • Normal (N)
      • Modulation (M)
      • Strength Duration 1 (SD1)
      • Strength Duration 2 (SD2)
    • Timer: Adjustable, 1 - 60-minute and continuous
    • Compliance Meter: Can store up to 60 sets of operation records.

    Package Includes:

    • ZZAEV804 Unit
    • Carrying Case
    • Lead Wires
    • Electrodes
    • 9V Battery
    • User Manual

    BodyMed© Products
    Hudson OH, 44236
    www.bodymedproducts.com

    "|"BodyMed Dual Channel Digital TENS Unit - ZZAEV804"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bodymed-zzaev805-ems-unit|bodymed-zzaev805-ems-unit|PRODUCTS|"BodyMed ZZAEV805 EV8 Digital EMS Unit (2 Channel)"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bodymed-zzaev805-ems-unit.html"|(59.95 3 175.65 6 342.9 12 671.4)||T|"BodyMed"|""|""|""|"
    BodyMed® Digital EMS Unit - Model ZZAEV805

    BodyMed’s® ZZAEV805 dual channel, digital EMS unit features 3 adjustable modes for electrical muscle stimulation: Constant, Synchronous Alternate. Featuring a patient compliance meter and low battery indicator, the ZZAEV806 is equipped with a belt clip, carrying case and a protective cover to keep the unit and user safe from accidental changes. The BodyMed® ZZAEV805 also is designed with adjustable settings for user and treatment customization.

    View the Full Manual: BodyMed ZZAEV805 User Manual

    Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-866-528-2152 or Visit: www.bodymedproducts.com

    Technical Specifications:

    • Channel: Dual, isolated between channels
    • Pulse Amplitude: Adjustable 0-100 mA peak into 500 ohm load each channel
    • Waveform: Asymmetrical Biphasic Square Pulse
    • Voltage: 0 - 50V (Load: 500 ohm)
    • Power Source: 1 9V Battery
    • Size (LxWxH): 3.98" x 2.4" x 0.96" in
    • Weight: 0.33 lbs (150 grams) with battery
    • On Time: Adjustable, 2 - 90 seconds
    • Off Time: Adjustable, 0 - 90 seconds
    • Ramp Time: Adjustable, 1 - 8 seconds
    • Pulse Rate: Adjustable, 2 - 150 Hz
    • Pulse Width: Adjustable, 50 - 300µs
    • Timer: Adjustable, 1 - 60-minute and continuous
    • Output Modes:
      • (C) Constant
      • (S) Synchronous
      • (A) Alternate
    • Compliance Meter: Can store up to 60 sets of operation records.

    Package Includes:

    • ZZAEV805 Unit
    • Carrying Case
    • Lead Wires
    • Electrodes
    • 9V Battery
    • User Manual

    BodyMed© Products
    Hudson OH, 44236
    www.bodymedproducts.com

    "|"BodyMed Dual Channel Digital EMS Unit - ZZAEV805"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bodymed-zzaev806-tens-ems-unit|bodymed-zzaev806-tens-ems-unit|PRODUCTS|"BodyMed ZZAEV806 EV8 Digital TENS / EMS Combo Unit (2 Channel)"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bodymed-zzaev806-tens-ems-unit.html"|(55.95 3 161.55 6 310.5 12 599.4)||T|"BodyMed"|""|""|""|"
    BodyMed® Digital TENS and EMS Unit - Model ZZAEV806

    The BodyMed® ZZAEV806 is a dual channel,digital TENS Unit and EMS unit. Powered by a 9V battery, the ZZAEV806 features two output channels that can be used together or separate, adjustable settings, low battery indicator and patient compliance meter. It is designed with a panel cover for protection from accidental changes. The BodyMed® ZZAEV806 is equipped with a belt clip and carrying case for use at home or on-the-go.

    View the Full Manual: BodyMed ZZAEV806 User Manual

    Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-866-528-2152 or Visit: www.bodymedproducts.com

    Technical Specifications:

    • Channel: Dual, isolated between channels
    • Pulse Amplitude: Adjustable 0-100 mA peak into 500 ohm load each channel
    • Waveform: Asymmetrical Biphasic Square Pulse
    • Voltage: 0 - 50V (Load: 500 ohm)
    • Power Source: 1 9V Battery
    • Size (LxWxH): 3.98" x 2.4" x 0.96" in
    • Weight: 0.33 lbs (150 grams) with battery
    • Pulse Rate: Adjustable, 2 - 150 Hz
    • Pulse Width: Adjustable, 50 - 300µs
    • On Time: Adjustable, 2 - 90 seconds
    • Off Time: Adjustable, 0 - 90 seconds
    • Ramp Time: Adjustable, 1 - 8 seconds
    • Modes: 7 Total TENS and EMS Modes
      • 5 TENS Modes:
        • (B) Burst
        • (N) Normal
        • (M) Modulation
        • (SD1) Strength Duration 1
        • (SD2) Strength Duration 2
      • 2 EMS Modes:
        • (S) Synchronous
        • (A) Alternate
    • Timer: Adjustable, 1 - 60-minute or continuous.
    • Compliance Meter: Can store up to 60 sets of operation records.

    Package Includes:

    • ZZAEV806 Unit
    • Carrying Case
    • Lead Wires
    • Electrodes
    • 9V Battery
    • User Manual

    BodyMed© Products
    Hudson OH, 44236
    www.bodymedproducts.com

    "|"BodyMed Dual Channel Digital TENS and EMS Unit - ZZAEV806"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bodymed-zzaev906-tens-ems-unit|bodymed-zzaev906-tens-ems-unit|PRODUCTS|"BodyMed ZZAEV906 Digital 4 Channel TENS & EMS Unit"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bodymed-zzaev906-tens-ems-unit.html"|(114.95 3 335.4 6 651.9 12 1271.4)||T|"BodyMed"|""|""|""|"
    BodyMed® Quad Channel Digital TENS and EMS Unit - Model ZZAEV906

    BodyMed's® Quad Channel ZZAEV906 is a digital TENS and EMS unit. It has five TENS modes and three EMS modes for a total of eight output modes. The ZZAEV906 also features an LCD display, two adjustable timers, a low battery indicator, and a patient compliance meter. The BodyMed® ZZAEV906 comes equipped with a belt clip and carrying case for use on-the-go.

    View the Full Manual: BodyMed ZZAEV906 User Manual

    Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-866-528-2152 or Visit: www.bodymedproducts.com

    Technical Specifications:

    • Waveform: Asymmetrical Biphasic Square Pulse
    • Pulse Amplitude: Adjustable 0-100 mA peak into 500 ohm load each channel
    • Channel: Four, isolated between channels
    • Voltage: 0-50 Volt (load : 500 ohm)
    • Power Source: 4 1.5V AA Battery
    • Size (LxWxH): 5.43" x 3.07" x 1.1" in
    • Weight: 0.6 lbs (276 grams) with battery
    • Pulse Rate: Adjustable, 2 - 150 Hz
    • Pulse Width: Adjustable, 50 - 300µs
    • On Time: Adjustable, 2 - 90 seconds
    • Off Time: Adjustable, 1 - 90 seconds
    • Ramp Time: Adjustable, 1 - 8 seconds
    • Function Modes:
      • TENS: 5 Modes
        • Burst (B)
        • Normal (N)
        • Modulation (M)
        • Strength Duration 1 (SD1)
        • Strength Duration 2 (SD2)
      • EMS: 3 Modes
        • Constant (C)
        • Synchronous (S)
        • Alternate (A)
    • Timer: 2 Adjustable Timers, 1 - 60-minute and continuous
    • Patient Compliance Meter: Can store up to 60 sets of operation records.

    Package Includes:

    • ZZAEV906 Unit
    • Carrying Case
    • Lead Wires
    • Electrodes
    • AA Batteries
    • User Manual

    BodyMed© Products
    Hudson OH, 44236
    www.bodymedproducts.com

    "|"BodyMed Quad Channel Digital TENS and EMS Unit - ZZAEV906"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| bodymed-01002|bodymed-01002|PRODUCTS|"BodyMed ZZAIF400 Digital Interferential Unit"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/bodymed-01002.html"|(89.95 3 259.35 6 497.7 12 959.4)|(76.95 3 223.53 6 432.48 12 839.88)|T|"BodyMed"|""|""|""|"
    BodyMed Portable Interferential Current Stimulator – Model ZZAIF400
    For advanced pain control.

    BodyMed Portable Interferential Current Stimulator Model IF 400 is a portable dual-channel interferential stimulator that helps to relieve some types of chronic and acute pain. The IF stimulator includes a built-in Patient Lock System so that the doctor can put the settings to his specifications and the patient can’t change the parameters. The BodyMed IF 400 is lightweight, compact, and portably made to take anywhere you go, ensuring pain relief is always at hand.

    View the full operations manual: BodyMed IF 400 Manual

    Questions: Manufacturer 1-866-528-2152

    Includes:

    • Unit
    • Carrying Case
    • 2 Lead Wires
    • 4 Electrodes (1 Pack)
    • 9-Volt Battery
    • 9-Volt AC Adaptor
    • Operation Manual

    Warnings:

    • This device must be kept out of reach of children.
    • The safety of the device for during pregnancy or delivery has not been established.
    • Do not place electrodes on front of the throat. This may result in spasms of the laryngeal and pharyngeal muscles.
    • Do not place electrodes over the carotid nerve (the front and sides of the neck).
    • This device is not effective for headaches.
    • Caution should be used when applying the device to patients suspected of having heart disease. Further clinical data is needed to show if there are adverse side effects on those with heart disease.
    • The device may interfere with electronic monitoring equipment, such as ECG monitors and ECG alarms.
    • There devices have no curative value. The interferential is a symptomatic treatment that suppresses the sensation of pain which would otherwise serve as a protective mechanism.
    • Interferential devices should be used only under the continued supervision of a physician or licensed practitioner.
    • Do not use on broken shin.
    • Effectiveness is highly dependent upon patient selection by a person qualified in pain management.
    • If the device treatment becomes ineffective or unpleasant, stimulation should be discontinued until re-evaluation by a physician or licensed practitioner.
    • Always turn the device off before applying or removing electrodes.
    • The device does not have AAP/APG protection. An explosion hazard is possible if used in the presence of explosives, flammable materials, or flammable anesthetics.

    Adverse Reactions

    • Skin irritation and electrode burns are potential adverse reactions. Stimulation should be stopped and electrodes removed until the cause of the irritation or burns can be determined.
    • Isolated cases of skin irritation may occur at the site of electrode placement following long-term application. Always properly clean skin before use. If skin irritation occurs, discontinue use. Do not resume use of the ZZAIF400 unit until you have seen your physician or licensed practitioner.

    Technical Information:

    • Channel: Dual; isolated between channels
    • Pulse Intensity: Adjustable 0 – 70 mA peak into 500 Ω load each channel, constant current
    • Carrier Frequency: 4,000 Hz fixed (CH1)
    • Modulating Frequency: 4004 – 4160 Hz Adjustable (CH2)
    • IF Frequency Mode:
      • Constant Mode: 4 – 160 bps
      • Adjustable Auto Sweep: 80 – 145 bps, 4 – 45 bps, 4 – set bps
      • Frequency Shift: 1/1 abruptly shift, 6/6 abruptly shift, 6/6 ramped, 10/10 abruptly shift, 10/10 ramped
    • Sweep Time: 15 seconds
    • Frequency Shift Percent: Frequency shifts from 30% below set frequency to 60% above and returns to 30% below set
    • Output Configuration: Quad polar (4 electrodes)
    • Waveform: Symmetrical balanced sine wave
    • Interference Pulse Frequency: 4 – 160 bps, adjustable 4 bps/step
    • Pulse Duration: 125 μs maximum
    • Patient Compliance Meter: Shows the treatment time in hours
    • Patient Lock System: Prevents the user from changing any fixed parameters set by the physician or licensed practitioner
    • Timer: 15- or 30-minute
    • LCD: Shows modes, bps rate, abrupt/ramp, timer and channels
    • Max. Charge per Pulse: 15 micro-coulombs maximum
    • Power Source: 9-Volt AC Adaptor, 500mA or 9-Volt Battery (not recommended)
    • Dimension: 108 x 61.5 x 25 mm
    • Weight: 100 grams (without battery)
    • Tolerance: +/-10%

    Functions:

      • Output Parameters: There are nine modes: five modes with Frequency Shift, three modes with Auto Sweep, and one mode that is fully adjustable.
      • Constant Mode: Maintains set frequency (SET: bps can be adjusted)
      • Auto Sweep: Modulates frequency between the range that is selected. For example, select 80 – 145 bps Auto Sweep model. The modulation range of pulse frequency is from 80 – 145 bps. The Sweep Time is 15 seconds and then. There are three modes of Auto Sweep:
        • 80 – 145 bps
        • 4 – 45 bps
        • 4 – SET bps
      • Frequency Shift: There are five modes:
        • 1/1 abruptly shift: The pulse frequency varies from -30% to +60% of the set pulse frequency. One second at the lower frequency, and one second at the higher frequency. The transition is abrupt (square wave function).
        • 6/6 abruptly shift: The pulse frequency varies from -30% to +60% of the set pulse frequency. Six seconds at the lower frequency, and six seconds at the higher frequency. The transition is abrupt (square wave function).
        • 6/6 ramped shift: The pulse frequency sweeps from -30% to +60% of the set pulse frequency. Six seconds from the lower frequency modulate to the higher frequency, and six seconds from the higher frequency modulate to the lower frequency. The transition is ramping (triangular wave function).
        • 10/10 abruptly shift: The pulse frequency varies from -30% to +60% of the set pulse frequency. Ten seconds at the lower frequency, and ten seconds at the higher frequency. The transition is abrupt (square wave function).
        • 10/10 ramped shift: The pulse frequency sweeps from -30% to +60% of the set pulse frequency. Ten seconds from the lower frequency modulate to the higher frequency, and ten seconds from the higher frequency modulate to the lower frequency. The transition is ramping (triangular wave function).

    BodyMed
    Hudson, OH 44236
    ©BodyMed

    "|"BodyMed ZZAIF400 Digital Interferential Unit"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| breast-pump|breast-pump|SECTIONS|"Breast Pump"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"

    We offer a wide selection of Breast Pumps from brands like Ameda, Drive Medical, Medela and Viverity at exceptionally low prices. Breastmilk or formula isn’t a question here. Every new mom needs a high quality pump, and at these prices everyone can now afford to purchase one for their needs. We are able to sell with prices so low because of the high purchase volume. We hope that you find something here that will be useful and economical. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here.

    "|"Breast Pumps"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:VIVERITY-ROS-DBDX :VIVERITY-ROS-DBEL :VIVERITY-ROS-SAMAN :VIVERITY-ROS-SGEL :DRIVE-MQ9120 :DRIVE-MQ9100 :DRIVE-MQ9000)"|""||| medical-breathing-aids|medical-breathing-aids|SECTIONS|"Breathing Aids"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"

    Respiratory issues are a serious matter, making it vitally important that patients who need breathing aids receive precisely what they need when they need it. That's why you should turn to OTC Medical. We carry an entire line of breathing aids for home use, including compressors, CPAP tubes and masks, oxygen carriers, nebulizers, oxygen regulators, fingertip pulse oximeters, headgear, heart rate monitors, carrying cases, filters, racks and more. And for children who need breathing aids, we even carry a number of pediatric nebulizers in fun animal shapes to make treatment a little less taxing on those smaller respiratory systems. Our extensive home product line includes top brands like Drive Medical and Roscoe Medical. We also cater to retailers who need products in bulk quantities, so please contact us if you're looking to buy in large numbers. And, as always, our wholesale prices literally cannot be beat anywhere. Please call or email us by clicking here.

    "|"Breathing Aids"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:MEDICAL-BREATHING-AIDS-CPAP :MEDICAL-BREATHING-AIDS-NEBULIZER :MEDICAL-BREATHING-AIDS-OXYGEN)"|""||| british-sterling|british-sterling|PRODUCTS|"British Sterling"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"British Sterling is a classic scent brought back by popular demand. British Sterling is sure to please as a gift, or for yourself. Buy British Sterling and other discount cologne and perfume at discounted prices.

    We buy British Sterling and brand name fragrances in quantity and pass the savings along to our on-line retail customers. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here.
    "|"British Sterling Fragrance Center
    British Sterling Discount Cologne
    British Sterling Gift Sets"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BRITISH-74001 :BRITISH-76000 :BRITISH-71500 :BRITISH-08006 :BRITISH-13741 :BRITISH-74100 :BRITISH-74150 :BRS-HIM-PRIVATE-3-PC-SHAVE-SYSTEM-74157 :BRS-HIM-RESERVE-3-PC-SHAVE-SYSTEM-74107 :BRS-HIM-PRIVATE-BAR-SOAP-74159 :BRS-HIM-RESERVE-BAR-SOAP-74109)"|""||| british-13741|british-13741|PRODUCTS|"British Sterling 2 Piece Gift Set - Cologne Spray (2.5 oz) & After Shave (2.5 oz)"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/british-13741.html"|(15.49 3 42.81 6 78.24 12 143.88)||T|"Dana"|""|""|""|"

    British Sterling ® Cologne Spray and After Shave
    Exclusively For Men

    Distinctive luxe styling, so fine like sterling silver. The fragrance is legendary, full-bodied & genuinely masculine. For the powerful man who is both sophisticated and stylish.

    Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-866-213-3675 or Visit: www.danaclassics.com

    Warnings:

    Flammable until dry. Do not use near fire, flame, or heat. For external use only. Keep out of reach of children. Do not apply to open wounds or infections. Avoid contact with eyes. Discontinue use immediately if skin becomes irritated.

    Ingredients:

    • Cologne Spray - Alcohol Denat., Water, Fragrance, Propylene Glycol, Green 5, Yellow 6, Yellow 5, Blue 1, Red 4, Red 33.
    • After Shave - Alcohol Denat., Water, Fragrance, Propylene Glycol, Green 5, Yellow 6, Yellow 5, Blue 1.

    Dana Classic Fragrances
    Saddle Brook, NJ 07663
    ©2014 British Sterling

    "|"British Sterling 2 Piece Gift Set - Cologne Spray (2.5 oz) & After Shave (2.5 oz)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| british-08006|british-08006|PRODUCTS|"British Sterling 3 Pc Gift Set - After Shave (2.5 oz), Cologne Rollerball (0.5 oz), & 2 Soap Bars (3.0 oz)"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/british-08006.html"|(10.99)|||"Dana"|""|""|""|"
    British Sterling® 3 Piece Gift Set - After Shave (2.5 oz), Cologne Rollerball (0.5 oz), and 2 Soap Bars (3.0 oz)
    Exclusively For Men

    Distinctive luxe styling, so fine like sterling silver. British Sterling is a vibrant blend of citrus notes merging with robust warm woods. Spice, aromatics, amber and mosses lend timeless appeal. The fragrance is legendary, full-bodied & genuinely masculine. For the powerful man who is both sophisticated and stylish.

    This gift set includes: British Sterling® After Shave (2.5 oz), British Sterling® Cologne Rollerball (0.5 oz), and 2 British Sterling® Soap Bars (3 oz).

    Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-866-444-0563 or Visit: www.danaclassics.com

    Package Includes:

    • British Sterling® After Shave (2.5 oz)
    • British Sterling® Cologne Rollerball (0.5 oz)
    • 2 British Sterling® Soap Bars (3 oz)

    Ingredients:

    • British Sterling® After Shave
      • Alcohol Denat., Water, Fragrance, Propylene Glycol, Green #5, Yellow #6, Yellow #5, Blue #.
    • British Sterling® Soap Bars
      • Sodium Palmate, Sodium Palm Kernelate, Water, Fragrance, Glycerin, Sodium Chloride, Tetrasodium Etidronate, Tetrasodium Edta, Methylparaben, BHT, Titanium Dioxide (CI 77891).
    • British Sterling® Cologne Rollerball
      • Alcohol Denat., Water, Fragrance, Propylene Glycol, Blue #1, Green #5, Yellow #5, Yellow #6, Red #4, Red #3.

    Dana Classic Fragrances
    Saddle Brook, NJ 07663
    ©2014 British Sterling

    "|"British Sterling 3 Pc Gift Set - After Shave (2.5 oz), Cologne Rollerball (0.5 oz), & 2 Soap Bars (3.0 oz)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| british-74001|british-74001|PRODUCTS|"British Sterling After Shave - 3.8 oz (112 mL)"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/british-74001.html"|(12.95 3 36.75 6 69.3 12 131.4)||T|"Dana"|""|""|""|"
    British Sterling ® After Shave
    Exclusively For Men

    Cool and refresh your face after shaving, with the luxe masculine scent of British Sterling. For the powerful man who is both sophisticated and stylish.

    Questions: Call Dana Classic Fragrances at 1-888-426-7627 or Visit: www.DanaClassics.com

     

    Warnings:

    • Keep out of reach of children.
    • Flammable - Keep away from heat or flame

    Ingredients:

    Alcohol Denat., Water, Fragrance, Propylene Glycol, D&C Green 5, FD&C Yellow 6, FD&C Yellow 5, FD&C Blue 1

    Dana Classic Fragrances
    Saddle Brook, NJ 07663
    ©2014 British Sterling www.danaclassics.com

    "|"British Sterling After Shave - 3.8 oz (112 mL)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| british-76000|british-76000|PRODUCTS|"British Sterling Cologne - 5.7 oz (168 mL)"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/british-76000.html"|(15.95 3 46.8 6 91.5 12 179.4)||T|"Dana"|""|""|""|"
    British Sterling ® Cologne
    Exclusively For Men

    British Sterling...distinctive luxe styling, enduring fragrance essence, so fine like sterling silver. For the powerful man who is both sophisticated and stylish - the fragrance is legendary, full-bodied genuinely masculine.

    Questions: Call Dana Classic Fragrances at 1-888-426-7627 or Visit: www.DanaClassics.com

    Warnings:

    Keep out of reach of children.

    Flammable - Keep away from heat or flame

    Ingredients:

    SD Alcohol 40-B, Water, Fragrance, Propylene Glycol, Green 5, Yellow 5, Blue 1, Red 4, Red 33

    Dana Classic Fragrances
    Saddle Brook, NJ 07663
    ©2014 British Sterling www.danaclassics.com

    "|"British Sterling Cologne - 5.7 oz (168 mL)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| british-71500|british-71500|PRODUCTS|"British Sterling Cologne Spray - 2.5 oz"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/british-71500.html"|(12.49)|||"Dana"|""|""|""|"
    British Sterling ® Cologne Spray - 2.5 oz.
    Exclusively For Men

    British Sterling...distinctive luxe styling, enduring fragrance essence, so fine like sterling silver. For the powerful man who is both sophisticated and stylish - the fragrance is legendary, full-bodied genuinely masculine.

    Warnings:

    Keep out of reach of children.

    Warning! Flammable until dry. Do not use near fire, flame, or heat.

    Ingredients:

    Alcohol Denat., Water, Fragrance, Propylene Glycol, Green 5, Yellow 6, Yellow 5, Blue 1, Red 4, Red 33.

    Dana Classic Fragrances
    Saddle Brook, NJ 07663
    ©2014 British Sterling

    "|"British Sterling Cologne Spray - 2.5 oz"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| brs-him-private-bar-soap-74159|brs-him-private-bar-soap-74159|PRODUCTS|"British Sterling H.I.M. - Private Stock - 3-in-1 Soap Bar, 5.6 oz"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/brs-him-private-bar-soap-74159.html"|(7.95 3 21.75 6 39.3 12 71.4)||T|"Dana"|""|""|""|"

    British Sterling® H.I.M. - Private Stock - 3-in-1 Soap Bar

     

    Questions: Call Dana Classic Fragrances at 1-888-426-7627 or Visit: www.DanaBeauty.com

    Includes:

    • British Sterling® H.I.M. Private Stock - 3-in-1 Soap Bar - 5.6 oz

    Dana Classic Fragrances,
    Saddle Brook, NJ 07663
    www.DanaBeauty.com

    "|"British Sterling H.I.M. - Private Stock - 3-in-1 Soap Bar, 5.6 oz"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| brs-him-reserve-3-pc-shave-system-74107|brs-him-reserve-3-pc-shave-system-74107|PRODUCTS|"British Sterling H.I.M. - Reserve - 3 Piece Advanced Shave System"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/brs-him-reserve-3-pc-shave-system-74107.html"|(18.95 3 52.65 6 96.9 12 179.4)||T|"Dana"|""|""|""|"

    British Sterling® H.I.M. - Reserve - Advanced Shave System

     

    Questions: Call Dana Classic Fragrances at 1-888-426-7627 or Visit: www.DanaBeauty.com

    Includes:

    • Pre-Shave Conditioner - 3 oz (88 mL)
    • Foaming Shave Cream - 3 oz (88 mL)
    • Cooling After Shave Balm - 3 oz (88 mL)

    Dana Classic Fragrances,
    Saddle Brook, NJ 07663
    www.DanaBeauty.com

    "|"British Sterling H.I.M. - Reserve - 3 Piece Advanced Shave System"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| brs-him-reserve-bar-soap-74109|brs-him-reserve-bar-soap-74109|PRODUCTS|"British Sterling H.I.M. - Reserve - 5.6 oz Soap Bar"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/brs-him-reserve-bar-soap-74109.html"|(7.95 3 21.75 6 39.3 12 71.4)||T|"Dana"|""|""|""|"

    British Sterling® H.I.M. - Reserve - 3-in-1 Soap Bar

     

    Questions: Call Dana Classic Fragrances at 1-888-426-7627 or Visit: www.DanaBeauty.com

    Includes:

    • British Sterling H.I.M. Reserve 3-in-1 Soap Bar - 5.6 oz

    Dana Classic Fragrances,
    Saddle Brook, NJ 07663
    www.DanaBeauty.com

    "|"British Sterling H.I.M. - Reserve - 5.6 oz Soap Bar"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| british-74150|british-74150|PRODUCTS|"British Sterling H.I.M. Private Stock - EDT Spray, 3.8 oz (112 mL)"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/british-74150.html"|(24.95)||T|"Dana"|""|""|""|"

    British Sterling® H.I.M. Private Stock Eau de Toilette Spray - 3.8 oz
    A blend of confidence and freshness with a timeless appeal - British Sterling H.I.M. Private Stock

    Inspired by the simple pleasures that make life worth celebrating, British Sterling H.I.M. Private Stock blends confidence with freshness in this fragrance that is perfect for men who want something fresh and innovative with a classic timeless appeal. The notes of the cypress and red cedar crisp woods are highlighted by wild Desert Lime and juniper, while the amber notes deepens the intensity in this invigorating and masculine woody citrus scent. British Sterling H.I.M. Private Stock is ideal for a light and sexy all-day everyday fragrance.

    Questions: Call Dana Classic Fragrances at 1-888-426-7627 or Visit: www.DanaClassics.com

    Ingredients:

    Alcohol Denat., Water, Fragrance, Limonene, Linalool, Citronellol, Coumarin, Citral, Geraniol

    Dana Classic Fragrances
    Saddle Brook, NJ 07663
    © www.danaclassics.com

    "|"British Sterling H.I.M. Private Stock - EDT Spray, 3.8 oz (112 mL)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| brs-him-private-3-pc-shave-system-74157|brs-him-private-3-pc-shave-system-74157|PRODUCTS|"British Sterling H.I.M. Private Stock 3 Piece Advanced Shave System"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/brs-him-private-3-pc-shave-system-74157.html"|(18.95 3 52.65 6 96.9 12 179.4)||T|"Dana"|""|""|""|"

    British Sterling® H.I.M. - Private Stock - Advanced Shave System

     

    Questions: Call Dana Classic Fragrances at 1-888-426-7627 or Visit: www.DanaBeauty.com

    Includes:

    • Pre-Shave Conditioner - 3 oz (88 mL)
    • Foaming Shave Cream - 3 oz (88 mL)
    • Cooling After Shave Balm - 3 oz (88 mL)

    Dana Classic Fragrances,
    Saddle Brook, NJ 07663
    www.DanaBeauty.com

    "|"British Sterling H.I.M. - Private Stock - 3 Piece Advanced Shave System"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| british-74100|british-74100|PRODUCTS|"British Sterling H.I.M. Reserve - EDT Spray, 3.8 oz (112 mL)"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/british-74100.html"|(24.95 3 72.75 6 141.3 12 275.4)||T|"Dana"|""|""|""|"

    British Sterling® H.I.M. Reserve Eau de Toilette Spray - 3.8 oz
    Sophistication, playfulness and innovation with a timeless appeal - British Sterling H.I.M. Reserve

    Inspired by the heat of the night, British Sterling H.I.M. Reserve is a brand new sensual fragrance that is ideal for men who want something new and innovative. The notes of mandarin and iced ginger which are intensified by the provocative blending of black pepper, aromatic spices and suede which together enhance the long lasting sensuality. This spicy oriental scent is the perfect blend of sophistication, playfulness with a classic timeless appeal.

    Questions: Call Dana Classic Fragrances at 1-888-426-7627 or Visit: www.DanaClassics.com

    Ingredients:

    Alcohol Denat., Water/Eau, Fragrance/Parfum, Limonene, Coumarin, Linalool, Alpha-Isomethyl Ionone

    Dana Classic Fragrances
    Saddle Brook, NJ 07663
    © www.danaclassics.com

    "|"British Sterling H.I.M. Reserve - EDT Spray, 3.8 oz (112 mL)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| brut|brut|SECTIONS|"Brut"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"Brut Splash-On is the lightest way to wear Brut. It can be used on face or body (or both!).

    We buy Brut products and other medical and beauty supplies in quantity and pass the savings along to our on-line retail customers. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here.
    "|"Brut Fragance Center
    Brut 24 Hour Deodorant Protection with Trimax"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BRUT-07002 :BRUT-07012 :BRUT-07014 :BRUT-07008)"|""||| brut-07008|brut-07008|PRODUCTS|"Brut Anti-Perspirant and Deodorant Spray - 4 oz"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/brut-07008.html"|(4.95 3 13.8 6 25.5 12 47.4)||T|"Idelle Labs"|""|""|""|"

    Brut® 24 Hour Protection Anti-Perspirant & Deodorant Spray - Original Fragrance - 4 oz
    With Trimax

    Brut® 24 Hour Protection Anti-Perspirant and Deodorant Spray is formulated with Trimax to give you the 24 Hour wetness and odor protection that you need with the Original Brut® Fragrance you love.

    • Eliminates Oder
    • Long Lasting Protection
    • Fresh Original Brut Scent

    Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-467-7273 or Visit: www.brutworld.com

    Directions:

    Hold can six inches away from underarm area and spray.

    Warnings:

    • Flammable. Do not use when smoking or near fire, flame or heat.
    • Avoid spraying in eyes.
    • If rash develops, discontinue use.
    • Keep out of reach of children.
    • Contents under pressure. Do not puncture or incinerate.
    • Use only as directed.
    • Intentional misuse by deliberately concentrating and inhaling contents can be harmful or fatal.

    Ingredients:

    • Active Ingredients: Aluminum Chlorohydrate 8.8% (anhydrous)
    • Inactive Ingredients: Butane, Cyclopentasiloxane, Disteardimonium Hectorite, Fragrance, Hydrofluorocarbon 152a, Isopropyl Palmitate, Propylene Carbonate, Talc

    Helen of Troy Limited
    El Paso, TX 79912
    ©2014 Brut www.brutworld.com

    "|"Brut Anti-Perspirant and Deodorant Spray - 4 oz"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| brut-07014|brut-07014|PRODUCTS|"Brut Cologne, Original Fragrance - 5 oz (147ml)"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/brut-07014.html"|(8.99 3 24.87 6 45.54 12 83.88)||T|"Idelle Labs"|""|""|""|"
    Brut® Splash-On, Original Fragrance
    The essence of man.

    Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-487-7273 or Visit: www.brut.com

    Warnings:

    Flammable.  Do not use when smoking or near fire, flame or heat.

    Ingredients:

    Alcohol Denat., Water, Fragrance, BHT, Propylene Glycol, Yellow

    Brut
    El Paso, TX 79912
    ©2014 Brut www.brutworld.com

    "|"Brut Cologne, Original Fragrance - 5 oz (147ml)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| brut-07002|brut-07002|PRODUCTS|"Brut Deodorant Oval Solid Stick - 2.25 oz"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/brut-07002.html"|(4.99 3 13.92 6 25.74 12 47.88)||T|"Idelle Labs"|""|""|""|"
    BRUT® 24 Hour Protection Deodorant Stick - Original Fragrance - 2.25 oz
    With TRIMAX® - it's always better when it includes the Essence of Man®.

    BRUT® 24-Hour Protection Deodorant Stick is formulated with TRIMAX® to give you the 24-Hour odor protection you need. Its powerful antibacterial formula kills odor-causing germs on contact so the only thing anyone will smell is the great original scent of BRUT®. For the well-groomed man - it's always better when it includes the Essence of Man®.

    • Eliminates Odor
    • Long Lasting Protection
    • Fresh Brut® Scent
    • Size: 2.25 oz

    Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-467-7273 or Visit: www.brutworld.com

    Directions:

    • Turn dial to raise product.
    • Apply to underarm area only.
    • To ensure quality, always replace the cap.

    Warnings:

    • Do not apply to broken skin.
    • If rash develops, discontinue use.
    • Keep out of reach of children.

    Ingredients:

    Propylene Glycol, Water, Sodium Stearate, Poloxamine 1307, Fragrance, Aminomethyl Propanol, Triclosan, Green 5, Yellow 5.

    Helen of Troy, Ltd.
    El Paso, TX 79912
    ©2014 Brut www.brutworld.com

    "|"Brut Deodorant Oval Solid Stick - 2.25 oz"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| brut-07012|brut-07012|PRODUCTS|"Brut Splash-On, Original Fragrance - 7 oz"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/brut-07012.html"|(9.99 3 27.87 6 51.54 12 95.88)||T|"Idelle Labs"|""|""|""|"
    Brut® Splash-On, Original Fragrance
    The essence of man.

    Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-487-7273 or Visit: www.brut.com

    Warnings:

    Flammable.  Do not use when smoking or near fire, flame or heat.

    Ingredients:

    Alcohol Denat., Water, Fragrance, BHT, Propylene Glycol, Yellow

    Brut
    El Paso, TX 79912
    ©2014 Brut www.brutworld.com

    "|"Brut Splash-On, Original Fragrance - 7 oz"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| buying-insulin-syringes||BLOGPOST|"Buying Insulin Syringes"|""||||""|""|""|""|""|"Buying Insulin Syringes"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""||| medical-mobility-canes-and-crutches|medical-mobility-canes-and-crutches|SECTIONS|"Canes and Crutches"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"Stay mobile with OTCWholesale’s wide selection of affordable canes and crutches. Don’t sacrifice quality for cost. Our quad canes, seat canes, walking canes, and crutches are all top of the line from the best brands Crutches can be ideal for individuals who are recovering from foot surgery, breaks, sprains, amputations and ulcers of the foot. Our crutches adjust to your height for best comfort. Perfect for individuals from 4’6” to 6”6”. You can even select from one of our folding canes for effortless storing when not in use. Canes also come with fun designs or a glowing handle for night time users."|"Canes and Crutches"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:DRIVE-10406 :ROSCOE-ROS-KSB :DRIVE-10403HD :DRIVE-780 :DRIVE-10403 :DRIVE-10405 :DRIVE-MG10304 :DRIVE-RTL10399 :DRIVE-RTL10307AT :DRIVE-RTL10433 :DRIVE-RTL10360 :ROSCOE-ROS-KSBG :DRIVE-RTL10304HD :DRIVE-10410 :DRIVE-10412 :DRIVE-10268-1 :DRIVE-RTL10306 :DRIVE-RTL10304CR :DRIVE-RTL10304LB :DRIVE-RTL10304SM :DRIVE-RTL10304TD :DRIVE-790 :DRIVE-RTL10372BC :DRIVE-RTL10372RC :DRIVE-10352-1 :DRIVE-RTL10310 :ROSCOE-ROS-KSW :DRIVE-RTL10370BC :DRIVE-RTL10370BK :DRIVE-RTL10370RC :DRIVE-10416-1 :DRIVE-RTL10372BK :DRIVE-RTL10400 :DRIVE-RTL10402 :DRIVE-10312FP-1 :DRIVE-RTL10304BZ :DRIVE-780-BASKET :DRIVE-10350-1 :ROSCOE-30188 :DRIVE-RTL10307 :DRIVE-RTL10351 :DRIVE-RTL10453 :DRIVE-RTL10342 :DRIVE-796 :DRIVE-10365 :DRIVE-10401-1 :DRIVE-10408 :DRIVE-RTL10304 :DRIVE-RTL10304PB :DRIVE-RTL10306AT :DRIVE-RTL10365-ADJ :ROSCOE-ROS-CN11070D-CH :ROSCOE-QCN-HDLB :ROSCOE-ROS-CN10051B-10 :ROSCOE-ROS-CN11050D-CH :ROSCOE-QCN-HDSB :ROSCOE-ROS-CN10090A :ROSCOE-CN-HDOS :DRIVE-RTL10352 :DRIVE-RTL10322BKB :DRIVE-RTL10324CRB :DRIVE-RTL10395 :DRIVE-RTL10304-SH :DRIVE-RTL10304BZ-SH :DRIVE-RTL10385 :DRIVE-10349 :DRIVE-10304BF-1 :DRIVE-10404G :DRIVE-10407R :DRIVE-RTL10304BCA :DRIVE-RTL10335LY :ROSCOE-30190 :DRIVE-RTL10304OF :DRIVE-RTL10303PF :DRIVE-RTL10303SB :DRIVE-RTL10303SW :DRIVE-RTL10370HT :DRIVE-RTL10304BD :DRIVE-RTL10304CF :DRIVE-RTL10446 :DRIVE-RTL10353 :DRIVE-RTL10320BKB :DRIVE-RTL10321BKB :DRIVE-RTL10324BB :DRIVE-RTL10374BKB :DRIVE-RTL10439B :DRIVE-RTL10441B :DRIVE-RTL10320BK :DRIVE-RTL10389GB :DRIVE-RTL10390GB :DRIVE-RTL10322BK :DRIVE-RTL10303CF :DRIVE-RTL10304PK :DRIVE-RTL10335LD :DRIVE-RTL10335RF)"|""||| generic-023558520707|generic-023558520707|PRODUCTS|"Cankaid Oral Anesthetic Maximum Strength - 0.5 fl oz (15 mL)"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/generic-023558520707.html"|(3.95)|||"Cankaid"|""|""|""|"
    Cankaid® Oral Anesthetic - Maximum Strength

    Cankaid® Oral Anesthetic provides temporary oral pain relief from canker sores, toothaches, sore gums, braces, dentures and minor dental procedures. The ingredients in Cankaid®